# ShortStack — help documentation (full text) > The complete text of the ShortStack help center: 194 articles covering campaign > building, publishing and embedding, entries, emails, analytics, contest rules and > compliance, and account management. ShortStack is a no-code conversion platform for landing pages, website pop-ups, lead-capture forms, quizzes, contests, and giveaways. This file exists so the documentation can be read in one request rather than 185. The curated index of the rest of the site is at https://www.shortstack.com/llms.txt. Each article below gives its URL, the plan required, and the date it was last reviewed. Every article opens with a short direct answer before the steps. Generated from the published site. --- ## About sharing URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/about-sharing/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-25 ShortStack offers three kinds of sharing: the whole campaign by its landing page or embed URL, an entrant's details after they submit a form, and the content of an individual entry through the Entry Display Widget. Campaign sharing uses Open Graph, so pasting your campaign URL into a post pulls in the image and text set under Campaign Settings. ### Overview 1. Sharing the entire campaign. 2. Sharing entry details post form submission. 3. Sharing the content of an entry via the Entry Display Widget. ### Sharing your campaign #### Share the entire campaign When sharing your campaign using a landing page or embed URL, this is the content that will be displayed. You can share your campaign URL on platforms like Facebook or other services that support Open Graph by pasting the URL into a status update or post. 1. Click the Campaign Settings (gear icon) at the top of the Campaign Builder. 2. Go to the Sharing section. 3. Edit the Default Title, Description, and Image that appear when someone shares your campaign URL. > Note: Changes to the title, description, or image will not update previously shared posts. You’ll need to create new posts to see the updated content. #### Show share prompt upon form submission Encourage participants to share content after they submit a form by enabling the share prompt. You can choose to display entry-specific content or custom content. 1. Open the Form Container settings by clicking the gear icon. 2. Click the After Submit tab in the left sidebar. 3. Select Use Action Widgets to show results. 4. Click the Refer-a-Friend & Sharing tab. 5. In the sharing section, choose a Share Widget to connect the Form to. 6. Save and exit. 7. Open and edit the Share Widget to your liking. 8. Add an Action Widget to show the Share Widget after successful form submission. WHEN the Form is successfully submitted THEN show the Share Widget Learn more about the [Form Container](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/). #### Share entries via the Entry Display Widget Encourage voters to share entries by enabling sharing icons in the Entry Display Widget. 1. Open the Entry Display Widget settings by clicking the gear icon. 2. Click the Share tab in the left sidebar. 3. Check the box Enable sharing. 4. To share entry-specific content, click the blue word custom to switch to entry. 5. To share custom content (image and text), click the blue word entry to switch to custom. 6. Check the boxes for each platform where you want to enable sharing. Learn more about the [Entry Display Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/). ### Share Widget When in doubt, add a Share Widget to your campaign! You can place it at the top, bottom, inside an entry confirmation container, or anywhere else that makes sense for your campaign. The Share Widget allows visitors to share your campaign’s landing page across various social media platforms. You can also customize the widget to display your own content. Learn more about the [Share Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/share-widget/). ### Encourage sharing with Refer-a-Friend Available on Build plan and higher. You can reward contest entrants with extra points (extra chances to win) when they share your promotion with their friends. Learn more about [Refer-a-Friend](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/). ### FAQs Can I run a "Share to Win" contest? It isn’t possible to track specific shares on the many social media channels available. Instead, we offer our Refer-a-Friend feature, which rewards individuals for sharing and then encouraging others to participate in your promotion. Learn more about [Refer-a-Friend.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) Can I track shares? No, we cannot track individual sharing. But our analytics shows Shares In and Shares Out. As an alternative to monitoring individual sharing, you can enable Refer-a-Friend. Learn more about [Refer-a-Friend.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) Can I share on Instagram? Instagram does not support the traditional sharing of external content. However, here are some alternative solutions: 1. Encourage Sharing via Stories: Ask participants to share the campaign URL through Instagram Stories or create your own post/Reel and encourage followers to share it. 2. Use Hashtags: Utilize campaign-specific hashtags to increase visibility. You can even import followers' posts from Instagram using specific hashtags. Learn more about Hashtag Feeds. ### Related resources [Enable and Customize Share Settings (Video)](https://youtu.be/phBjCcHDWRc?si=XQWIS0af97_d9NDG) [Can I Reward Participants for Sharing My Contest? (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/can-i-reward-participants-for-sharing-my-contest-or-giveaway-on-social-media/) [Getting Started with the Style Panel (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/) [Refer-A-Friend (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) [Share Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/share-widget/) ### FAQs #### Can I run a "Share to Win" contest? It isn’t possible to track specific shares on the many social media channels available. Instead, we offer our Refer-a-Friend feature, which rewards individuals for sharing and then encouraging others to participate in your promotion. Learn more about [Refer-a-Friend.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) #### Can I track shares? No, we cannot track individual sharing. But our analytics shows Shares In and Shares Out. As an alternative to monitoring individual sharing, you can enable Refer-a-Friend. Learn more about [Refer-a-Friend.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) #### Can I share on Instagram? Instagram does not support the traditional sharing of external content. However, here are some alternative solutions: 1. Encourage Sharing via Stories: Ask participants to share the campaign URL through Instagram Stories or create your own post/Reel and encourage followers to share it. 2. Use Hashtags: Utilize campaign-specific hashtags to increase visibility. You can even import followers' posts from Instagram using specific hashtags. Learn more about Hashtag Feeds. --- ## Action Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-08 The Action Widget provides a simple way to configure "if this, then that" (IFTTT) scenarios in your campaigns. It enables you to create actions triggered by events from other widgets in your campaign. ### Overview The list of events and actions available depends on the widgets already in your campaign. For this reason, it’s best to configure Action Widgets last, after all other widgets are added and configured. [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Action Widget icon, a lightning bolt, circled in green.] #### Adding the Action Widget To add the Action Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Action Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into your preview area. > Note: Action Widgets are invisible in your live campaign. You can place them wherever works best for organization, but if an Action Widget is in a hidden container, the action will not work unless the container is made visible. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up allows you to customize your Action Widget. Rename the Widget: Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the name) and type your new name. Click the blue check button to confirm. CSS ID: The CSS ID (starting with a #) is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. Customization: Use the Back and Next buttons at the bottom to navigate through the menu on the left side. When you’ve finished customizing, click the blue Save and Exit button. ### Setup The Setup section allows you to define the conditions and actions for your Action Widget. #### Configuration components 1. WHEN: Define the primary condition that triggers the action. 2. AND IF: Add optional additional conditions that must also be true for the action to trigger. 3. THEN: Specify the action(s) to execute when the conditions are met. #### WHEN The WHEN section is where you configure the primary trigger for your action. ##### Adding a trigger By default, the condition Manually triggered by another widget is set up, which allows other widgets (e.g., Buttons Widget) to trigger the Action Widget. This condition cannot be deleted. To add a new condition: 1. Click the blue + button below the existing condition(s). 2. Use the Add WHEN window to configure the new condition. ##### Trigger configuration Triggers are broken into three sections: Category: Choose to trigger the action based on: - A Widget event (e.g., when a Widget does something). - A campaign event (e.g., when the campaign loads). Widget: If you choose a widget event, select the widget and the specific event to trigger the action. Each widget type offers unique event options. Advanced Options: - For Points for Actions, specify the form and action label. - For eToken triggers, configure validations for protected content or prevent eToken sharing. Click Save to finalize your trigger. #### AND IF The AND IF section allows you to add additional conditions. All conditions in this section must be true for the action to trigger. ##### Example use case If you want an action to fire only when: 1. A specific field is updated. 2. A specific value is selected. Add both conditions as separate triggers in this section. Adding conditions is identical to the process in the WHEN section. #### THEN The THEN section is where you configure the action(s) to execute when the conditions are met. ##### Adding an action 1. Click the blue + button to open the action configuration window. 2. Configure the action by completing these sections: Category: Specify whether the action applies to a widget or the campaign. Widget: Select the target widget from the dropdown. Action: Choose the action to perform (options vary by widget type). Effect: If applicable, customize effects like animation or visibility. Click Save to finalize your action. ##### Opening a URL in a new tab Use the Open URL in New Tab action to send entrants to another page without them leaving your campaign. Enter the URL in the action's settings. For the most reliable result, trigger this action straight from a click, for example: a Buttons Widget click → Action Widget trigger → Open URL in New Tab. Browsers only allow a new tab to open as the direct result of a click. If something comes between the click and the action, such as a delay, the browser may block the new tab. If the browser blocks the new tab, ShortStack shows a pop-up with a link to the URL, so entrants can still open it with one more click. ##### Managing multiple actions You can add multiple actions triggered by the same condition. Actions are executed in the order they appear in the list (top to bottom). Drag actions to reorder them as needed. To delete an action, click the trashcan icon. ### Smart Labels Smart Labels allow you to group and identify widgets for targeting with triggers and actions. For more details, refer to the [Action Labels help doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-action-labels-in-an-action-widget/). ### Visibility Action Widgets are invisible in live campaigns by default. Visibility options include: - Active: The widget is functioning. - Inactive: The widget is disabled. - Date/Time Restrictions: Set active periods. - Country Restrictions: Limit visibility by location. For more information, see the [Widget Visibility help doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/). ### Special considerations The order of actions matters in advanced setups. For example: - If a Rich Text Widget is set to "Starts Hidden," ensure the Action Widget first shows the widget before scrolling to it. - If you use Open URL in New Tab, put it right after the click that triggers it. Any delay before it makes the browser more likely to block the new tab. If that happens, entrants see a link to open the page instead (see Opening a URL in a new tab). Misordered actions may cause unexpected behavior. ### Related resources [Widgets At A Glance (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widgets-at-a-glance/) [Using Action Labels in an Action Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-action-labels-in-an-action-widget/) [Understanding Conditional Logic (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/understanding-conditional-logic/) [Custom Events Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/custom-events-data/) --- ## Adding Google Maps address lookup to a form URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/adding-google-maps-address-lookup-to-a-form/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-26 Improve your data integrity and make your forms easier to fill out with our address verification tool. Simply follow the steps below to integrate with Google Maps. ### Overview Our integration works with the standard Address 1 field to show matching addresses in a dropdown as the entrant types, and if the entrant clicks an address, it will automatically fill in the rest of the address fields in your form. ### How to set up Google maps integration 1. Open your campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the edit icon to open the Form Container Widget's settings. 3. Click Advanced on the left side. 4. In the Integrations subsection, click Configure Integrations; this will open in a new pop-up. 5. Select the radio button beside Google Maps. 6. Choose a Google Maps Profile. If you don't have one pre-established, click on the Add button at the bottom. In the Google Maps Profile Details window, add the name of your new profile, a description for your profile (optional), and then your Google Maps API Key using the fields provided. Click Select at the bottom. 7. In the Integration Settings window, click Save. 8. In the Form Container's widget settings, click Save & Exit. > Note: ShortStack does not provide Google Maps API Keys - those are available for users of the Google Maps Platform; for more information, check out [Google's Use API Keys help doc](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/embed/get-api-key). As long as the API key was copied/pasted correctly, everything should be good to go! When an entrant starts typing an address into the Address 1 field, a dropdown will appear below with potential addresses for the entrant to select; when they click an option, it will use that information to fill out the rest of the address fields. [image: animated gif showing the auto-fill drop-down popping in when an address is typed into the field] ### Related resources [Form Integrations (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/) [5 Ways to Humanize Your Marketing Automation (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/5-ways-to-humanize-your-marketing-automation/) [Field Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/) [Form Container Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/) --- ## Adding votable entries URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/adding-votable-entries/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: Launch plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-26 Sometimes, when you are running a contest or giveaway, you do not want people to submit their own entries to be voted on. In these instances, you will want to add your own voteable entries to the campaign. ### Overview This video tutorial shows you how to add votable entries with a pre-existing form, and how to add a form to any template. > Note: Photo Uploads are Available on the Build Plan and above. ### Adding votable entries [video: https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/poKLN_4wmFA] ### Related resources [Entry Display Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) [How to Set Up Voting (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-set-up-voting/) --- ## Additional help resources URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/additional-help-resources/ Category: Getting help Last reviewed: 2026-08-18 ShortStack provides a variety of resources to assist you with your campaigns. Here’s how to access help, resources, and support when needed. ### Help links #### Help menu Click Help at the bottom of the navigation menu to open the Help Menu. The Help Menu provides direct access to our support resources, including help docs, guides, and contact options. #### Contextual help in the Campaign Builder Click the ? icon anywhere you see it in the Campaign Builder for context-specific help. This will open a pop-up with tips and instructions related to the widget or panel you’re using. ### Support center #### Location The Support Center button is located in the bottom-left corner of the site. #### Options Live Chat: Start a real-time conversation with our support team (available during Live Chat hours). Email Support: If our team is offline, you can send an email through the pop-up. ### Pop-up help Hover over most buttons throughout ShortStack to see a help dialog explaining the button's functionality. [image: an animation showing the tooltips appearing when the cursor hovers over different parts of the Campaign Builder] ### Video help & walkthroughs Visit the [ShortStack YouTube Channel](https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCDpyTn3xHk6Ps_5kmTwfD6Q) for platform announcements, tutorials, and walkthroughs. ### Blog For tips on building and marketing your campaigns, check out the helpful articles on the [ShortStack Blog](https://www.shortstack.com/blog). ### Help pages #### Support home page Find quick links to help docs, guides, and FAQs. ### Contacting support If you need further assistance or are experiencing an issue, our support team is here to help. #### How to contact us Click the Help icon in the upper-right corner of ShortStack, then select Contact Support. Alternatively, send an email to support@shortstack.com. We’ll get back to you as quickly as possible! ### Related resources [ShortStack's YouTube Channel](https://www.youtube.com/c/ShortStackLab) [How long will it take to get help?](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-long-will-it-take-to-get-help/) [Frequently Asked Questions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/frequently-asked-questions/) [Resource Request (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/resource-request/) --- ## Advanced: autofilling form fields using query string parameters URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/advanced-autofilling-form-fields-using-query-string-parameters/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-17 If you’d like a cleaner URL than what the Simple Query String Parameter setup provides, you can achieve this by using Action Widgets. This method allows you to set parameters without relying on the automatic labels generated by ShortStack. ### Setting up your form container and Field Widgets 1. In the Campaign Builder, add a Form Container to your campaign. 2. Add Field Widgets corresponding to the data you wish to collect (e.g., Name, Email, Country). 3. Once your form is set up, publish the campaign to generate the Campaign URL. ### Constructing your campaign URL with parameters To pre-fill form fields, you'll need to append query string parameters to your Campaign URL. The format is as follows: ``` https://yourcampaignurl.com?parameter1=value1¶meter2=value2 ``` #### Steps 1. Determine the field names in your ShortStack form that you wish to pre-fill. It's advisable to use these exact names as parameters to avoid confusion. 2. Append each field name and its corresponding value as a query string parameter to your Campaign URL. ##### Example ``` https://yourcampaignurl.com?email=example@example.com&country=USA ``` #### Handling multi-section fields For fields with multiple sections (e.g., First Name and Last Name), separate the values using a pipe character (|). ##### Example ``` https://yourcampaignurl.com?name=John|Doe ``` This will populate "John" in the First Name field and "Doe" in the Last Name field. #### Adding Action Widgets to your campaign To ensure the query string parameters populate the correct form fields, you'll need to set up Action Widgets for each parameter. 1. In the Campaign Builder, add a new Action Widget. 2. Click the blue + button under WHEN. 3. Select The campaign has finished loading under the Campaign category. 4. Click Save. 5. Click the blue + button under THEN. 6. In the Widget section, select the specific field you want to auto-fill (e.g., Email). 7. In the Event section, choose Set field value. 8. In the Field Value section, select Use the value from a query string parameter. 9. Enter the corresponding parameter name (e.g., email). Ensure it exactly matches the parameter used in your URL. 10. Click Save. 11. Repeat steps 1-10 for each additional field you wish to auto-fill. Ensure that the parameter names in your URL match the ones specified in the Action Widgets to facilitate accurate data population. ### Testing your setup After configuring your form and Action Widgets, click Publish Changes in the top right corner of the Builder: 1. Use the constructed URL with query string parameters to access your campaign. 2. Ensure that the specified form fields are pre-filled with the correct information based on the URL parameters. 3. Test the URL with various data to confirm consistent functionality. ### Related resources [9 Ways to Leverage the Data You Collect From Your Fans (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/9-ways-to-leverage-the-data-you-collect-from-your-fans-2/) [Simple: Autofilling Form Fields Using Query String Parameters (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/simple-autofilling-form-fields-using-query-string-parameters/) [Field Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/) --- ## After publishing your campaign checklist URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/after-publishing-your-campaign-checklist/ Category: Campaign checklists Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2025-11-19 Congratulations — your campaign is live and accepting entries! Before you start promoting it, take a moment to run through a few final checks to make sure everything works smoothly and is ready to go viral. ### Test a few more things Even if you fully tested your campaign in Campaign Builder’s Preview Mode, it’s always smart to triple-check the live version. Use the checklist below to verify that your campaign will run flawlessly. #### Technical & device testing - [ ] Final Testing - Test the entry form from start to finish and confirm entries are submitted without errors. - [ ] Entry Confirmation Message - Confirm that the Thank-You or confirmation message displays correctly after a successful entry. - [ ] Check all navigation links (Home, Rules, Privacy Policy, etc.) to ensure they open the correct pages. View the campaign on the following devices and confirm the layout, scrolling, and buttons work correctly: - [ ] iPhone - [ ] Android - [ ] Desktop - [ ] Tablet Delete test entries - View your campaign's entries and delete any test entries submitted. #### Entry & voting restrictions - [ ] Confirm entry limits (for example, one entry per email, per day, or per IP) behave correctly when you submit multiple test entries. - [ ] (Optional) Verify age restrictions. - [ ] Verify location or country restrictions. - [ ] Verify Voting restrictions. Learn more about [Entry Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/) and [Voting Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/#16-voting-restrictions). #### Sharing & Refer-a-Friend - [ ] Test Sharing - Click each social share button (for example, Facebook, X, LinkedIn) and confirm that it opens the correct share dialog. - [ ] (Optional) Refer-a-Friend Link - Submit a test entry and complete the Refer-a-Friend flow to ensure referral links are generated correctly. - [ ] (Optional) Check Referral Points - Verify that referrals are tracked properly and appear as expected in your entries or reports. Learn more about [Refer-a-Friend](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/). #### Monitoring & analytics - [ ] (Optional) Enable Entry Notifications - Enable entry alerts in the Form Container to receive emails for every new submission. Learn more about Entry Alerts. - [ ] 3rd Party Analytics - Confirm that Google Analytics, Meta Pixel, or other tracking codes are installed and firing correctly on the campaign page. #### Marketing readiness - [ ] Emails - Prepare and schedule email announcements to your list that include a link to your live campaign. - [ ] Social Media - Draft and schedule social media posts promoting the campaign across all active platforms. - [ ] Verify Ads - If you are running paid ads, confirm your ad creatives and targeting are set up and that all links lead to the correct campaign page. - [ ] Set Up Tracking - Set up UTM or other tracking parameters on your links to measure which channels drive the most traffic and entries. ### Marketing tips and tricks Learn from our experts on how to best market your campaign. [Explore our blog](https://www.shortstack.com/blog) for hundreds of articles, or check out the articles below for a great starting point. - [Multi-Channel Marketing: What, Why & How + 3 Examples](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/multi-channel-marketing-what-why-how-3-examples) - [40 Ways to Get the Word Out About Your Campaign](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/promote-your-contest) - [Does Your Marketing Plan Align With Your Business Goals?](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/does-your-marketing-plan-align-with-your-business-goals) ### Related resources [Before Publishing Your Campaign Checklist (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/before-publishing-your-campaign-checklist/) [How to Select Winners (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-select-winners/) [Analytics Overview (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/) --- ## Analytics Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: Full analytics access on Max Last reviewed: 2026-08-06 The Analytics Manager is where all campaign reporting lives. Open it from the Home screen by clicking Manage and selecting Analytics. Clicking the heart icon beside the title adds a shortcut to your navigation menu, though favorites are stored in your browser, so you will set them again on another browser or computer. ### Getting there From the Home Screen: 1. Click Manage in the main menu. 2. Select Analytics from the dropdown. > Note: Favoriting adds a direct link to the Analytics Manager in the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Analytics" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Analytics overview At the top of the Analytics Manager, you will find two dropdown menus. The one on the left is for the timezone for which you want the analytics to display. The other menu is for completing Actions. The actions available are: - Open in a new window - Export to PDF Below those menus, you will see a main overview of: - Sessions - Total number of page views across all campaigns - Entries - Total number of entries across all campaigns - Shares Out - Total number of shares - Clicks - Hyperlink and button clicks within the campaigns. Additionally, you will find a table with your most recent campaigns and the individual analytic overview for each of the following: - Sessions - Entries - Shares - Clicks ### Filtering On the left side, you can filter by campaign, date, and device type. At the top, you can change the timezone of the analytic results you are viewing. Once you have filtered to a specific campaign, you will see a significantly more detailed view of the data. Click on each bullet point below for its respective help document. - [Overview](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/) - [Entries](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-data/) - [Traffic](https://www.shortstack.com/help/traffic-data/) - [Shares](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shares-data/) - [Votes](https://www.shortstack.com/help/votes-data/) - [Clicks](https://www.shortstack.com/help/clicks-data/) - [Points for Actions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/points-for-actions-data/) - [Video](https://www.shortstack.com/help/video-data/) ### Related resources [The Game-Changing Analytics and Data Collection Strategies Digital Marketers (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-game-changing-analytics-and-data-collection-strategies-digital-marketers-need-in-2023) [How to Plan and Promote a Lead Generation Contest (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/lead-generation-campaign/) [Entries Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/) [Analytics Overview (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/) [Entries Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-data/) --- ## Analytics Overview URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/ Category: Analytics & data Plan required: Full analytics access on Max Last reviewed: 2026-02-24 The Analytics Overview is the summary tab of the Analytics Manager, reached by clicking Manage → Analytics and filtering to a campaign and date range. It reports unique visitors, identified by a fingerprint of IP address and browser, along with how many were new and how many returning. ### Getting there 1. From the Home Page, click the Manage dropdown at the top and select Analytics 2. Use the Filtering section to select the specific campaign you wish to view. 3. Adjust the date range to display data for your desired timeframe. ### Visitors This metric shows the number of unique visitors to your campaign, based on a unique fingerprint (IP address and browser). You'll also see the total number of new and returning visitors. ### Sessions The Sessions box displays the total number of page views based on your selected filters. It also includes the average number of sessions per day. ### Entries You can view how many total entries you have, in addition to how many unique entries and emails. This is useful when you allow multiple entries for the campaign. ### Conversions The conversion rate is calculated by dividing the number of entries by the number of unique visitors. The result is displayed as a percentage. ### Clicks This section shows the total number of clicks made within the campaign. This includes clicks on hyperlinks and buttons that direct visitors to external sources. ### Shares in and shares out Shares In refers to the number of visitors who landed on the campaign page via a shared URL. This includes links shared through refer-a-friend actions, the Share Widget, or individual entries. Shares Out tracks how often visitors shared the campaign on third-party platforms. A pie chart displays the sources of Shares In and Shares Out, such as social media channels. #### Graph options Click the hamburger icon (≡) on the graph to: - View the graph in full screen - Print the chart - Download the data as a CSV file ### Campaign summary A graph is displayed with the following metrics: - Sessions - Entries - Unique Visitors The graph plots the total number on the y-axis and dates on the x-axis. Use this to identify trends, such as which days received the most entries or whether spikes are linked to external marketing campaigns or viral posts. ### Daily overview Below the Campaign Summary graph, a daily table displays: - Sessions - Entries - Unique Visitors > If the date filter is 24 hours or less, the hour timestamps will be present. ### Exporting data To export your campaign data: 1. Click the Actions dropdown at the top right. 2. Select Export PDF. 3. A PDF will open, then choose the file name and save location. ### Related resources [The Game-Changing Analytics and Data Collection Strategies Digital Marketers (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-game-changing-analytics-and-data-collection-strategies-digital-marketers-need-in-2023) [How to Plan and Promote a Lead Generation Contest (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/lead-generation-campaign/) [Entries Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-data/) [Analytics Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-manager/) --- ## Archiving & deleting your content URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/archiving-and-deleting-your-content/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-05-19 Whether you need to clear space for your entry allowance or keep your account organized, ShortStack provides options to archive or delete campaigns, entries, lists, custom fields, and other account content. ### Archiving content Archiving is a great option if you don’t need to delete content permanently but want to hide it for organizational purposes. Follow these steps: #### How to archive content 1. Open the appropriate Manager for your content (e.g., Campaigns Manager, Lists Manager). 2. Click the info pane of the item you want to archive. The selected item will be highlighted in gray. 3. A gray bar with additional options will appear at the top. 4. Click Archive to hide the selected content. It will no longer appear in your list. #### Viewing & restoring archived content 1. Open the appropriate Manager and check the Show Archived box in the filtering options. 2. Archived content will appear on the right side of the screen. 3. To restore content: Click the info pane of the item you want to restore. Click Restore in the gray bar at the top. 4. The content will return to your regular view. > **Important:** About archived content Archiving is available for campaigns, lists, emails, and fields. Entries in archived lists still count toward your plan's entry allowance. Archived fields cannot be restored. ### Deleting content If you’re certain you won’t need specific content in the future, you can delete it permanently. #### How to delete content 1. Open the appropriate Manager for your content. 2. Click the info pane of the item you want to delete. The item will be highlighted in gray. 3. A gray bar with additional options will appear at the top. 4. Click Delete, and a confirmation pop-up will appear. 5. Click Delete to permanently remove the content. #### Alternative deletion options 1. Click the arrow icon in the upper-right corner of the info pane. 2. Select Delete from the dropdown menu. #### Deleting entries (Entries Manager) The Entries Manager includes a Delete All option for bulk deletion: 1. Click the Actions button in the upper-right corner. 2. Select Delete All to remove all entries currently shown in the Entries Manager. 3. Confirm the deletion in the pop-up by typing the required prompt and clicking Delete. > **Important:** Once content is deleted, it cannot be restored. Archiving is recommended if you're unsure whether you'll need the content in the future. Deletion is not available for: - Custom Domains Manager. - Tags Manager. - Field Library. ### Accidentally delete Content? If you accidentally delete content, contact Support at support@shortstack.com immediately. While deletions are usually permanent, our team may be able to help if contacted quickly. ### Related resources [How to Delete Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/aB6Qb3KEnYI) [Entries Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/) [Campaigns Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaigns-manager/) [Manage Account (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/manage-account/) [How to Unpublish (Uninstall) a Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-unpublish-uninstall-a-campaign/) --- ## Before publishing your campaign checklist URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/before-publishing-your-campaign-checklist/ Category: Campaign checklists Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-25 You've built your first campaign! Before hitting that publish button, let's review a few commonly overlooked settings to ensure your campaign launches smoothly. ### Campaign settings At the top of the Campaign Builder, click the gear icon to open your Campaign Settings. Here, you’ll find options for HTML, sharing, and security. Review the following settings and confirm they’re configured according to your campaign’s needs: Learn more about [Campaign Settings](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/). #### General The checkboxes are clickable and will reset when the page refreshes. Default Time Zone – Set the campaign’s time zone. Best practice: Choose the time zone where most of your audience is located. (Optional) Additional Subdomains – If you’ve published to a custom domain, you can add extra subdomains (e.g., www) for your custom domain. Be sure to create a CNAME record in your DNS. Bookmark/Favicon Image (32px x 32px) – Upload a small image that appears on the browser tab and when your campaign is bookmarked. Page Title – Set the campaign’s browser tab title, default bookmark name, and search engine result title. Page Language – Select the campaign’s display language from the dropdown menu (the default is English). Allow Crawlers to Index My Campaign – Choose whether you want your campaign to appear in search engine results. Sharing Defaults – Customize the title, description, and image that appear when users share your campaign link. #### Security Cloudflare Turnstile Mode (Scale Plan and higher) – Prevent bots from submitting entries to your campaign. Referrer Blacklist – Block users from accessing your campaign through specific domains (for example, giveaway aggregation sites). Embedding Whitelist – Allow embedding only on approved domains. #### Analytics Available on the Max Plan Enable Advanced Analytics – Turning this on improves tracking accuracy. Learn more about [Enabling Advanced Analytics](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/#24-analytics). ### Widget visibility To automate your campaign’s flow, you can set specific start and stop times for individual widgets. This ensures that visitors see the right content at the right time. When using widget visibility, remember to: - Use container widgets whenever possible and control their visibility instead of setting visibility for each widget individually. This reduces redundancy and simplifies management. - Double-check your start and stop times to make sure the year and AM/PM settings are correct. Learn more about [Widget Visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/). ### Testing your campaign The final step before publishing is to test your campaign thoroughly. Make sure every feature functions as expected and all user paths work properly. To test your campaign before publishing: 1. Click on the Preview button at the top of the Campaign Builder. 2. Click on the Live Entries button to switch to "Test Entries". These entries will not be visible in the Entries Manager and do not count towards entry limits. Use this checklist to verify that everything is ready for launch: - [ ] All Buttons and Links – Confirm every button and hyperlink leads to the correct destination. Win/Lose Scenarios – Test all possible outcomes to ensure they display correctly. Visibility Settings – Verify time-based, hidden, pop-up, and country-specific visibility are working as intended. Form Submission – Submit test entries to confirm data collection is functioning properly. Voting/Entry Display Features – Verify that voting systems, entry displays, and randomizers are functioning correctly. - [ ] Entry/Voting Restrictions – Verify that the form entry and voting restrictions are in place to prevent bots. Learn more about [Testing Your Campaign](https://www.shortstack.com/help/testing-your-campaign/). #### Instant Win settings (optional) If you enabled Instant Win in your form, be sure to check the following settings. Additionally, after testing, do not forget to reset your prizes so all of your prizes are up for grabs by entrants! Verify Instant Win Time Distribution – Check the Instant Win settings to ensure that your instant win is set to distribute from specific days and times. Learn more about [resetting Instant Win settings](https://www.shortstack.com/help/instant-win/#7-making-changes). ### Related resources [Testing Your Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/testing-your-campaign/) [After Publishing Your Campaign Checklist (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/after-publishing-your-campaign-checklist/) [Email Checklist (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/email-checklist/) [Campaign Settings (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) --- ## Best Of Category Vote template URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/best-of-category-vote-contest/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-12 The Best Of Category Vote Contest Template is designed for “Best Of” contests and works well for campaigns with multiple categories or subcategories for entry and voting. This template features Smart Containers, integrating the template wizard into the main container for a streamlined setup and robust design. ### Overview You can find the template [here](https://builder.shortstackapp.com/apps?templateId=55835) or preview it [here.](https://m.lndg.page/D1ZTNR?embed=1) This guide will cover template-specific features that are not included in our basic templates. If you need help adding widgets, editing forms, or styling your campaign, check out the [Building Campaigns section of our help docs.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/building-a-campaign/) ### Settings Click the blue Settings button in the Category Assistant Container to open the template settings. #### Checklist The Checklist alerts you to any missing elements that may prevent the template from functioning. A red exclamation mark indicates an issue, with a message explaining the error. #### Menu Use the Menu section to add categories and subcategories directly to the text box: - Add categories: Type directly or paste from an external document. - Add subcategories: Indent to create levels. You can add unlimited levels by indenting accordingly. [image: The Categories Menu editor on the Menu tab. Under Food and Drink, a blue arrow points to Best Fine Dining Restaurant at the first indent level and a red arrow points to Best Fast Food at a deeper indent.] At the bottom, you can copy all list items to your clipboard by clicking on Copy categories to clipboard. #### Details Edit category images and descriptions in the Details section: 1. Click the pencil icon to edit a category. 2. Add a category description to the text box. 3. Add an image by clicking on the plus sign icon to open the Media Library to select an image. 4. Use the Next/Previous buttons to navigate between categories. #### JSON For advanced users, categories can be edited via JSON. However, support for custom code is limited. ### Edit the category field Copy and paste the list of categories into the Category Field Widget. If not, you will see an error message in the Checklist stating that the Category Field does not have the correct categories added. Do not remove the Category Field from the form, it is needed for this campaign to function. ### Editing the rest of the template Modify the campaign as usual. The Entry Display Widget automatically updates based on the selected category—no extra widgets needed! ### Related resources [How to Test a Campaign (Video)](https://youtu.be/vvCvNL7lJx0?si=zRFYehBDIvIdRzTw) [Running a Giveaway? Why “No Purchase Necessary” is Necessary (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/running-a-giveaway-why-no-purchase-necessary-is-necessary-2) [How to Set Up Voting (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-set-up-voting/) [Category Field (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/category-field/) [Giveaway Calendar Template (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/giveaway-calendar-template/) [All Templates (Template Gallery)](https://app.shortstack.com/manage/gallery) --- ## Billing frequently asked questions URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/billing-faqs/ Category: Account & billing Last reviewed: 2026-08-18 You can either pause your payments or cancel the subscription. ### FAQs How do I upgrade my plan? 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. In the Current Plan section, click Change Plan. Learn more about [Upgrading Your Plan](https://www.shortstack.com/help/upgrading-your-plan/). How do I downgrade my plan? 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. Click Change Plan. 4. Ensure you don’t exceed the entry limits of the desired plan. Exceeding limits will grey out that plan. How do I stop billing? Pause Account: Retain content for up to 3 months. Cancel Subscription: This cancels all future payments but keeps your account. You can upgrade to a paid account at any time. 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. Click Pause or Cancel Subscription and follow the prompts. Can I get a refund? Per our [Terms and Conditions](https://www.shortstack.com/terms-and-conditions), payments made to Pancake for ShortStack accounts are generally non-refundable. However, we’re happy to review accidental overcharges! - Credit Card Users: Please contact support within 30 days of the charge. Note that our system can only process refunds for payments made within the last 90 days. - Invoice Users: Please reach out to us within 60 days of the error. How much does ShortStack cost? Plans are available on a monthly or annual basis, with annual subscriptions offering a 20% discount: - Launch: $29/month or $288/year - Build: $59/month or $588/year - Scale: $119/month or $1,188/year - Max: $199/month or $1,992/year - Enterprise: Custom pricing Learn more about our [Pricing](https://www.shortstack.com/pricing). Where can I find a breakdown of costs? ShortStack’s invoices show monthly or annual charges and charges for additional Team Member Seats. No hidden fees or taxes apply. Where can I download my invoice or statement? 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. Click Statements at the top. 4. Click a statement's date to view or download it. Do you offer a non-profit organization discount? Yes, we offer vetted NPOs a 50% discount on plans. If you are a non-profit organization, please email us at support@shortstack.com. Why can't I update my payment information? Only the account owner can update the payment information. If you are a team member of a ShortStack account, you will not have access to update the payment information, even if you are an Admin. To check whether you are in a team or the account owner: 1. Click on your name (or account name) in the top-right corner. 2. Select Switch Teams. 3. Verify your team/owner status. If Switch Teams isn't available, you are the account owner. ### Related resources [Payment (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/payment/) [Statements (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/statements/) [Plan & Billing (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/plan-and-billing/) [Downgrading, Pausing, Cancelling your Subscription, and Deleting Your Account (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/downgrading-pausing-cancelling-your-subscription-and-deleting-your-account/) ### FAQs #### How do I upgrade my plan? 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. In the Current Plan section, click Change Plan. Learn more about [Upgrading Your Plan](https://www.shortstack.com/help/upgrading-your-plan/). #### How do I downgrade my plan? 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. Click Change Plan. 4. Ensure you don’t exceed the entry limits of the desired plan. Exceeding limits will grey out that plan. #### How do I stop billing? Pause Account: Retain content for up to 3 months. Cancel Subscription: This cancels all future payments but keeps your account. You can upgrade to a paid account at any time. 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. Click Pause or Cancel Subscription and follow the prompts. #### Can I get a refund? Per our [Terms and Conditions](https://www.shortstack.com/terms-and-conditions), payments made to Pancake for ShortStack accounts are generally non-refundable. However, we’re happy to review accidental overcharges! - Credit Card Users: Please contact support within 30 days of the charge. Note that our system can only process refunds for payments made within the last 90 days. - Invoice Users: Please reach out to us within 60 days of the error. #### How much does ShortStack cost? Plans are available on a monthly or annual basis, with annual subscriptions offering a 20% discount: - Launch: $29/month or $288/year - Build: $59/month or $588/year - Scale: $119/month or $1,188/year - Max: $199/month or $1,992/year - Enterprise: Custom pricing Learn more about our [Pricing](https://www.shortstack.com/pricing). #### Where can I find a breakdown of costs? ShortStack’s invoices show monthly or annual charges and charges for additional Team Member Seats. No hidden fees or taxes apply. #### Where can I download my invoice or statement? 1. From the Dashboard, click on Settings at the bottom of the navigation menu. 2. Select Plan & Billing. 3. Click Statements at the top. 4. Click a statement's date to view or download it. #### Do you offer a non-profit organization discount? Yes, we offer vetted NPOs a 50% discount on plans. If you are a non-profit organization, please email us at support@shortstack.com. #### Why can't I update my payment information? Only the account owner can update the payment information. If you are a team member of a ShortStack account, you will not have access to update the payment information, even if you are an Admin. To check whether you are in a team or the account owner: 1. Click on your name (or account name) in the top-right corner. 2. Select Switch Teams. 3. Verify your team/owner status. If Switch Teams isn't available, you are the account owner. --- ## Bot and fraud prevention tools URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/bot-and-fraud-prevention-tools/ Category: Entry security & best practices Plan required: All plans; some tools need Scale or Max Last reviewed: 2026-10-08 ShortStack protects your campaigns at four points — when the page loads, when an entry is submitted, when a vote is cast, and after entries arrive in your list. This article lists every anti-fraud tool, what it blocks, where to find it and which plan includes it. No single tool blocks every bad actor, so the strongest setups combine several. ### Quick reference Each tool links to its own article with the setup steps. Compare what's included at every tier on the [pricing page](https://www.shortstack.com/pricing/). | Tool | What it blocks | Where to configure | Plan | | [Cloudflare Turnstile](https://www.shortstack.com/help/cloudflare-turnstile/) | Bots loading the campaign page | Campaign Settings → Security | Scale | | [Google reCAPTCHA](https://www.shortstack.com/help/restricting-entries-using-recaptcha/) | Bots submitting entries and votes | Campaign Settings → Security | Scale | | [Rate Limiting](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) | High-volume submissions from one IP | Campaign Settings → Security | All plans | | [Referrer Blacklist](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) | Traffic from giveaway/aggregator sites | Campaign Settings → Security | Max | | [Embedding Whitelist](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) | Unauthorized embedding of your campaign | Campaign Settings → Security | All plans | | [Country-Based Visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) | Traffic from outside your target regions | Widget → Visibility | Max | | [Fraud Filter](https://www.shortstack.com/help/prohibit-fraudulent-and-spam-entries-with-fraud-filter-feature/) | Entries matching known spam patterns | Form Container → Fraud Filters | Scale | | [Entry Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/) | Repeat entries from the same person | Form Container → Entry Restrictions | All plans | | [Email Login (entries)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/) | Entries without a verified email address | Form Container + Login Field | Max | | [Vote Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) | Repeat votes from the same visitor | Entry Display Widget → Voting | All plans | | [Email Login (voting)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-email-login-for-voting/) | Votes without a verified email address | Campaign Settings → Email Login | Max | | Disposable Email Blocking | Throwaway email addresses | Automatic — no setup | All plans | | [Manual Approval](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/) | Spam entries reaching a public gallery | Form Container → Approvals/Alerts | All plans | | [Two-Factor Authentication](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-two-factor-authentication/) | Unauthorized access to your account | Preferences → Username & Password | All plans | ### Page-level protection Screens visitors before they can interact with your campaign. #### Cloudflare Turnstile Available on Scale plan and higher. A CAPTCHA alternative that verifies visitors are human when the page loads, with no visual puzzle to solve. Three modes: Invisible (default, best for embeds), Visible (may show a checkbox, best for landing pages), and Disable (not recommended). Active on all landing pages by default and off for embeds — check Enable if my campaign is embedded to turn it on. Verification adds a small delay to page load. See [Cloudflare Turnstile](https://www.shortstack.com/help/cloudflare-turnstile/). #### Rate limiting Caps entries accepted from one IP address per minute. Default is 20. Lower it for high-value prizes; raise it if legitimate entrants share an IP, as happens at offices, schools, and events. See [Campaign Settings](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/). #### Referrer blacklist Available on Max plan. Blocks visitors arriving from domains you specify. Most often used against sweepstakes aggregator sites, which drive high volumes of low-intent entries. See [Campaign Settings](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/). #### Embedding whitelist Restricts which sites can embed your campaign. Enter root domains only, separated by spaces. If an embed stops displaying, check this first. See [Campaign Settings](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/). #### Country-based visibility Available on Max plan. Shows or hides individual widgets by the visitor's country, based on IP address. Limiting your form to eligible regions reduces spam and improves lead quality. See [Widget Visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/). ### Entry-level protection Screens the submission itself. #### Google reCAPTCHA Available on Scale plan and higher. Validates the visitor at submission and returns a risk score from 0.0 (likely bot) to 1.0 (likely legitimate). Available on the [Form Container Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/) and [Entry Display Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/). Turnstile screens page loads; reCAPTCHA screens submissions. - You supply your own keys. Google provides 10,000 free calls per month, which covers most campaigns. Usage above that is billed by Google directly to you. See [How to Create Google reCAPTCHA Keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/). - Sensitivity Level sets the minimum score required for acceptance. A second slider sets the minimum score for Instant Win eligibility, so you can accept borderline entries as leads without letting them win prizes. Manage saved keys in the [Entry Profiles Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-profiles-manager/). See [Restricting Entries Using reCAPTCHA](https://www.shortstack.com/help/restricting-entries-using-recaptcha/). #### Fraud Filter Available on Scale plan and higher. Catches entries matching patterns you define — specific email addresses, IP addresses, street addresses — using ? for a single character and * for any number of characters. Searches Address, Email Address, and Phone fields, plus IP address automatically. Custom fields aren't searchable. Actions available on a match: Reject Entry (discarded silently — the submitter still sees a confirmation), Label Entry, Force Instant Win Loss, and Do Not Auto Approve Entry. See [Prohibit Fraudulent and Spam Entries with Fraud Filter Feature](https://www.shortstack.com/help/prohibit-fraudulent-and-spam-entries-with-fraud-filter-feature/). #### Entry restrictions Limits how often one person can enter, by Email Address or Login, with a custom error message for anyone over the limit. Also caps total entries across every Form Container connected to the same list. See [Entry Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/). #### Email login for entries Available on Max plan. The most secure entry restriction. Entrants confirm a code sent to their email address, so entries require a working inbox and bots can't retrieve the code. Set up using a Login Field in the [Field Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/). See [Entry Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/). #### Disposable email blocking Throwaway and temporary email domains are blocked automatically. No setting to configure. ### Vote-level protection Configured separately from entry restrictions, in the [Entry Display Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) under Voting. #### Vote restrictions Three options: No Restrictions, Anonymous Fingerprint (anonymized browser and IP data, all plans), and Email Address (Max plan). See [How to Set Up Voting](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-set-up-voting/). #### Frequency limits Set how often a visitor can vote, scoped by entry, category, or list, in days, hours, minutes, or seconds. #### Email login for voting Available on Max plan. The most secure vote restriction. Voters receive a 6-digit code that expires after 15 minutes and can't be reused. Dialog text, error messages, and verification frequency are all customizable. Email addresses are used only to verify the voter, not for promotional use. To collect voter data for marketing, see [How to Collect Voter Data](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-collect-voter-data/). See [Setting Up Email Login for Voting](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-email-login-for-voting/). #### reCAPTCHA on votes Available on Scale plan and higher. Uses the same key profile and Sensitivity Level slider as entry reCAPTCHA. #### Additional safeguards Use Start with Vote Button Hidden plus an [Action Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/) to require a form submission before voting; this sharply reduces fraudulent votes and captures leads. You can also set a wait time before the vote button reappears, and schedule the voting window. ### Reviewing entries after submission Even a well-protected campaign benefits from a review pass before winners are announced. - Manual approval — Uncheck Automatically approve entries in the [Form Container Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/), and enable Hide Unapproved Entries in the Entry Display Widget to keep unreviewed entries out of a public gallery. Email Alerts can notify you on each submission. - Filter by reCAPTCHA score — In the [Entries Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/), open the Other filter section and set a score range. - Exclude labeled entries — Enter your fraud labels in the Exclude Labels field to hide them from view. - Exclude entries when picking winners — Enter fraud labels in the Exclude Entries field to remove them from the drawing pool. See [How to Select Winners](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-select-winners/). ### Account and integration security - Two-Factor Authentication — Adds a second credential beyond your password, using an authenticator app. See [Setting Up Two-Factor Authentication](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-two-factor-authentication/). - Webhook security — Add a Secret Key to your webhook integration; ShortStack signs each request in the X-Ss-Signature header for your server to verify. You can also restrict your endpoint to ShortStack's IP address. See [Securing Webhook Form Integrations](https://www.shortstack.com/help/securing-webhook-form-integrations/). ### Recommended combinations Low-value prize — Turnstile on Invisible, entry restriction by email address, Rate Limiting at default. High-value prize or public voting — Turnstile plus reCAPTCHA, Email Login, Fraud Filter patterns, Country-Based Visibility, Referrer Blacklist, and manual approval with a review pass before picking winners. Embedded campaign — Check Enable if my campaign is embedded, confirm your root domain is in the Embedding Whitelist, and add your ShortStack publishing domain to your reCAPTCHA key rather than your website's domain. Before you launch, run through [Testing Your Campaign](https://www.shortstack.com/help/testing-your-campaign/) and [Campaign Best Practices](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-best-practices/). ### Limitations No bot prevention method is completely effective. Determined bad actors adapt, and CAPTCHA services are third-party products whose detection logic ShortStack does not control. These tools reduce fraudulent traffic substantially; they do not eliminate it. Combine several layers, and set contest rules that reserve your right to disqualify entries at your sole discretion. See the [Sweepstakes and Contest Rules Guide](https://www.shortstack.com/help/sweepstakes-and-contest-rules-guide/). ShortStack engineers continue to develop and improve bot prevention. ### FAQs Do I need both Cloudflare Turnstile and Google reCAPTCHA? They cover different moments — Turnstile at page load, reCAPTCHA at submission. For high-value campaigns, use both. Do I have to supply my own reCAPTCHA keys? Yes, for new campaigns. Google introduced API fees for reCAPTCHA, and rather than raise plan prices, ShortStack now requires your own keys. Existing published campaigns already using reCAPTCHA continue to work unchanged. Does any of this cost extra? Not from ShortStack. Google includes 10,000 free reCAPTCHA calls per month; usage above that is billed by Google directly to you. What's the single most effective tool? Email Login (Max plan). A verified email address blocks bots and makes duplicate entries and votes substantially harder. Why does my campaign load more slowly with Turnstile enabled? Turnstile verifies each visitor before the campaign renders. If the delay is a problem, change the mode in Campaign Settings → Security. ### Related resources [How to Select Winners (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-select-winners/) [Setting up Email Login for Voting (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-email-login-for-voting/) [7 Essential Security Features to Prevent Cheating (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/7-essential-security-features-you-need-to-prevent-cheating-in-your-next-contest-or-giveaway/) [Rules Generator (Free Tool)](https://www.shortstack.com/rules-generator/) [Campaign Checker (Free Tool)](https://www.shortstack.com/campaign-checker/) ### FAQs #### Do I need both Cloudflare Turnstile and Google reCAPTCHA? They cover different moments — Turnstile at page load, reCAPTCHA at submission. For high-value campaigns, use both. #### Do I have to supply my own reCAPTCHA keys? Yes, for new campaigns. Google introduced API fees for reCAPTCHA, and rather than raise plan prices, ShortStack now requires your own keys. Existing published campaigns already using reCAPTCHA continue to work unchanged. #### Does any of this cost extra? Not from ShortStack. Google includes 10,000 free reCAPTCHA calls per month; usage above that is billed by Google directly to you. #### What's the single most effective tool? Email Login (Max plan). A verified email address blocks bots and makes duplicate entries and votes substantially harder. #### Why does my campaign load more slowly with Turnstile enabled? Turnstile verifies each visitor before the campaign renders. If the delay is a problem, change the mode in Campaign Settings → Security. --- ## Buttons Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/buttons-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-25 The Buttons Widget adds customizable buttons to your campaign. They can link out to external sites such as your social channels, trigger actions that move visitors through the campaign, open pop-ups, or award points to entrants. Add one by clicking its icon in the Add Widgets Panel or dragging it into the preview area. ### Overview - Link to external websites, such as social media channels. - Trigger actions to help visitors navigate your campaign. - Display pop-ups or award points to entrants. [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Buttons Widget icon, a rounded pill shape, circled in green.] #### Adding the Buttons Widget To add the Buttons Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Buttons Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into your preview area. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up allows you to customize the Buttons Widget. #### Renaming the widget 1. Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the widget name). 2. Enter a new name and press Enter. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. #### Customization Navigate through the left-side menu to configure the widget. Use the Back and Next buttons to move between sections. When finished, click the blue Save and Exit button. ### Setup (adding links) The Setup section is where you add and organize the links that form your buttons. #### Adding a button 1. Click the Add New Link button to open the Link pop-up. 2. Configure the button: Text or Image: Add text using the Link text field. Or click the + icon under Link image to open the Media Library and select an image for the button. Action Type: Go to URL: Enter the URL and specify whether it opens in a new window or the same window. Take Action: Select a widget to trigger using the Widget dropdown, and choose an action (Show, Hide, or Scroll to) from the Choose an action... dropdown. Points for Actions (Available on Launch plan and higher): Use the Form Widget dropdown to select the form associated with the entry. Enter the points awarded for clicking the button in the Points to award field. Add an Action label to track the action in the entrant's entry data. 3. Click Save Link to add the button. #### Managing buttons Reordering Buttons: Click and hold the three lines icon (☰), then drag the button to adjust its position in the widget. Editing Buttons: Click the pencil icon to modify the button settings. Deleting Buttons: Click the X icon to remove the button. ### Visibility Control when and where the widget appears using the Visibility section. Options include: - Setting specific dates and times for visibility. - Displaying the widget only in the Builder. - Limiting visibility to certain countries. Learn more about [Widget Visibility.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Button styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the button color, button font, and widget alignment. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - Layout - Button - Button Border - Button Text - Button Image - Button Hover - Widget ### Related resources [Navbar Widget (Help Docs)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/navbar-widget/) [Action Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/) [Using Action Labels in an Action Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-action-labels-in-an-action-widget/) --- ## Campaign best practices URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-best-practices/ Category: Entry security & best practices Last reviewed: 2026-03-05 ShortStack has been around for over 11 years, and we have a wealth of experience in running successful campaigns. Below are our top best practices to help ensure your campaign's success. ### Where to put the rules Watch this video to learn how to display rules in one of the following ways: - Display rules on your landing page with a scroll-to action - Display rules in a pop-up - Display rules directly within your entry form - Display rules as a downloadable PDF [video: https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Xnn8fj1PJ1g] ### Use widget scheduling If your contest needs to begin or end at a specific time, use the widget visibility settings to control when Widget(s) are shown or hidden. You can use the parent Container to set visibility settings for all widgets nested within it. This allows for fewer visibility settings to configure and fewer mistakes from happening. Learn more about [Widget Visibility.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Have separate entry and voting phases To keep your voting contest fair—especially for late entries—consider dividing the contest into entry and voting phases: 1. During the entry phase, users can submit entries, but voting is disabled. 2. During the voting phase, no new entries are accepted, and users can vote. ### Bot prevention Contests, sweepstakes, and giveaways often attract bots and fraudulent entries. ShortStack provides tools to help prevent them. #### Google reCAPTCHA Available on the Scale Plan. Google reCAPTCHA protects your campaign by analyzing user behavior and other factors to detect bots. You can enable reCAPTCHA in both the Form Container Widget and the Entry Display Widget. Learn more about [Google reCAPTCHA](https://www.shortstack.com/help/restricting-entries-using-recaptcha/). #### Cloudflare Turnstile Available on the Scale Plan. Cloudflare Turnstile is a smart CAPTCHA alternative that helps block bots from accessing your campaign. While it may cause a slight delay in page loading, it effectively reduces the number of fraudulent entries. We recommend using the visible option so visitors see a loading screen while verification occurs. Learn more about [Cloudflare Turnstile](https://www.shortstack.com/help/cloudflare-turnstile/). #### Fraud Filter Available on the Scale Plan. The Fraud Filter helps identify and manage suspicious or repeated patterns by labeling, filtering, and preventing unwanted entries. You can use Entry Filters to stop flagged users or bots from submitting entries or winning prizes. Learn more about the [Fraud Filter.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/prohibit-fraudulent-and-spam-entries-with-fraud-filter-feature/) ### Entry and voting restrictions The most secure method for restricting entries and votes is the Email Login. Users will need to enter a verification code sent to their email before proceeding. You can enable this feature in your form and as a voting restriction. #### Form set-up 1. Open the Form Container Settings. 2. Select the Entry Restrictions tab. 3. Enable Entry Restrictions by Login. 4. Select the frequency. Save and exit. 5. Add a Field Widget to the Form Container. 6. Select Login as a Standard Field type. 7. Configure the Email Settings. #### Entry Display Widget set-up 1. Open the Entry Display Widget Settings. 2. Select the Voting tab. 3. Enable Voting Restrictions. 4. Restrict voting by Email Address. 5. Edit the frequency. 6. Configure the Email Settings. > Note: Email Login is used solely for verification. You will not collect the email addresses of voters who log in this way. Learn more about [Entry Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/) and [Voting Restrictions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-email-login-for-voting/). ### Collecting Voters’ information If you want to collect information from voters, you'll need to use a form. The recommended method is to restrict voting until after the voter completes the form. #### Steps to collect voter info 1. Add a new Form Container to your campaign. 2. Create a new List to store voter information separately from your entries. 3. Adjust the new Form Container’s settings as needed. 4. Add Field Widgets such as Name and Email to the Form Container. 5. Open the Entry Display Widget settings. 6. Go to the Voting tab. 7. In the Advanced section, enable Start with vote button hidden. Save and exit. 8. Add an Action Widget. 9. In the WHEN section, click the blue + button, select the second Form Container, and set "form is successfully submitted". 10. In the THEN section, click the blue + button, select the Entry Display Widget, and set "show voting button". 11. Save and exit. 12. Test your campaign to ensure it works as expected! ### Related resources [7 Ways to Protect Your Contest From Entry & Voter Fraud (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/8-ways-to-protect-your-contest-from-entry-voter-fraud) [Entry Restrictions (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/) [Testing Your Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/testing-your-campaign/) [Cloudflare Turnstile (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/cloudflare-turnstile/) --- ## Campaign Builder tips and tricks URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-builder-tips-and-tricks/ Category: Entry security & best practices Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-03-05 The Campaign Builder has many features that can streamline the creation of your campaigns. Whether you’re new to ShortStack or already skilled with WYSIWYG builders, these tips and tricks will help you build campaigns faster and more efficiently. ### Editing #### Copy and paste widgets You can copy and paste widgets between campaigns, saving time when reusing elements. ##### Steps to copy and paste widgets 1. Select the widget you wish to copy by clicking on it. 2. Press Cmd + C (Mac), Ctrl + C (PC), or click the Copy Icon at the bottom of the Edit Widgets Panel. 3. Paste the widget by pressing Cmd + V or Ctrl + V or clicking the Paste Icon . The widget will appear at the top of the Edit Widgets Panel. 4. Drag and drop the copied widget to your desired location. ##### Copying between campaigns 1. Open two tabs: one with Campaign A (source) and another with Campaign B (destination). 2. Copy the widget from Campaign A and paste it into Campaign B. > Note: Avoid copying widgets from interactive templates (e.g., quiz templates) to a new campaign, as it may break functionality. Instead, copy other widgets into the interactive template to retain functionality. #### Undo/redo ShortStack provides undo/redo buttons for quick adjustments: - Widget Settings: Located at the bottom of the Edit Widgets Panel (left side). - Style Settings: Located at the bottom of the Style Panel (right side). To reset all Style Settings for a specific widget: 1. Select the widget for which you want to reset the style settings. 2. In the Style Panel, ensure you are on the This Widget tab. 3. At the bottom of the Style Panel, click Clear settings for this widget to remove all customizations except for the theme. #### Create a template or copy a campaign Save time by creating templates or duplicating campaigns. ##### Steps to create a template or copy a campaign 1. Open the campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the campaign name in the top-left corner. 3. Select Make template from campaign or Make copy of campaign. 4. Follow the steps in the wizard. For copies, the Campaign Builder will refresh with the duplicated campaign. > Note: Creating a template is available on Max Plans. ### Finding and using custom templates ##### Steps to access and use custom templates 1. From the Home Page, click Manage > Templates. 2. In the Templates Manager, locate your custom templates. 3. Use the buttons on the right to: Create a new campaign using the template. Edit the template in the Campaign Builder. Learn more about the [Templates Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/templates-manager/). > Note: Access to the Templates Manager is available on Max Plans. ### Styling #### Creating a theme Save your campaign’s design as a reusable theme. 1. Open the Style Panel. 2. Click the three-dot menu at the bottom-right. 3. Select Add to My Themes. Changes made to a theme apply only to the campaign it’s saved with. To override a theme across all campaigns, save it with the exact same name. #### Adding CSS Customize your campaign further using the CSS Editor. 1. Open the Style Panel. 2. Click CSS (blue text at the top-right). 3. Add your custom CSS code in the pop-up editor. > Tip: Use tools like ChatGPT to generate CSS code if you're unfamiliar with writing it. ### Related resources [Tips and Recipes (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tips-and-recipes/) [Using the Campaign Builder (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-the-campaign-builder/) [Keyboard Shortcuts (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/keyboard-shortcuts/) --- ## How to use the Campaign Checker URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-checker/ Category: Free tools Last reviewed: 2026-09-22 The Campaign Checker tells you whether a campaign idea can actually be built and run before you invest in it. Select the entry actions you want and the platforms you'd run them on, and it returns a verdict for each — will work, depends on the details, or won't work — with a workable alternative for anything blocked. ### What it does and who it's for Most failed promotions fail at the idea stage, built around an action no platform will let you collect. The [Campaign Checker](https://www.shortstack.com/campaign-checker/) catches that first. You pick the actions your idea relies on, tick the platforms, and get back what's possible. Verdicts reflect what each platform's API and promotion policies allow — not what ShortStack can build. It's a planning tool, not a compliance or legal guarantee. ### Before you start - No account needed. It runs in your browser with JavaScript enabled. - Know which platforms you'd run on and what you want people to do to enter. Don't filter yourself in advance — pick what you want, even if you suspect it isn't allowed. Checking that is the point. ### Step by step #### 1. Pick the actions your idea relies on Select every action you want people to take to enter. Choose what you actually want rather than what you think is permitted. #### 2. Choose the platforms for each social action For each social action, tick the platforms you'd run it on. The same action can be possible on one platform and impossible on another — likes are the clearest case. #### 3. Add a note about your idea Optional, and just for your own reference. Anything you write here appears alongside your results, and won't affect the verdict your selections produce. #### 4. Read your verdict Results come back in three groups: won't work, depends on the details, and will work. Blocked actions come with a "do this instead" alternative. #### 5. Reshape anything that hit a wall Swap each blocked mechanic for the nearest workable one. In most cases that means capturing the real entry through a form and offering a bonus entry for a comment. ### Limits and what it can't do - It is not legal advice or a compliance guarantee. It reflects how platform APIs and promotion policies generally worked when last reviewed, and those change. - Likes can only be collected on Facebook. Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, LinkedIn and Pinterest don't release who liked a post. - Follows can't be collected automatically anywhere — no platform exposes your follower list to a third-party tool. YouTube returns a partial subscriber list that excludes anyone keeping subscriptions private, so it isn't reliable either. The only workaround is checking a captured username by hand. - Shares aren't verifiable anywhere, and Facebook's Pages policies prohibit requiring a share to enter. - Tagging friends is against Facebook's rules. Other platforms do allow it, and it can widen your reach — but no tool can verify a tag, so you'd need to check your winner's entry by hand against your own rules. - It checks mechanics, not your rules, your prize value or your tax obligations. ### Troubleshooting #### It says my idea won't work. Now what? Every blocked action comes with an alternative. The reliable pattern is a form for the real entry, with a comment as a bonus entry. Comments on Facebook Page posts, Instagram Business or Creator posts, and YouTube videos are collectible and verifiable. #### Why can't I do follow-to-enter when other tools advertise it? You can ask people to follow, and plenty of campaigns do. What no tool can do is confirm it, because no platform releases your follower list — so expect some people to enter without following. If following is a condition in your rules, check the winner you draw by hand before you award the prize, and draw again if they don't qualify. #### I got a different answer than last time Platforms revise their APIs and promotion policies fairly often. Something that was allowed last year may not be now, so a changed verdict usually means the tool is up to date rather than wrong. #### Can I require a purchase to enter? That depends on whether your winner is chosen at random or on skill, and it's a legal question rather than a technical one. Use the [Rules Generator](https://www.shortstack.com/rules-generator/). #### The tool won't load It needs JavaScript enabled. Turn it on and refresh. ### Privacy and what happens to your data Everything runs in your browser. Your selections and any note you write are not sent to a ShortStack server. Your answers are saved on your own device so you can come back to them, and Start over clears them. ### FAQs Why can't I require a like to enter? On Facebook you can — the Graph API exposes who reacted to a Page post. Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, LinkedIn and Pinterest don't release that data, so entrants can't be retrieved or a winner verified. Use a form instead. Can I make people follow my account to enter? You can ask, but no platform exposes your follower list to a third-party tool, so it can't be collected automatically — you'd need to check your winner by hand. The safe pattern is a form for the entry and a bonus entry for a comment. Which social actions actually work? Comments are the most reliable — on a Facebook Page post, an Instagram Business or Creator post, or a YouTube video. Beyond that, a simple entry form works everywhere and you keep the lead. Why is share-to-enter against the rules? Shares aren't verifiable, and Facebook's Pages policies specifically prohibit requiring a share to enter. For word of mouth, use a refer-a-friend mechanic with a tracked link. Is requiring a purchase legal? It depends on random versus skill. For a random draw, requiring a purchase generally makes it an illegal lottery unless you offer a free alternate method of entry. The Rules Generator builds the correct structure. Does a green verdict guarantee my campaign is allowed? No. Treat it as expert guidance to plan around, not a legal or compliance guarantee. ### Related resources [How to use the Rules Generator (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rules-generator/) [Refer-A-Friend (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) [How To Import Comments From An Instagram Post (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-from-an-instagram-post/) [Before Publishing Your Campaign Checklist (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/before-publishing-your-campaign-checklist/) ### FAQs #### Why can't I require a like to enter? On Facebook you can — the Graph API exposes who reacted to a Page post. Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, LinkedIn and Pinterest don't release that data, so entrants can't be retrieved or a winner verified. Use a form instead. #### Can I make people follow my account to enter? You can ask, but no platform exposes your follower list to a third-party tool, so it can't be collected automatically — you'd need to check your winner by hand. The safe pattern is a form for the entry and a bonus entry for a comment. #### Which social actions actually work? Comments are the most reliable — on a Facebook Page post, an Instagram Business or Creator post, or a YouTube video. Beyond that, a simple entry form works everywhere and you keep the lead. #### Why is share-to-enter against the rules? Shares aren't verifiable, and Facebook's Pages policies specifically prohibit requiring a share to enter. For word of mouth, use a refer-a-friend mechanic with a tracked link. #### Is requiring a purchase legal? It depends on random versus skill. For a random draw, requiring a purchase generally makes it an illegal lottery unless you offer a free alternate method of entry. The Rules Generator builds the correct structure. #### Does a green verdict guarantee my campaign is allowed? No. Treat it as expert guidance to plan around, not a legal or compliance guarantee. --- ## Campaign Menu URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-menu/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-25 The Campaign Menu is a dropdown menu in the Campaign Builder that provides quick links to navigate to other campaigns and manage the current campaign. ### Getting there To access the Campaign Menu: 1. Open a campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click on the campaign name in the top-left corner of the Campaign Builder. ### About The Campaign Menu allows you to perform the following actions: #### Access the campaign ID number This ID is useful when submitting a support ticket, as a ShortStack agent may request it. Click the number to automatically copy it to your clipboard. #### View the template name See which template was used to build the campaign. This is helpful if you've made significant changes and want to reference the original template. #### View campaign analytics Available for Scale Plan and higher. Click on Analytics to open a pop-up displaying campaign performance data. Learn more about [Analytics.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/) #### Make a copy of the campaign Duplicates the campaign and automatically opens the copy in the Campaign Builder. Learn more about [Copying a Campaign](https://www.shortstack.com/help/copying-a-campaign/). #### Make a template from the campaign Available for Max Plan and higher. Converts the campaign into a reusable template. Learn more about [Copying a Campaign](https://www.shortstack.com/help/copying-a-campaign/). #### Create a new campaign Click Create New Campaign to open the Templates Gallery and start building a new campaign. #### Recent campaigns A list of your recently opened and updated campaigns appears here in descending order. Click a campaign to open it in the same tab. ### Related resources [Campaigns Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaigns-manager/) [How to Set Up A Template (Video)](https://youtu.be/fSi-iQSlXQY) [Copying a Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/copying-a-campaign/) [Campaign Settings (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) --- ## Campaign Settings URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-24 The Campaign Settings menu allows you to adjust a campaign's HTML, sharing, embedding, and security settings. ### Getting there To access Campaign Settings: 1. Open a campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the Settings icon (gear icon) located on the top-left, next to the campaign name. ### About The Campaign Settings menu contains the following sections, accessible from the left-hand menu: - General - Security - Analytics ### General #### Campaign name Enter the name of your campaign as it will appear in your ShortStack account. #### Default time zone Set the campaign's time zone. Best practice: use the time zone where most of your audience is located. #### Default builder width (in pixels) Set the width of the Campaign Builder preview (not the campaign itself). You can adjust the campaign's maximum width in the Theme section of the Style Panel. #### Start in Live Entries mode Toggle to enable or disable starting in Live Entries Mode when the campaign is loaded. #### Start in edit off mode Toggle to enable or disable starting in Edit Off Mode when the campaign is loaded. #### Additional subdomains Enter additional subdomains (e.g., www) for custom domains. This does not affect campaigns published on ShortStack domains. You must create a CNAME record in your DNS. #### Bookmark/favicon image (32px x 32px) Upload a small image to serve as the icon displayed on the browser tab and when bookmarking the campaign. #### Page title Set the campaign's browser title, default bookmark name, and search engine result title. #### Page language Select the campaign’s language using the dropdown (the default is English). #### Page language direction Specify text flow direction: - left-to-right, default - right-to-left - auto, browser-determined #### Fixed navigation bar height Add padding at the top of the campaign for embedded campaigns with fixed navigation bars to prevent content from being cut off. #### Allow crawlers to index my campaign Using the dropdown, select either: - Landing Pages only - Yes: Index both embeds and landing pages. - No: Prevent indexing for both. (default) #### Sharing defaults When your campaign is shared on social platforms like Facebook or LinkedIn, it uses Open Graph tags to include metadata: - Title: Enter a title (default is the campaign name, max 255 characters). - Description: Add a brief description (max 1000 characters). - Image: Use a 1200x630px image for best results. Learn more [About Sharing](https://www.shortstack.com/help/about-sharing/). ### Security #### Cloudflare Turnstile mode Available on Scale Plan and higher. Prevent bots from entering your campaign. Options: - Invisible (default): No user interaction required; best for embedded campaigns. - Visible: Visitors may need to complete an interactive challenge; best for landing pages. - Disable: Disables Cloudflare Turnstile (not recommended). Enable for embedded campaigns by checking the Enable if my campaign is embedded box. #### Google reCaptcha Available on Scale Plan and higher. Site Key: Enter your public reCaptcha key. Secret Key: Enter your private reCaptcha key. Learn [How to Create Google reCAPTCHA Keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/). #### Rate limiting Set the number of entries allowed per IP address per minute (default is 20). #### Referrer blacklist Block users from entering your campaign via specific domains (e.g., giveaway sites). #### Embedding whitelist Restrict embedding to specific domains. Enter root domains only (e.g., example.com). For multiple domains, separate with spaces. ### Analytics #### Advanced data analytics Available on Max Plan. When enabled, your campaign analytics will reflect more accurate identification of visitors and entrants by collecting additional data about them. When not enabled, unique visitor data and return user data may not be as accurate. Per [GDPR](https://gdpr-info.eu/) and [CCPA](https://oag.ca.gov/privacy/ccpa) privacy laws, you are required to disclose to visitors and entrants to the campaign that you are collecting the information listed below. ShortStack is not held liable if you do not disclose this information; it is your responsibility. Data ShortStack is collecting for Analytics: - Screen resolution and color depth - System memory - System CPU core count - Browser language - OS platform - Timezone - Timezone Offset - Graphics vendor and renderer info This information is not attached to personally identifiable information such as an email address, name, address, etc. It is solely used to provide accurate analytics for the performance of your ShortStack campaign. If Advanced Data Analytics is not enabled, the identification of visitors and entrants is not as accurate. Specifically, the accuracy can be affected by: - Organizations/campuses/households where multiple users share the same IP address and might use the same browsers. - Entrants who use VPNs that change their external IP addresses. ### Related resources [Enable and Customize Share Settings (Video)](https://youtu.be/phBjCcHDWRc) [Share Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/share-widget/) [Open Graph Meta Tags (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/open-graph-meta-tags/) --- ## Campaigns Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaigns-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-14 The Campaigns Manager allows you to create, edit, manage, archive, and delete your campaigns with ease. This guide covers everything you need to know about navigating and using this tool effectively. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Campaigns from the options. If Favorited, simply click Campaigns in the side navigation menu. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Campaigns Manager to the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Campaigns" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Campaigns Manager layout New Campaign Button: Use this button in the top-right corner to create a new campaign. List or Thumbnail View: To the left of the New Campaign Buttons, select either the List View or Thumbnail View. Campaign List: All your previously created campaigns appear on the right and are displayed in info panes. Each info pane provides: - A preview thumbnail of the campaign. - The campaign name. - The number of installs (or places where the campaign is published). Clicking Installs opens the Publications Manager, where you can view and manage the campaign's publication URLs. - Updated X Days Ago shows when the campaign was last edited. Hovering your cursor over this text reveals the exact day the campaign was last updated. - The Campaign ID is visible when you hover your cursor over the campaign. Clicking the number automatically copies it to your clipboard. ### Managing campaigns #### Editing and renaming campaigns Open Campaign: Click the campaign name or the Edit icon on the right to open it in the Campaign Builder. Rename Campaign: Hover over the name, click the edit icon, type the new name, and click the blue checkmark to save. #### Additional campaign options Access additional options by clicking on the dropdown arrow at the top right of the info plane. Permissions (Available on Max Plan): Grant access to specific campaigns for team members. Learn more about [ShortStack for Teams](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shortstack-for-teams/). Archive: This allows you to hide a campaign without deleting it. Archived campaigns appear only when the Show Archived checkbox is selected in the filtering options. Delete: Permanently remove campaigns that are unpublished/uninstalled. > **Note:** Deletion is irreversible, so make templates or copies beforehand if needed. The Campaign ID is at the bottom right corner of the info pane when your cursor is placed over it. To access Campaign Analytics, click on the pie chart icon. Learn more about [Campaign Analytics.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/) ### Filtering, searching, and sorting #### Filtering options Filter by... Landing Page, Embedded, or Unpublished. Show Archived: Check this box to display archived campaigns. Review Status (Available on Max): Check this box to show any campaigns that need to be reviewed for publishing. #### Search campaigns Use the Search field in the top-left corner to search by campaign name. Additionally, use the Tag field to search for all campaigns with that specific tag. #### Sorting options Click the sorting button next to the campaign count at the top to organize campaigns by: - Recently Edited. - Newest. - Oldest. ### Bulk actions Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple campaigns. When selecting one or more campaigns, the top bar displays additional options: Tag (Available on the Max Plan): Add tags to campaigns or view/edit existing tags. Enter tags separated by commas, press Enter, then click Save. Archive: Archive selected campaigns. Use Show Archived to view and restore them. Delete: Permanently delete multiple campaigns. Confirm by typing the required phrase in the prompt. > **Note:** Deletion is irreversible, so make templates or copies beforehand if needed. ### Related resources [How to Unpublish a Campaign (Video)](https://youtu.be/xuSAnIbDk1s) [The Essential Guide to Online Contest Marketing (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-essential-guide-to-online-contest-marketing-what-why-how-10-examples/) [Emails Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/emails-manager/) [How to Unpublish (Uninstall) a Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-unpublish-uninstall-a-campaign/) [Copying a Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/copying-a-campaign/) --- ## CAN-SPAM Act information URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/can-spam-act-information/ Category: Creating emails Last reviewed: 2026-06-30 The CAN-SPAM Act was enacted in 2003 to prevent unsolicited marketing emails. ### Overview > This Act establishes requirements for those who send unsolicited commercial email. The Act bans false or misleading header information and prohibits deceptive subject lines. It also requires that unsolicited commercial email be identified as advertising and provide recipients with a method for opting out of receiving any such email in the future. The [CAN-SPAM Act](https://www.ftc.gov/legal-library/browse/statutes/controlling-assault-non-solicited-pornography-marketing-act-2003-can-spam-act) requires commercial emails to include: - A valid business name and address (via the Company Profile). - An Unsubscribe link for recipients. ### FAQs #### Can I disable the unsubscribe footer required by the CAN-SPAM Act? Yes, if your emails are viewed as transactional, you can disable this footer. This feature is available on Enterprise. ### Related resources [New Accounts & Protecting Deliverability (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/new-accounts-and-protecting-deliverability/) [How to Create Double Opt-In Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-double-opt-in-emails/) [Creating and Managing Company Profiles (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-company-profiles/) [Creating Autoresponder Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) --- ## Category Field URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/category-field/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-09 The Category Field is a custom field with unique properties that enhance form functionality. This guide outlines all the features and settings available for the Category Field. ### Getting there 1. In the Campaign Builder, drag and drop the Field Widget into a Form Container. 2. In the pop-up, select Category from the Custom Field list. 3. Click Next to proceed. ### Field settings #### Layout ##### Allow multiple selections If entrants can select more than one category, check the Allow Multiple Selections box. Layout options include: - List: Displays all categories; entrants click to select their choices. - Checkboxes: Categories appear with checkboxes for selection. - Tiles: Categories appear as tiles, which are suitable for adding images. > Note: When multiple categories are allowed, vote counts reflect the total votes across all selected categories for an entry. ##### Single-selection layout options If multiple selections are not allowed, layout options include: - Dropdown: A classic dropdown menu for single selection. - Radio Buttons: Categories are displayed with radio buttons for selection. - Tiles: Displays categories as tiles with image support. - Text: A blank text field where entrants manually enter a category. (Case-sensitive when using Text Layout) #### Text Assign Labels or Prompts (for dropdown layouts only) in this section to guide entrants. #### Validation Select one of the following options: - Always: Field is always mandatory. - When Visible: Field is mandatory only when visible. - Never: Field is not required. #### Error messages Customize error messages by entering your desired text in the appropriate fields. #### Content Define your categories in this section. ##### Input modes Text Input Mode: - Type each category on a separate line. - Capitalization matters when using the Text Layout. Prompted Input Mode: - Enter choice text, add a value (e.g., monetary value for certain templates), and optionally add an image. - Use the + icon to upload an image via the Media Library. - Add a new choice with the Add Choice button. - Delete choices with the trash can icon. ##### Default value Select a default category or leave it blank to keep the field unselected initially. #### Field points Assign a point value to the field to award entrants additional points for completing this field. ### Other #### Instructions field Add text to the Instructions field to display below the field when it is focused (selected). #### CSS classes Add custom CSS classes to the Extra CSS classes field for styling via the CSS Editor. ### Visibility Control field visibility by: - Date and Time: Limit field visibility to a specific period. - Pop-Up Display: Show the field as a pop-up. - Builder Only: Limit field visibility to the Campaign Builder. - Country Restrictions: Show the field only in specific countries. Learn more about [Widget Visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Extras Learn more about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings in [Widget Extras](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/). ### Category field styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the radio button color, the maximum width of the widget, font type, and widget alignment. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - Labels - Radios & Checkboxes - List Items - Help Text - Widget ### Related resources [How to Build a Form (Video)](https://youtu.be/PU_x-2IIVrs) [Image Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/image-widget/) [List Field (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/list-field/) [Best Of Category Vote Contest (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/best-of-category-vote-contest/) --- ## Changelog URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/changelog/ Category: Getting help Last reviewed: 2026-08-18 Every change we ship to ShortStack, newest first — new features, updates to existing ones, and changes to our policies. This log covers 249 releases from 2020 to today, each with its release date and a link to the relevant guide. Every change we ship to ShortStack, newest first — new features, updates to existing ones, and changes to our policies. Dates are release dates. ### 2026 #### Stronger Password Requirements October 8, 2026 ShortStack passwords now need to be at least 12 characters long. They can't include simple sequences, repeated characters, your name or other common weak parts, or any password exposed in a known data breach. If your current password doesn't meet the new rules, you'll see a banner asking you to update it. You'll need to change it within a few logins, or by December 1, 2026 at the latest. If your password appears in a breach, you'll need to change it right away. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/updating-your-login-information/#password-requirements) #### Klaviyo Integration: SMS Marketing Opt-In October 8, 2026 The Klaviyo integration can now subscribe entrants to SMS marketing as well as email. In your Klaviyo profile, choose a form field for SMS consent, or reuse your email consent field so one checkbox covers both. Phone numbers are also now sent in the format Klaviyo requires, so they import correctly. Existing Klaviyo profiles stay at None until you edit them. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/#klaviyo-integration) #### New Action: Open URL in New Tab October 6, 2026 The Action Widget can now open a URL in a new tab, so you can send entrants to another page without taking them away from your campaign. For example, set a button click to open your website or a product page. If the browser blocks the new tab, entrants see a pop-up with a link they can click instead. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/#opening-a-url-in-a-new-tab) #### Improved Email Login Voting/Entry Restrictions August 25, 2026 We've leveled up Email Login security: verification codes are now 6 digits (up from 4) and expire after 15 minutes. Once a code's used, it's done — no reuse allowed. #### Smarter Voting Triggers August 19, 2026 Set up an Action Widget trigger that fires the moment a voter casts their final vote — perfect for showing a "come back tomorrow" message. Plus, trigger names and tooltips across the Action Widget are clearer, and the builder now warns you if a trigger (or action) won't work with your current setup. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-an-end-of-voting-action/) #### Share Widget Update: System Sharing Now Available August 13, 2026 Campaigns can now offer a share option that opens your device's built-in share menu, so entrants can share straight to any app they have installed — with the title, description, and image filled in automatically, not just a link. This also fixes Facebook sharing on mobile, which previously just opened the Facebook app to the entrant's feed without sharing anything. [Learn more about System Sharing](https://www.shortstack.com/help/share-widget/) #### Field Library Update: Usage & Archiving, Clarified August 12, 2026 Archiving a field now comes with a full breakdown of what it affects before you confirm. And the Campaigns tab shows field usage grouped by campaign, complete with publishing status and created/updated dates. [Learn more about the Field Library](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-library/) #### Instant Filter Clearing in Managers August 11, 2026 You can now clear all active filters in one click. A "clear all" button appears in the Filters sidebar in Managers such as Entries Manager, Campaign Manager, Lists Manager, and more! #### Redesigned Instagram Feeds Wizard July 27, 2026 Creating a hashtag feed is now a streamlined four-step wizard — Connect, Add Hashtags, Timing & Filtering, and Review & Launch. And if you have a single eligible Instagram Business account, we automatically connect it for you! We also generate a feed name automatically, which you can rename at any time. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-an-instagram-hashtag-feed/) #### New Filter for Scheduled and Follow-Up Emails July 22, 2026 You can now send Scheduled and Follow-Up emails based on the Label applied to entries. To access this feature, create or edit a Scheduled or Follow-Up email. On the main email content preview page, select "Filters". Here, you can add the Label you wish to include or exclude for email recipients. [Learn more about Follow-Up Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-follow-up-emails/#15-step-9--review-and-schedule) [Learn more about Scheduled Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-scheduled-emails/#14-step-8--review-and-schedule) #### Entries Manager Filter Update: Per Round Votes/Points June 24, 2026 Filtering entries based on vote/point counts is now more flexible. Instead of a single filter for Round 2 or Round 3 votes, you now get individual ranged filters for each round — mix and match across rounds to find exactly the entries you need. Ranges are inclusive (2 to 5 returns entries with 2–5 votes), and setting both From and To to 0 returns entries with exactly zero votes for that round. #### Improved UI for the Media Selector June 9, 2026 The Media Selector got a UX overhaul. You can now paste images straight from your clipboard, mark Favorites, filter by aspect ratio, and browse by tag. Pexels has also been added as a second stock photo library alongside Pixabay. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/media-selector/) #### New Form Integration: Klaviyo! June 9, 2026 Connect your Klaviyo account with OAuth (no API keys required!), then automatically create, update, or upsert Klaviyo profiles on every form submission. Optionally add entrants to a list, subscribe them to email marketing, or both! [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/#16-klaviyo-integration) #### HubSpot Integration Now Available! June 4, 2026 HubSpot has been added to our list of form integrations. Easily import entries received in ShortStack to your HubSpot Account. This integration also has three modes for updating your HubSpot contacts: - Create new contacts only - Update existing contacts only - Create new and update existing contacts [Learn More](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/#11-hubspot-integration) #### Mailchimp Integration Update: Update Existing Contacts June 4, 2026 You can now update existing Mailchimp contact information via the "Contact Mode" setting. This setting has three ways to update/create contacts: - Create new contacts only - Update existing contacts only - Create new and update existing contacts [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/#8-mailchimp-integration) #### New Feature: Exports Manager May 15, 2026 Track export status, monitor progress, and download your files within the Exports Manager. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/) #### Improved UI for Code & Rich Text Snippets May 15, 2026 We've redesigned the Snippets experience to make saving, inserting, and managing reusable content faster and more intuitive — in both Code Widgets and Rich Text Widgets. When you add a new widget, you'll see a prompt inviting you to Browse Snippet Library — just start typing to dismiss it, or click through to explore your saved snippets. The Snippets dropdown also lives in the toolbar for easy access anytime. Open the dropdown and click "Update Snippet" to save your changes back to the library. To rename or delete snippets, head to the new Library tab in the sidebar menu. #### New Image Blur Feature May 4, 2026 Prevent entry images from being fully visible in the Entries Manager with the new Image Blur Feature. This setting is located in the List Manager, under List Settings. #### Automated Cleanup of Legacy Entry Media (>3 Years Old) May 4, 2026 Starting June 3, 2026, we will begin removing media assets (images and videos) associated with entries that are three years old or older. If you see a clock icon on an entry in the Entries Manager, the media associated with that entry is flagged for removal. To preserve any media you'd like to keep, please navigate to the Entries Manager and export those assets before the June 3rd deadline. #### Enhanced Filtering for Archived Items April 23, 2026 We have updated the "archived" state filters across the platform (Campaigns, Lists, Emails, etc.) to provide more flexibility in how you view your data. While the default setting remains to exclude archived items, you now have the following options: - Only Archived: Displays only your archived items - Include Archived: Displays all items, regardless of their archived status #### Export Profiles Required for Large Lists April 14, 2026 To optimize performance and reduce export times, Export Profiles are now required for all lists with 1,000 or more entries. Export Profiles improve efficiency by allowing you to select only the specific data points you need, eliminating oversized CSV files and unnecessary empty columns. [Learn how to create an Export Profile](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-data-using-export-profiles/) #### Automatically Play Videos April 9, 2026 The Video Widget now supports automatic playback when a campaign loads. To ensure consistent performance across all environments, you can also configure videos to start on mute. Most modern browsers restrict autoplay for videos with sound; enabling the "Mute" option ensures your video plays immediately without being blocked. These settings are located under the Options tab in your Video Widget settings. #### New Navigation and Manager Views April 2, 2026 We’ve overhauled the ShortStack dashboard and manager views to provide a more flexible, modern experience, including a customizable table-based layout in the Entries Manager and a card layout in the Campaigns Manager. You can also try the new "paint-to-select" tool for rapid item management by clicking and dragging your mouse across rows or cards. #### Minor Google reCAPTCHA Updates March 26, 2026 We’ve updated the Form Container Widget with clearer labels and tooltips to help you easily manage your reCAPTCHA sensitivity settings. To help reduce your API costs, you can now choose to skip verification for auto-duplicated entries and benefit from optimized verification timing that only triggers after a form passes initial validation. These changes ensure you pay only for successful, necessary reCAPTCHA requests while maintaining robust fraud-protection tools. #### Form Integrations Got a New Home! March 24, 2026 We’ve given Form Integrations their very own tab in the Form Container settings! Along with a shiny new UX, we’ve made some major backend improvements to smooth things out. These changes lay the groundwork for even more integrations coming your way soon, so keep an eye out! [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/) #### Publishing Wizard & Visual Picker Updates March 17, 2026 The Publish Wizard now supports a no-script iframe embed option for users who cannot install the global embed script on their site. Manual Install sites are remembered and handled with a smoother wizard flow, skipping the embed code validation step. The Visual Picker Tool has also been improved with better arrow key and skip logic, an on-screen d-pad, and a new Advanced Settings panel with a width slider. #### Publications Manager Makeover March 9, 2026 We’ve redesigned the Publications Manager for a better user experience. While the interface is now much easier to navigate, the core publishing functions remain the same. #### Field Widget Update: Invisible Fields March 3, 2026 We’ve renamed the "Make this field hidden" setting to"Make this field invisible" to better distinguish it from standard visibility settings. To improve security, any invisible field that fails server-side validation will now result in a silent rejection—mirroring how our fraud filter operates. Additionally, a new "Silently reject entry if value is missing" setting ensures invisible fields remain valid without triggering user-facing errors. #### New Dashboard Design February 28, 2026 The ShortStack Dashboard has been completely overhauled! You can now view high-level analytics, access your recent campaigns, and monitor account usage—all from one central location. #### New Template Gallery February 25, 2026 The Template Gallery has a new layout and design! You can now search for templates by selecting one or more keywords at the top or by using the search bar to find specific designs instantly. #### Updated Privacy Policy February 20, 2026 We have updated our privacy policy which includes: Faster data deletion, New user rights for California residents, Subprocessor transparency, and more. [Review the changes here](https://www.shortstack.com/privacy-policy/) #### Updated Terms and Conditions February 20, 2026 We updated our terms and conditions, which include: Usage Limits and Overage Charges as well as Legacy Plan protections. [Review the changes here](https://www.shortstack.com/terms-and-conditions/) #### Updated Data Processing Agreement (DPA) February 20, 2026 We have updated our Data Processing Agreement (DPA), which includes an addendum to formalize how ShortStack handles your personal data and your customers' data when you use the platform. [Review the changes here](https://www.shortstack.com/data-processing/) #### Edit Widgets Panel UX Update February 9, 2026 We’ve streamlined the Edit Widgets Panel to give you more flexibility and speed when building campaigns. We've added new keyboard shortcuts such as L (Lock), V (Visibility), and Shift + Arrows to manage widgets instantly. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/edit-widgets-panel/) #### Custom Google reCAPTCHA Keys Now Required January 26, 2026 To maintain stable plan pricing while providing robust fraud protection, ShortStack now requires users to provide their own Google reCAPTCHA API keys for bot prevention. This update applies to new campaigns published starting the week of January 26, 2026. Google provides up to 10,000 free reCAPTCHA uses per month, and existing published campaigns will continue to function without interruption. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/) ### 2025 #### Click to Embed: Inline Embedding 2.0 December 9, 2025 This update to inline embedding streamlines the process of embedding campaigns directly within your website's content. The new Visual Picker Tool allows you to select your campaign's placement interactively, eliminating the need for manual coding or CSS knowledge. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-embed-a-campaign-inline-2-0/) #### Publishing Wizard 2.0: Updated Embedding and Pop-Up Controls October 15, 2025 Publishing 2.0 introduces a simplified embedding process and enhanced pop-up configuration. The embed code now only needs to be installed once in your CMS, enabling faster, more consistent campaign deployment. The pop-up builder has been upgraded with finer control over display timing and triggers for improved customization. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-install-our-global-embed-code-2-0/) #### Automatic Form Field Copying is Now Available! September 3, 2025 New Form Containers will automatically copy values from matching fields in other forms or lists. For example, if someone enters their email in one form, it will be pre-filled in another within the same campaign—no extra setup required. The most recent submission value is used, and you can disable this option in Advanced settings. Existing Form Containers will keep the old behavior (no auto-copying). [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/#26-advanced) #### New and Expanded Analytics are Here! August 26, 2025 You’ll now see more charts, graphs, and data points to give you deeper insight into your campaign performance. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-manager/) #### Sharing Entries and Referral URLs is Now Simpler August 25, 2025 Instead of setting up sharing inside the Form Container, you can now connect it directly to a Share Widget and manage all your settings there. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/#19-redirect-to-another-url) #### New Features for the Rich Text Widget July 25, 2025 Liquid syntax, which helps you create conditional messaging, and SVG images are now supported in our Rich Text widget.. [Learn more here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rich-text-widget/) #### Email Login: Time-Based Verification Now Available July 9, 2025 You can now customize how often users need to verify their email when using the Email Login feature for voting or entry restrictions. This new option lets you set a time-based grace period. Once verified, users can skip re-verification for a set duration. This setting is located in Campaign Settings, at the bottom of the Email Login section. Note: The default behavior remains "verify every time" unless changed. #### Social Import Tool Now Supports Facebook Reels May 15, 2025 You can now import comments and reactions from Facebook Reels using the Social Import Tool! When selecting a post type in the Import Wizard, you'll see Facebook Reels as a new option. #### New Voting Action Widget Triggers May 1, 2025 We've added two new Action Widget triggers to enhance your voting campaigns: 1. “A vote is rejected” triggers when a vote violates set restrictions as defined in your Entry Widget’s "Voting Restrictions” (e.g., exceeding allowed votes per day or per entry). 2. “Has reached the maximum number of votes” triggers when a voter exceeds the campaign's maximum total votes. #### Improved Field Widget Validation April 28, 2025 We've enhanced Field Widget validation to prevent common errors. When a Field Widget is set to "Require Always" but is hidden (either itself or via a parent container), you'll now see a warning icon in the Edit Widgets Panel. Click this warning to automatically switch the requirement to "Required when visible", helping you avoid validation issues. Additionally, newly added Field Widgets in hidden states will automatically default to "Required when visible" to streamline your setup and testing process. #### Instant Win Improvements March 26, 2025 We've consolidated all Instant Win settings into one page, enhanced the prize distribution chart, and now automatically determine the number of prizes when using a code list. [For more details, please see our Instant Win Help doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/instant-win/) #### Updating Account Themes March 17, 2025 When ShortStack engineers make updates to the Style Panel, you will now see a prompt to update your theme. Updating the Theme will not affect your campaign styling, but it ensures your Style Panel is up-to-date. [For more information](https://www.shortstack.com/help/update-theme-prompt/) #### Style Panel Update: New Fonts and More! March 13, 2025 The Style Panel has been updated with additional Google Fonts. The date field now defaults to full width. A new alignment setting is available for the Upload Field. Lastly, Theme colors are now defined as CSS variables. If you have questions about the CSS variables, please reach out to us. #### Import Comments from Boosted Instagram Posts March 3, 2025 You can now import comments from Boosted posts on Instagram. To do so, select the Normal post type option. Boosted posts will be labeled as such. #### Updated Layout to Boolean Field February 11, 2025 We’ve added a new ‘Radio Buttons‘ layout option for custom boolean fields. You can also customize the labels for the yes/no radio buttons. #### Smart Labels: Improved Targeting Logic January 27, 2025 Smart Labels are now smarter, making it easier to build complex campaigns with fewer Action Widgets. For single-widget actions (e.g., "Pop up") targeting by Smart Label, we now intelligently select the best target widget when multiple widgets match. Selection is based on: 1. Relevance to the action (e.g., "Popup" actions prioritize widgets configured for popup visibility). 2. Visibility of the widget's parent. 3. Proximity to the Action Widget. ### 2024 #### Vote Button Reset Feature December 31, 2024 We've updated the Entry Widget's vote button resetting feature. This feature, which temporarily resets vote buttons after a vote, is now configurable. You can enable or disable it and adjust the reset delay time in the Advanced section of the Voting panel. By default, the feature is disabled. [Read details here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/#9-voting) #### New Feature: Embed Validation Tool December 16, 2024 In the Publications Manager, you can now validate your embed code directly on your website. Just click "Click to Validate Embed Code" to ensure everything is set up correctly. If not, more information will display to help you troubleshoot the issue. [Learn more here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-install-our-global-embed-code-2-0/#after-installation) #### New Voting Restriction Available December 6, 2024 When “per entry” vote restrictions are in place, you can also limit the total votes per campaign. This allows you to have a campaign where users can vote once per entry with 5 votes total, for example. [Read more in the Entry Display Widget Help Doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) #### Sample Error Text for Forms Updated November 30, 2024 The "Sending message..." and "Error message..." will only appear when the Form Container is selected, to aid with style changes. Otherwise these messages will be hidden. #### “Allow crawlers” Setting Updated November 28, 2024 The “Allow crawlers” checkbox is now a dropdown in the HTML section of the Campaign Settings, supporting landing pages with new options: YES, Landing pages only, and NO. Old settings are automatically converted for compatibility. [Learn more here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) #### New Feature: Cancel Subscription November 27, 2024 You can now cancel your ShortStack subscription without deleting your account. Cancellation takes effect at the end of your billing cycle, after which you’ll be downgraded to the Free Plan. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/downgrading-pausing-cancelling-your-subscription-and-deleting-your-account/) #### Refer-a-Friend Update November 7, 2024 When enabling a maximum points per entry in the Refer-a-Friend feature points will be awarded to the referring entry up until the value entered is reached. Points from other sources (like votes) are not factored in. #### Small Entry Display Widget Update November 4, 2024 You can configure which round of votes to display, even when voting is disabled. #### Share Widget: Email Sharing September 26, 2024 The Email share button will open your computer’s default email program/website and populate the subject and body. This feature can be used with the Refer-a-Friend feature. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/share-widget/) #### Navigation Arrows for Entry Popups September 23, 2024 In addition to the navigation dots for entries, you can use arrows instead. The settings for the navigation icons can be found in the Style Panel. #### Campaign Settings: When Builder Loads September 9, 2024 There are two new settings that affect how the Campaign Builder loads. 1. Start in Live Entries when campaign loaded 2. Start in Edit Off mode when campaign loaded Both settings can be toggled on or off depending on your preferences and needs. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) #### Collapsed Container Memory August 28, 2024 Collapsed containers are now automatically memorized on a per browser, per campaign basis. #### Entry Label Exclusion Filter August 22, 2024 Located in the the Entries Manager, you can now filter entries by excluding specific labels. For example, you can remove all previous winners by excluding the winner label. #### Introducing: Fraud Filter August 20, 2024 The Form Container can check submissions for specific patterns. If a pattern is matched, additional actions will take place, such as the entry being denied. [Full details on using the Fraud Filter found here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/prohibit-fraudulent-and-spam-entries-with-fraud-filter-feature/) #### New Campaign Setting: Additional Subdomains August 2, 2024 Enter additional subdomains being used, such as www, for custom domains. [For more information](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/) #### Category-Based Voting Restrictions July 11, 2024 You can now restrict voting in the Entry Display Widget based on category. You can find this setting in the Voting Restriction section. [To learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) #### New Action: Set Category July 11, 2024 When an Entry Display Widget has the “Filter by category” setting enabled and no category is pre-selected, the category can be chosen/changed via an Action Widget. This lets you set up a menu system for changing the category being displayed using a single Entry Display Widget. Previously, you had to use one Entry Display Widget for every category you wanted to display. #### Introducing: Smart Labels June 24, 2024 Smart Labels are a new way to label and target widgets for actions. When you need to perform an action that targets multiple widgets, you can use the same Smart Label. The action will target any widget with that Smart Label, thus saving time and creating a more succinct Action Widget. [For more information on using Smart Labels, please go here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-action-labels-in-an-action-widget/) #### List Field Update May 27, 2024 The List Field can now support images via the Tiles Layout. The Tile Layout allows for entrants to choose their favorite option, as in the Win Your Wishlist Template, or provides additional context when selecting a list item. #### New Entries Manager Filters May 7, 2024 You can now filter entries based on Feeds in the Entries Manager. Additionally, you can exclude entries from feeds. This is useful when you have a list that contains entries from a form and a Feed but want to sort/filter the entries. #### Disable CAN-SPAM for Autoresponders March 12, 2024 You can now disable the CAN-SPAM Footer for Autoresponder emails if the email is primarily transactional. [Learn more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) #### Import Comments from YouTube March 5, 2024 You can now import comments from a Youtube Video. Open the Lists Manager and select "Import From" to get started. Once the pop-up is open, select YouTube and follow the wizard. [For in-depth details please go here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-from-a-youtube-video/) #### Introducing: Cloudflare Turnstile February 20, 2024 Cloudflare Turnstile is automatically active for all Pro Plan users and above. This feature prevents bots from accessing your campaign landing page. You can edit the turnstile settings in the Security Tab in the Campaign Settings. [For additional information please go here](https://www.shortstack.com/help/cloudflare-turnstile/) #### Email System Enhancements January 10, 2024 There are three new updates to the Email Builder. 1. There are three new email addresses available for use in the From Email Address field in the email wizard: no-reply@shortstack.page, no-reply@lndg.page and no-reply@cmpgn.page. Using any of these will ensure emails pass SPF, DKIM and DMARC. 2. In the email wizard, the From Name and From Email Address fields are optional. If left blank, From Email Address defaults to the Default From Email in the company profile, and if that’s blank, it will use no-reply@campaign-mail-1.com (the placeholder shown in the field informs the user what the default will be). From Name defaults to the value of Default From Name in the company profile, and if that’s blank, the Business Name in the company profile. 3. In the email wizard summary page, a warning will be displayed in the FROM section if a non-ShortStack From email is used and either SPF is not properly configured or any DMARC policy is found. Clicking the red warning shows a dialog with more information. ### 2023 #### Simulated Errors November 29, 2023 Because of some issues in the past with troubleshooting forms (and errors being hidden because of some alternative form logic), we've added a simulated error option to the Preview mode of the Campaign Builder. This should allow you to build complicated form flows a little bit easier, since you'll now be able to see when/where errors are occurring. #### Mobile Login Goes Away November 28, 2023 Mobile login has now been completely deprecated for the Login field; it has been completely shut off and will no longer function. We recommend using Email login instead! #### Login Field Changes November 10, 2023 The Login field now supports login via email; the Mobile option has been deprecated and is only available to folks who currently have it in use in an active campaign. This option sends a code to the email provided, and then the visitor has to submit that code to the campaign for the email address to be verified. Repeat visitor rules have also been tweaked to allow for a less confusing experience. #### Everyone's a Winner! October 25, 2023 The Instant Win feature has been tweaked so that if you want everyone who enters to be a winner - you can do just that! Find the new settings under "Prize distribution strategy" (under "Advanced") in the Schedule section of the Instant Win wizard. #### New Entry Restrictions Setting October 17, 2023 You can now specify how many entries can be submitted to a campaign in a specific time period. We used to only support one entry; for example: "one entry per hour" or "one entry per calendar day." Now, you can allow things like "2 entries every hour" or "6 entries per calendar day." #### New File Types Supported in Media Manager October 16, 2023 We've added a TON of new file type support in the Media Manager! You can now upload fonts using the eot, ttf, woff, woff2 and otf file types. You can upload mpeg and mp3 audio file types, and when it comes to web assets, you can now upload js, css, pdf, xml, svg, and csv files. #### Display Vote Counts as Percentages September 28, 2023 In the Entry Display Widget, we've added a new setting that allows you to display the vote count as a percentage of total votes. This setting only works when *all* entries are visible on the same page; so if you have enough entries to need pagination (more than 30), this setting will not work. #### New Video Widget Actions September 11, 2023 Now in the Action Widget, you can configure a Video Widget to play, stop, rewind, or toggle play (play/pause)! #### Action Widget Improvements August 16, 2023 Now when configuring an Action Widget, the IFs and WHENs are now configured in separate sections – this should make it a bit more clear that they serve different purposes. We’ve also added in some actions that can apply to the entire campaign: Refresh, Redirect Campaign, and Wait. #### Voting/Action Widget Updates July 24, 2023 The wording in the Voting Restrictions section of the Entry Widget was changed to help alleviate some confusion. We replaced "only" with "add an interval" and "disable interval." In the Action Widget, to help folks avoid misconfiguring things during setup, we now provide warnings when we detect anti-patterns (a.k.a. bad practices). At the moment, only one anti-pattern is detected: Submitting a form and hiding it in the same Action Widget. This is a bad practice because it will hide any server-side error message (such as failing ReCAPTCHA or failing entry restrictions). #### Self-Serve List Import July 3, 2023 We've added a do-it-yourself list import feature, for folks on Enterprise plans. If you have access to this feature, you'll see a new dialogue when clicking the "Import List" button in the Lists Manager. You can only import into a new list, but you can name and tag it along with uploading your CSV file. Once you agree to the terms, the file will be processed and entries imported - you'll receive an in-app notification when it's finished (or if there was an error). #### New Entry Filters June 12, 2023 A few new filters have been added to the Entries Manager. You can now filter on City, State/Province, and Zip/Postal Code. #### Entries Manager - Bulk Actions June 7, 2023 New bulk actions are now available in the Entries Manager. These changes will apply to all entries matching the current filter set in the Entries Manager. These new menu items are available in the "Actions" drop-down. #### Entries Manager - Select All May 31, 2023 The way to select/deselect entries in the Entries Manager has been given a powerful little tweak. Now, instead of a "Select/Unselect All" button, we have a checkbox that you can use to toggle through selection states. Select some entries and you'll see it list the number of selected entries. Click it once to deselect all selected entries, then click it again to select *all* currently loaded entries in the Entries Manager. #### Widget Visibility and Validation May 16, 2023 Prevously, if a Field Widget was hidden via that widget's timed visibility settings, we would still try to validate it on our server. Now, when a form is submitted to our server, we won't attempt to validate such widgets. #### Suspending Twitter Hashtag Feeds April 22, 2023 We have indefinitely suspended X (formerly known as Twitter) hashtag feeds and retweet feeds. As you may have heard, Elon Musk recently announced new API pricing for X, which has made it considerably more expensive to use the X API for our business. After careful consideration, we decided that the added cost was far too high – the level of access we need starts at $42,000/month – and we don’t want to pass the cost on to our customers. Additionally, the new X API won’t provide the same functionality as the current version, which limits our ability to offer the same quality of service you rely on. We know many customers use X hashtag and retweet feeds for contests planned well in advance, and this change may be frustrating. We apologize for any inconvenience it may cause, and we’re happy to work with you to get these contests over the finish line. #### New ReCAPTCHA Features April 17, 2023 Rather than outright rejecting entries with lower reCaptcha scores, which can prevent legitimate entries as well as make it easier for bots to fine-tune their submissions to bypass ReCAPTCHA, we wanted to make it easier to accept entries with lower scores, but reject them for Instant Win or when picking winners after the campaign is over. #### Builder Form Messages April 17, 2023 In a normal Form Container widget, the default Submit button and the sending/error messages appear at the bottom of the widget, so they are always going to appear together. To help prevent any potential confusion when building complex forms, the “Sending” and “Error” messages now appear in the builder. They only appear in “build” mode. As soon as you click the Preview button, they will disappear. #### Embedded Campaign Query Parameters April 5, 2023 All query parameters in the parent page URL are now passed to the embedded campaign and can be used in action widgets exactly the same as if those parameters were part of the campaign URL. #### Forms With Hidden Submit Buttons April 5, 2023 You can now submit forms with a hidden submit button by pressing the Enter key. In order to work, the Action Widget responsible for submitting the form must have a "visible fields are valid" trigger. This is the trigger we commonly use to advance to the next set of fields in multi-step forms. #### New Email Filters March 31, 2023 Follow-up and Autoresponders have a new State/Province filter. When enabled, you can choose to “Include” or “Exclude” entries where the state/province value is in the list of values you enter. Follow-up emails have access to the same Instant Win filter that was previously made available to autoresponders. Follow-up emails have a new setting that will allow you to include duplicate entries. The default behavior for follow-up emails is to exclude duplicates, which is great when you want to target a specific email only one time, but when you want to target each entry regardless if it’s a duplicate or not, then this setting solves that problem. #### Full IP Addresses March 27, 2023 We’ve added an option for the Form Container Widget to allow collecting an entry’s full (non-anonymized) IP address. This is for customers/campaigns that aren’t obligated to fulfill GDPR requirements. Since this is not GDPR compliant, we show a warning when the setting is enabled. You can find this setting in the “Advanced” tab. This feature is available for Brand and Enterprise plans. #### New Address Lookup Feature February 17, 2023 We now have an address lookup feature, courtesy of Google Maps. It does require the Entry Profiles feature, meaning that you'll need to be on an Pro Plan or higher to have access. This is something that requires an API Key, which you much purchase from Google - then you'd just add the key when configuring the integration in your Form Container. #### Label Filter in Entry Widget February 17, 2023 You can now filter entries using one or more labels in the Entry Display Widget. This makes it pretty easy to use it as a "Winner Widget" for displaying your contest winners! #### New Settings for Autoresponders February 2, 2023 The humble autoresponder email now has multiple new settings! There is now a checkbox on the Company Profile step for disabling the "Unsubscribe" footer - this is only available if you are on an Enterprise Plan. Available to everyone are new filters for autoresponders; these are available via the summary section of the Email Wizard. These include the abilities to exclude repeat entries and include only instant winners. #### New Form Container Trigger January 19, 2023 A new trigger has been added to the Action Widget; it allows you to connect a Buttons Widget that moves an entrant to the next step of a multi-step form - and also prevents moving to the next step if any of the fields in the current step are invalid. #### Text Layout for List Fields January 19, 2023 The List type of custom field now has a new layout option: Text. This displays the field as a regular input field - not a drop-down. The input provided by the entrant must match a value in the list, or they'll get an error message (and yes, the message is able to be customized). #### Separate City, State & Zip Fields January 18, 2023 The combined City/State/Zip field has been removed from the Field Widget options, and has been replaced with individual City, State/Province, and Zip/Postal Code field types. This allows for more customization and flexibility with the design of your form, as well as the data you can collect. ### 2022 #### Company Name Upon Signup December 6, 2022 We want to help you as best we can when it comes to providing support for whatever campaigns you're building, of any type. For this reason, we now collect your Company Name as part of the new account sign up! #### First Name/Last Name Fields December 5, 2022 You may notice something slightly different when signing up for a new ShortStack account - you'll now be asked to provide your first and last name in separate fields, whereas before there was a single "name" field. This allows us to keep slightly better/more accurate user records - thanks! #### New Action Widget Actions November 30, 2022 We've added support for a couple of new actions in the Action Widget. First - "Close Pop-Up" allows you to close a popped-up widget; this is limited to widget set to pop-up visibility. Finally, "Change Page" allows you to load a particular page of your choosing in a Paging Widget - obviously, this is limited to Paging Widgets. #### Embedded Pop-Up Changes November 29, 2022 Embedded pop-ups used to be a little finicky with borders and whitespace. No more! Now, embedded pop-ups will render without any border or whitespace, and will also auto-resize as the content changes. The closes button has also been moved to the upper-right corner of the screen. If you're currently using an embedded pop-up on your site, you'll need to go into your Campaign Builder and click "Publish Changes" to see the new behavior. #### Hiding Custom Fields November 17, 2022 Back in the old times, right before we launched Field Widgets, we had removed the ability to make a custom field "hidden" after the Field Widget was created - you could only hide a custom field when initially creating it. Once you saved, that option was out the window. The ability to hide/unhide has been re-added! This option will show in the bottom-right corner (a handy lil' checkbox) for all custom field types. #### Rich Text Widget Update November 9, 2022 If you've ever created an email in ShortStack or used one of our gamified templates, you know that merge codes can be pretty handy - but sometimes it isn't super clear what merge code needs to be used where. A new change has been put in place to make this easier - the text editor in our Rich Text Widgets now includes a button named "Add Merge Code." Click this button to include any merge codes relevant to the Field Widgets in your campaign (without having to memorize a dang thing)! #### Delete Entries with Any Filter October 26, 2022 A small change, but powerful! You can now delete entries from the Entries Manager based on all the filters that have been set - this used to only be allowed if you were filtered to a single list. #### Entry Profiles for Exporting October 24, 2022 An entry profile is a list of field mappings that give you control over what fields are selected, in what order they appear, and how they are named. These have been integrated into our export feature - this allows you to control what information is included with your entries when you export them, what each column is named, and the order in which the columns appear. #### Fortune Wheel Template October 12, 2022 The new templates keep on coming - now introducing the Fortune Wheel template! If you're looking to run a campaign that captures the essence of that popular wheel-based game show (that we won't mention by name, for fear of lawyers), this is the template for you! #### Campaign S2 Upgrade Tool October 4, 2022 At long last we have a user-accessible tool to convert S1 campaigns to S2! You’ll now see an “Upgrade campaign to S2” option in the dropdown menu for your S1 campaigns. Clicking it opens a new tab that explains what’s going to happen and gives you the same options you’d normally have when copying a campaign. Do note: themes and custom CSS will not be carried over to the copy, and any widgets that are no longer supported in S2 will not be copied to the new campaign. #### Support for Mailchimp Tags September 29, 2022 Mailchimp users - we got you. Mailchimp has a tagging system that allows its users to add tags to any contacts. Our Mailchimp integration now supports this. You'll see a "Tags" option in the Standard Fields section of the integration setup where you can map a field to collect the tags. Then set up a Field Widget to add a default tag value (or values) to each collected entry. #### Page View Allowances are NO MORE! September 29, 2022 All of our plans now get UNLIMITED page views. This is reflected in the Account Summary in your ShortStack account. This means that the branded header (that gave a reminder of remaining page views in the allowance) has been removed from free trial campaigns - but the branded footer still appears. #### Accessibility Improvements September 29, 2022 We've got a massive, awesome update regarding campaign accessibility - buckle in! The following improvements have been made to improve the campaign experience for visually impaired users who use screen readers: When an error occurs in a form, we scroll to the first error (we’ve always done this) and focus the control (this is new). Error messages and field instructions are now associated (via the aria-describedby attribute) with the control. This helps screen readers understand when to read these messages when they appear. The status messages that appear above the Submit button (e.g., “Sending, please wait…”) are rendered using an output HTML tag instead of a div. Again, this is for the benefit of screen readers. The CSS Classes section shown in most widget config dialogs has been renamed to Advanced HTML. (The one exception is the Rich Text Widget, which will be updated soon.) In the Advanced HTML section, there is a new Main Tag setting available in most widgets (form and form containers always use the form tag, which can’t be changed) where you can change the HTML tag that is rendered for that widget. The default is the div tag, which is what we’ve always used in the past, but this new option lets you change it to tags like header, footer, main, section, etc. This helps users who need to create accessible campaigns to use semantic markup. For example, header should be used when creating the header for a campaign, footer for the footer section and main for the main content area. When you change the order of date parts (year, month, day) in a Custom Date field, the tab order will be correct. Previously, it wouldn’t necessarily correspond to the visual arrangement of the date parts. The Upload field can have it’s focus style changed in the style panel). This makes it easier to style the Upload field so it looks the same as the other fields when you use the Tab key to navigate between fields. #### Twitter Cards Appearing Like Magic September 22, 2022 Now when sharing a campaign to Twitter, it will share as a Twitter card if there is a share image in place. This will share the same image that'd appear if shared to Facebook or LinkedIn (set up in the Share section of the Campaign Settings). #### cmpgn.page is the New Default September 21, 2022 We have a new domain available! cmpgn.page will be the default domain shown to users on paid plans when first installing a campaign. lndg.page and shortstack.page are still available, if you prefer to use those instead. #### Going Worldwide With Our IPs September 21, 2022 We have an additional IP address (13.211.199.127) that can be used for S2 custom domains. It’s located in Australia - so if you're in that part of the world you will benefit from using that IP address for custom domains, as campaigns will load a bit faster. The Publish Wizard will show all available IP addresses and recommend one based on your location (we test the response times to each IP address from the user’s browser and recommend the one that has the shortest time). However, you're free to choose any IP address - it doesn’t have to be the recommended one. For example, an Australian agency configuring a campaign for a USA customer would still want to use the N. Virginia IP address. Domain validation is instantaneous and will notify you if your domain doesn’t resolve to one of our IP addresses. #### Downloadable QR Codes - They're Back! September 15, 2022 Back by popular demand, you can download your campaign QR code by clicking on it in the Publications Panel! It downloads as a 600×600px png image. Note that this is different from the mobile preview QR code, which is for previewing your campaign on your phone while designing your campaign. #### Getting Nerdy with Query String Parameters September 14, 2022 Are you looking to auto-fill a field (or fields) on your ShortStack form based on parameters you've set in a modified version of your campaign URL? We've got you covered (and if you have no idea what that means - don't worry about it)! We've added a new action that allows you to set a field's value using a query string parameter. #### Archive Fields In Batches August 30, 2022 We’ve added a batch action for archiving custom fields in the Field Library to be more consistent with other resource manager views that support archiving. Unlike other similar resources, it has an interactive prompt to warn that archiving can’t be reversed for custom fields. #### Time Zone Selector Added to Entries Manager August 30, 2022 The title really says it all - a time zone selector has now been added to the Entries Manager, so that you can view entry data based on the time zone you've selected. By default, the time zone will be set to the one selected in your user settings. Take that, potential time zone-based confusion! #### Analytics & Time Zones August 30, 2022 When viewing the analytics for campaigns or emails, you now have the option to select the time zone that the data will be viewed in. Another blow to potential time zone-based confusion! #### The Entry Widget Gets a Makeover August 29, 2022 The Entry Widget has a new look, so don’t be alarmed when you edit one and it looks different! It’s been updated to use our newer UI framework. No new functionality and all the same settings are still there, just in a different presentation. The sole exception is a new preview pane that reflects your settings such as enabling/disabling voting, showing/hiding certain fields, etc. #### Press Play For Action August 29, 2022 Sometimes updates aren't massive - sometimes tiny tweaks deserve mentioning. This time: The play icon for the Action Widget will now only appear in the Edit Widgets Panel when in Preview mode. #### Entry Exports - Now 4.8% Clearer August 23, 2022 In the never-ending fight against time zone-based confusion, we've tweaked entry exports so that the "created_at" time listed in the export is using the time zone selected by you in the Entries Manager. #### The Template Gallery Gets Its Own Space August 22, 2022 The template gallery will appear in a pop-up (instead of redirecting you to the builder) when you click any of the following: The Campaign button from the Getting Started dialog The Campaign button in the Dashboard The New Campaign button and Legacy Templates link in both the Campaigns Manager and the Templates Manager The template gallery also uses more of your available screen real estate! #### New Help Diagnostics August 11, 2022 There is a new diagnostics option in the main help dialog accessible from app2 or the S2 builder. It allows users to submit a one-field form that has a bunch of hidden fields attached that will be super helpful to us in Support (or for sending over to the development team). #### Show Original Image in Entry Widget July 25, 2022 We've added a new option in the Entry Display Widget - to see it, go to the Default Fields section and click the arrow next to Photo/Video(s). The default setting is Open zoomed image in same window. This opens an image that is scaled to fit inside a 2000x2000 pixel box. If you change the setting to Open original image in new window, then clicking an image in the pop-up will open the original, non-scaled image in a new browser window. Most browsers will scale the image to fit the window initially, but clicking on the image will show it full size, including scroll bars if needed. #### Time Zone Selector Makes Its Way to Entries Manager July 21, 2022 A new dropdown has been added to the Entries Manager that allows you to change what time zone the entries are displayed in - this should help with folks running contents in multiple timezones, or running contests in a timezone different from where they are located. #### New Help Menu July 19, 2022 The Help menu option has been updated for all users! Instead of showing a dropdown menu with links, it now opens a pop-up with more in-depth explanations for the various help options. #### Hourly Follow-Up Emails July 7, 2022 We've added the ability to schedule follow-up emails by hours, in addition to days. If you choose hours, then entries will be checked every hour (it doesn't matter what number of hours you choose - the system will still check each hour). If you choose days, then entries will be checked once per day, just as before. #### Custom Field Entry Filters July 7, 2022 You can now filter entries in the Entries Manager based on custom field values (for users that have access to Field Widgets and Form Containers). To get started, you'd simply click the "Choose Custom Filters" link at the bottom of the Filters section of the Entries Manager, then use the resource picker dialog to page through and pick the custom fields you want to filter on. #### Deleting Notifications One at a Time July 1, 2022 When viewing a notification message from ShortStack, there's now a trashcan icon available to delete that message. You can also delete individual messages from the dropdown at the top of the Dashboard. #### Random Entry Picker Tweaks June 29, 2022 "The same entry can be chosen more than once" has been removed from the picker, and the algorithm for picking entries has been updated. The picker will now show an estimated time for how long the system will take to pick the entries. The default number of entries to pick has been changed from 3 to 1. "Give extra weight..." is now checked by default. Finally, you can't submit the picker unless there's at least 1 entry being picked and one label entered. #### Widget Position: Now Lockable! June 29, 2022 When you hover over a widget in the Edit Widgets Panel, you can now lock a widget's position using the lock icon. This will keep the widget from being accidentally moved up or down in the campaign. #### Context-Sensitive Help June 27, 2022 An update to the Builder has been pushed to show context-sensitive help icons. These icons, when clicked, will open a pop-up showing support documentation specific to the area the user has open. #### New Field Triggers & Integrations/Alert Settings June 21, 2022 An update has been made to the Action Widget that allows users to trigger actions based on field values! Some updates to the Form Container have been made as well. APfA was moved into the "Advanced" tab, where Integrations will now also be found. An Alert settings tab was also added. #### Widget Refresh! June 8, 2022 Some S2 widgets have been updated in the Builder to use our newer UI framework. While light on functional changes, these widgets will have a bit of a new look and some small quality of life improvements. #### Submit Form (Container) = New Action June 8, 2022 We've added "Submit form" as an action in the Action Widget. The Buttons, Image, and Navbar Widget updates were completed in part to help with this feature. You can use this wherever you can configure an action. Do note that this is only available for the Form Container, and not for existing Form Widgets. #### Custom File Types April 28, 2022 In the Field Widget version of the Upload field, there is now a "Custom file extensions" field. This will allow any file with the given extension(s) to be uploaded via the form. These files won't be displayed in the Entry Display Widget, but they can be individually downloaded in the Entries Manager and they will be included when exporting entries to a .zip file. #### Revised Code Widget April 19, 2022 The Code Widget's settings have gotten a pretty substantial overhaul, thanks to the framework needed to make Advanced Points for Actions work. When adding a new Code Widget, you'll start in the Library section, so you can more easily start with a pre-saved snippet. The Library now shows private and public snippets together, but also provides methods to easily filter snippets. New snippets are now created from the Library section instead of from the text editor. When previewing a snippet in the library, there are new buttons for updating the snippet. When creating a new snippet, we support just about any character in the snippet's name. The Setup tab (where the editor lived) has now been renamed to "Content." The editor now has a menu bar that makes commands (and their keyboard shortcuts) more discoverable. The "Show content to bots only" setting has been moved to the Visibility tab, in the Advanced section. There is also a new Points for Actions tab that will only be displayed to users who have access to Advanced PfA. #### Improved Teams Invite Flow April 4, 2022 Jumping into a ShortStack team is now a smoother process, in a few different ways! First; if you click on an expired Accept Invite link, you'll now get a clearer error message letting you know what needs to be done to move forward. When you click a valid link, you'll now see the team name you're being invited to and your email address will be pre-populated - alleviating any possible confusion. Then, once the sign-up process is completed, the new team member will automatically be logged in to the team account (instead of having to switch teams). We hope you enjoy the new, less headache-inducing process! #### Advanced Points for Actions March 21, 2022 Advanced Points for Actions (APfA) tracks actions/points across multiple entries to the same list using the same email address. Our existing Points for Actions feature will heretofore be known as "Basic Points for Actions." Currently, you can only earn points for a particular action once per email address, no matter how many times you enter. The only change to Basic PfA is that we no longer support recording actions before a form entry is submitted. A form entry must be submitted *first* for PfA to work. #### Style Panel: Reorganized! February 3, 2022 The Style Panel has been reorganized to put more emphasis on styling individual widgets. When you select a widget in the Builder, the "This" tab will be displayed in the Style Panel. Almost all the settings that are available in the "All" tabs are available now in the "This" tabs. There is also a new link that appears at the bottom (if any changes have been made) that allows you to clear all the settings for a particular widget. The "All" tabs have been consolidated with the General tab into a single "Theme" tab. When you click on the Theme tab, there is a blue dropdown for changing which widget type you want to work with. #### S2 Builder Optimization January 31, 2022 An attempt has been made to ease the pain points for big campaigns, or campaigns where multiple users are editing at once - trying to reduce the lag/wait times when loading or changing campaigns. It will be most noticeable when two people are working on the same massive campaign. Before, a user would notice heavy lag times when another user updated the campaign. It would just pause and not allow input from the user for up to several long seconds - with no visual indication of why. Now, this pause will be much shorter and hopefully less painful. Also, when a pause does end up being longer, a loading screen will display. #### S2 Builder Update - Timezones January 28, 2022 We are simplifying how the Campaign Builder deals with timezones! For new campaigns, a new campaign timezone will be configured automatically. The ability to change a specific widget's timezone has been removed - in its place, you can change the campaign's timezone. When the campaign's timezone is changed within a widget - if you are editing an existing widget - you will see the time change appropriately in real time. This should remove any doubt on what time a container hides/shows or when an Entry Display Widget starts/stops their voting process. Note: The Instant Win feature is unaffected by these changes and will still have the ability to changes its timezone separate from the campaign. This will be updated at some point in the future. #### Action to Show/Hide Vote Button January 28, 2022 The Action Widget now has a new action! You can now show or hide an Entry Display Widget's vote button through an action. It won't let a user get a vote through using an Entry Display Widget that doesn't have voting enabled, or is outside its voting date range - so there's a tooltip to communicate that. #### Social Import: Ability to Filter by Date Range January 17, 2022 The Social Importer now has the option to only grab comments if they were posted within a specific date range. This is only for comments (on FB and IG), not reactions. Also, this won't be required; it's just an additional option now available for importing comments. Reactions are not available for this filtering because Facebook's API does not provide a timestamp on reactions with which to filter them. ### 2021 #### Minor Bug Fix/S2 Builder Setting December 10, 2021 A bug was found where a form being submitted would close any pop-up it was in - even if the user didn't want it to. (For example, playing a video in the pop-up after the form is hidden.) In order to not break any current campaigns that want this behavior, a new Form Widget setting has been introduced: "Close/Do Not Close any pop-up in which form is being displayed." It defaults to "Close" - the user can switch this to "Do not close," if they desire. This can be found in the "After Submit" section of the Form Widget's settings. #### Emails Dashboard Change December 9, 2021 The emails dashboard for some users (like our Team ShortStack account) were taking forever to return values because they were counting every email ever sent. These metrics now go back only four weeks, which will render much faster. #### We Encrypt At Rest! November 30, 2021 We've been encrypting our data at rest all along! We use Amazon EC2 instance types which both use NVMe SSDs for storage. In the notes for that type of storage, it mentions that there is a different and unique key for each instance, and once the instance shuts down, all data is lost. In other words, it's not possible to steal a disk and view its contents because the moment it loses power, that data is gone. #### S1/S2 Template Gallery Changes November 30, 2021 Now that we have split our builder into two versions (one for S1 and one for S2), some changes have been made to the Template Gallery to align it with this vision. Users with access to one version only will see the Template Gallery that corresponds to the version to which they have access. Users with access to both will see some changes; the "Create Campaign" button in the Dashboard will open to the S2 Template Gallery by default. This is the same case for the "Create New" button in the Campaigns Manager - though they will now see a "Legacy Templates" link to the left of the button, to access the S1 Template Gallery. With the gallery open, there will be a link in the bottom-right corner to switch between the different gallerys. #### [S2] IG Uploads, Lists November 3, 2021 Instagram uploading is now restored for S2 campaigns. The ability to view IG thumbnails from Feeds is also restored (for S2). The new app set up to accomplish this has a really low rate limit, but S2 should be fine. Mike will continue to monitor. #### Another Google Analytics Fix October 26, 2021 Fixed issue where form submissions were not being tracked in Google Analytics or Facebook Pixel. This was mainly happening when the parent container hides after the form was submitted. #### Google Analytics Fix October 23, 2021 Fixed issue where Google Analytics would not fire off for embedded campaigns and campaigns published to custom domains. Also - if something is funky on a campaign, double-check that your Code Widgets are crapping out (using the console). If something is crapping out, and that Code Widget has "synchronous: true" in there - it may prevent the campaign from booting correctly, or doing things like reacting to events, clicks, or send GA data. #### Instagram Export Fix October 21, 2021 Minor bug fix - when a user tried exporting images from a list (which happened to be from an Instagram Feed), sometimes only a few would show up in the .zip file. This has been fixed! #### Image Editor Widget October 14, 2021 The new Image Editor Widget is live! This initial version includes the following actions: Crop, Flip, Rotate, Undo, and Frame. These actions can be arranged/enabled in the widget settings. The library we're using to achieve these effects support other actions - we may include those in the future! For more information on the new widget, check out our Image Editor Widget help doc. #### Builder Update September 23, 2021 Minor update: When a campaign loads, it will not longer attempt to load ALL THE LISTS - only the ones needed for the campaign. Most people are not going to notice this - only people with a ton of lists. This should also help when more than one person is working on a campaign - it wont reload all those lists. When you go to the List Selector, it will load 50 at a time to prevent timeouts. This is updated for both S1 and S2! #### More Instant Win QR Code Enhancements August 28, 2021 There are two additional ways (besides in an autoresponder) to show a QR code for the prize code won via Instant Win. First, when displaying the Instant Win results using our default pop-up, you can enable the QR code in the Instant Win tab of the Form Widget's widget settings. It will appear below the text message. Second, when using Action Widgets to display Instant Win results, there is a new merge code, {{form.response.prize_code_qr}}, that works exactly the same as the existing {{form.response.prize_code}} merge code for Rich Text widgets, except it will be replaced with the QR code representation of the prize code. A best practice would be to include one of the methods above in addition to including the QR code link in the autoresponder, in case the user navigates away from the campaign. #### QR Code in Email for Instant Win August 27, 2021 We've added a new merge code (entry.prize_code_qrcode_url) to emails. This merge field generates a URL that will display the prize code as a QR code. This will typically be used with an autoresponder for an Instant Win campaign, or when sending codes to a list. The new merge code will appear in all the same cases as the {{entry.prize_codes}} merge code. For example, if the list selected for the email has Instant Win enabled and configured to distribute prize codes. You would typically paste the merge code into the URL field when adding a link to the email. When the customer receives the email and clicks the link, they'll see a page appear with only the QR code, ready to be scanned by a POS scanner. #### Email Scheduling Improvements August 27, 2021 Entry counts for each selected list are shown in the summary for scheduled emails. Previously configured lists are shown at the top when editing an email. They used to just be ordered by last modified time, regardless of being selected or not. Hovering over a list shows its ID and created date. A notification now appears if there are any emails scheduled to start sending within the next 24 hours. Clicking "View Now" will change the sort to show the emails sending soonest at the top of the list. #### Custom Domain Validation August 17, 2021 Just a heads up that we will NOT generate a certificate for SSL (so that https works) for custom domains until that domain appears in our database. For example, if a user points their custom domain to our S2 IP address (52.73.46.134) and tries to test it in their browser before using it for a published campaign, they'll see an error in their browser. This is because the validation check will fail since we don't have the domain in our database. Once the user adds the domain to their account, for example, by assigning it to a campaign in the publish wizard, then tries to test again, it will work this time because the validation will succeed and a certificate will be issued. Prior to today, a user could point a custom domain to our IP address and we would issue a certificate for it as soon as a browser request came in, even if it wasn't assigned to a campaign. #### Time Zones and Analytics - Fixed! August 12, 2021 Our analytics have been fixed so that the data correctly accounts for Daylight Savings Time, even across time periods that include a clock change. In addition, analytics charts always showed times in UTC and ignored the user's default time zone. This has also been fixed. For example, if you viewed a campaign at 11AM PDT (and your default time zone was set to "Pacific"), a data point would appear at 6PM prior to the fix. Now, that same point will appear at 11AM, as expected. #### Bulk Vote Reset July 29, 2021 We now have a new "Reset Votes" button in the Entries Manager - this allows you to quickly reset the vote totals to zero for whatever entries are currently showing. #### Bots Only Setting for Code Widget July 27, 2021 When a bot/spider attempts to crawl a live campaign, we normally include only Open Graph meta tags in the output sent to the bot. Until now, there was no way send custom content to the bot. Code Widgets now have a new setting, "Show content to bots only", in the Placement section of the Code Widget's widget settings. This setting only appears for Code Widgets that are NOT inside any containers -- that is, they must be root widgets. When this setting is enabled, the Code Widget will only be included in the HTML sent to the bot. It will not be included in the live campaign when viewed by a human. The placement setting is still respected (i.e., after , before , etc.). This setting is especially useful for including custom meta tags, such as those required by Facebook Ads for custom domain verification. #### Instagram Feed Entry Fixes [S1] July 22, 2021 On S1, there was some bugginess with Instagram Feed entries that would cause them to stop loading/stop displaying/stop working. The OEmbeds have been fixed under the hood, so IG entries should load faster now, and super-busy feed campaigns should see the "Entry Image Loading" icon far less. #### Entry Copying Upgrade July 14, 2021 Entries copied over now will now include custom field data, including images! Entries copied in this way will only display properly in S2 campaigns. This will also zero out the vote count on the copied entries - this can be turned off if desired. #### Analytics Data Retention July 8, 2021 We plan to only keep the last 2 years of Analytics data for all users. We made this decision to keep our database size from growing too large. By far, analytics data takes up more room than any other data we store. We've added a note to the analytics dialogue that will appear when you choose custom dates. #### Publish Checklist & RAF June 25, 2021 Minor update: The Publish Checklist (S2) now includes Refer-A-Friend Form Widget (it didn't before). #### Referral URL - Now added to Webhook Integrations! June 24, 2021 Minor update: [referral url] is now available as a field to use for webhook integrations. This will pull - you guessed it - the entry's referral URL when mapping fields for the integration. #### New Instant Win Restrictions June 22, 2021 There are now more options for restricting repeat winners for Instant Win contests. You can restrict winners for every X number of seconds, minutes, hours, or calendar days. #### Voting Restrictions - Minor Updates June 19, 2021 "Days" will no longer be an option for Voting Restriction. Notes: S2 still has "Calendar Days." Campaigns with "Days" set for the restriction will still work just fine, it's just no longer an option to select in Builder. "Days" will auto-convert to "Hours." Example: 1 day > 24 hours, etc. #### Instagram Feed Entries June 9, 2021 The feed owner's @mention will now have the @ on it. Before, FB/IG would strip that symbol off so in the entries, it would look like mikeshortstack. Now, when we create an entry, it will look like @mikeshortstack. Note: We only add the @ for names matching the feed's IG account name. #### "Any" Widget Triggers June 8, 2021 The "Any" widget triggers are now supported in S2 Action Widgets. #### Feeds - Minor Updates June 4, 2021 You'll now see less of the loading icon when the campaign initially loads entries collected from an Instagram feed or Instagram oEmbed. Details: Instagram expires the thumbnail URL on us at a random interval. So to get around this, when the entry is served, if it has been an hour since we got a thumbnail, we'll just get a new one! Before, the entry would be gray and showing a loading icon. Now, if the thumbnail is still valid and not expired, we'll show it. We will still be checking for a new one in the background, but now in most cases the user won't see it. Yes - you will see a loading icon if the thumbnail is indeed expired, but in most cases it is not and we didn't need to show the user we were going to the store and back when we still had perfectly fine milk in the fridge! Also: We support collected IGTV media now, and (internal stuff) we always use FB's hashtag search API (if available) even if the user enables "@mentions required." #### URL Format Change June 2, 2021 The URLs used to access various views in S2 are changing to eliminate the #, so something like /manage/#/campaigns will become /manage/campaigns. The old format will still work for the foreseeable future, since we have lots of these in emails, docs our front-end site, etc. This should be completely transparent, but keep an eye out for any issues or tickets that might be related to this change. #### Points for Actions Comes to S2! May 22, 2021 The new Points for Actions feature is live! Currently, you can only award points for clicking links in the Navbar, Buttons, and Image Widgets (via hotspots), but this will be enhanced later to award points for additional actions. Points can be awarded either before or after form entry. #### Free Trial Click Confirmation May 18, 2021 In campaigns for Free Trial users, clicking on any external link, whether in a Navbar, Buttons, or Rich Text Widget, will show a confirmation dialog. This is designed to discourage phishing campaigns. #### Code Widget Editing Disabled May 18, 2021 Free Trial users can no longer edit Code Widgets. They will see a tooltip when they hover over the code editor that says, "Code Widgets cannot be edited on the Free Trial plan. Please upgrade to any paid plan." #### Expanded Editing for Entries in S2 May 15, 2021 When editing an entry (submitted to an S2 campaign) in the Entries Manager, you can now add, delete, and rearrange uploaded images and videos. Maximum files and file size limits are still enforced. #### Even More Instant Win Improvements May 13, 2021 Our new Instant Win configuration tool is live! Clicking the Instant Win tab in the Form Designer will launch this new tool. You can also access it from within the Instant Win section of the widget settings of the Form Widget (in S2). If you make any changes, or click the Redistribute checkbox under the graph and click Save, the graph will update for your review and if it's satisfactory, you can click Close. If the graph isn't quite what you want, you can click Redistribute again (as many times as needed) until you're happy with it. There's also a new Advanced settings section (available on the Agency Plan or higher) that allows you to tweak settings even further; the Prize Distribution Weight gives you a way to distribute more prizes in the beginning of your campaign, which is useful is you expect most of your traffic in the beginning. With a weight of 1 (the default), it distributes prizes evenly like before. With weights from 2 to 5, prizes will increasingly be weighted more towards the start. The other settings allow you to limit when prizes are distributed to specific days of the week and/or a time range each day. #### Instant Win Improvements May 8, 2021 In the custom email alert editor, there is a new Instant Win merge code that will indicate if the user won or lost, and if a code was awarded it will show the code, too. When submitting test entries in Preview Mode for S2 campaigns, a message will appear in the lower right corner (the same type of message you see when another user is making changes to a campaign) indicating why the test entry didn't win. It will either say "Instant Win test result is set to Lose" or "Simulated time is outside of Instant Win date range." If you expect a winning result and don't get one, this will help you understand why. When submitting test entries, both the owner email alert (S2 only) and autoresponders (S1 and S2) will show the correct Instant Win result, including the code (if any) that was awarded. The prizes and codes still don't get used up in test mode. #### Publication Panel Now More Easily Accessible May 4, 2021 You can now access the Publications Panel from the Campaigns Manager (for S2 campaigns). This means that campaigns can be published or deleted without having to open the Campaign Builder. Other goodies included with this are embed code memory settings. #### Adding Images to Quiz Questions April 28, 2021 Images can now be added to questions (not just answer options) in the S2 Knowledge Quiz and Personality Quiz templates. #### PDF Support in S2! April 17, 2021 We've added support for uploading PDF files in our Upload field in S2, as well as displaying them in the Entry Display widget. When the PDF is submitted with the form, we generate a thumbnail for showing in the Entry Display widget. This takes a minimum of 5 seconds, so a placeholder image will appear in the Entry Display widget in a similar way to how we handle video uploads. As soon as the thumbnail is ready, the entry will refresh and show it. When you view the entry in the popup, the full PDF will be displayed using whatever PDF viewer you have installed (e.g., Acrobat Reader). I'm not sure what appears if you don't have any PDF viewer installed. PDFs can be viewed in the Entry Manager and will be included in any entry export (along with images and videos) when you choose to export "Uploaded Files". #### Input Character Count April 16, 2021 We've added character counters to Text and TextArea input fields. They apply to custom Text and TextArea fields, as well as Entry Titles and Entry Descriptions. The counters are only visible when the inputs have focus. #### Time Zones: Improved! April 11, 2021 There is a new campaign default time zone setting that works for both S1 and S2. The checkbox allows you to update all widgets to use the campaign default. If all widgets are already updated, the checkbox will still appear, but will be disabled, giving you a visual confirmation that all widgets are using the default. When configuring a time zone in the widget's visibility section, the first option (and the default for new widgets) in the dropdown is (use campaign default) and we'll show what that default currently is, for confirmation. In addition to the visibility time zone setting, you can also choose (use campaign default) for the two voting time zone settings in the Entry Display widget. Because Instant Win is configured in the list, you still need to set that time zone separately (for now). #### The Blocklist is Back April 10, 2021 The Referrer Blacklist (Blocklist) feature has been enabled in S2 templates. It works just like it does in S1. This feature is gated to Pro and above. #### Couple Quick Bug Squashings April 8, 2021 1. Updating the URL in a Video Widget will now correctly update the live preview without needing to refresh. 2. Sometimes, the X button in a pop up would be out of position if the content caused the pop up to resize. This was especially noticeable when viewing entries - this has been fixed. #### New Embed Script April 8, 2021 Our embed script and code has been updated to solve a few problems: 1. You can embed multiple campaigns on the same page without conflict. Previously, one instance of our embed code would be loaded for each campaign leading to unexpected behavior. Now, only one instance will be loaded no matter how many campaigns are embedded. 2. Campaigns embedded further down the page will be lazy loaded (in supported browsers), meaning they won't be requested from our server until the user scrolls close to the embed location. 3. An issue was fixed where most embeds were resulting in two requests to our server for each campaign. Now, only one request will be made. #### Add/Edit Widgets Tutorial April 7, 2021 The Working with Widgets tutorial is now live in the Tutorials menu. For now, the menu is the only way to launch this tour, but we'll look into other ways to start it (like offering it at the end of our main builder tour). #### Calendar Template Dates Fix March 31, 2021 There was an issue with the calendar template where a newly created calendar's default dates were set to 12/01-12/12. This caused issues for calendars created in other months, as no dates appeared selected in the wizard dialog. The template was updated so that the default dates start on the day the template was created. #### More Intuitive Panel Resizing (Builder) March 19, 2021 Drag the line between the Add and Edit Widgets panels to resize heights, or drag the inner edge (right edge of Add/Edit, or left edge of Style) of any panel to resize the widths. Double-click the inner edge of any panel to revert to default widths for all panels. #### Instagram Hashtag Feeds - Now Without @Mentions! February 24, 2021 Instagram hashtag feeds can now be set up without requiring the @mention in the Instagram post. While this does allow for some freedom, it does come with some caveats. If you choose to not require an @mention, you won't be able to limit entries by username, use emojis in your chosen hashtag, or use our Rights Management tool for any of the collected entries. Other than that, have fun tracking those hashtags! #### Archive Your Lists and Emails Too! February 20, 2021 We now support archiving lists and emails from within their respective managers. This works exactly the same as the campaign archiving! #### Rich Text Widget Snippets February 17, 2021 The Rich Text Widget now supports saving snippets of text! This works just like the Code Widget snippets we already supported, where users can save content into a library of named snipped and insert them in to the widget. #### Archive Your Campaigns! February 6, 2021 Users now have the ability to archive your campaigns individually, or in bulk. To show archived campaigns in the Campaigns Manager, the users would have to use the "Show Archived" checkbox in the Archived section of the filtering options. #### Getting Graphical With Prize Distribution January 26, 2021 Once your Instant Win has been configured, the Instant Win settings in the Form Designer will now show a simple prize distribution graph. It shows prizes distributed per day; unless it is under a few days, then it shows prizes distributed per hour. #### Hit Reset on Instant Win January 21, 2021 Users now have the ability to reset the awarded prizes back to 0 in Instant Win. This is useful in the rare scenario where a user has been testing with live entries and wants to start over fresh. If prizes were awarded, a link will appear underneath the "awarded" output. When the user clicks this, a dialog will appear to educate the user what will happen, and to confim if they indeed want to reset. Resetting will make awarded prizes available again, remove the winning label(s) from the winning entries, and reset the codes attached so that they are unclaimed and available again. We require the confirm box because this does undo any awarded prizes and codes; so if any legit prizes or codes took place, this will snap them out of existence. #### Disposable Email Addresses? BLOCKED AGAIN. January 19, 2021 Disposable email addresses are now blocked from being used in entry submissions in a Form Widget. The default error message has been changed to "Email invalid or disposable email detected." #### Disposable Email Addresses? BLOCKED. January 15, 2021 Disposable email addresses are now blocked from being used to vote when Email Login is enabled for the S2 Entry Widget. Voters who attempt to log in using disposable email addresses will see an error message. Note: We don't control whether an email is judged as disposable or not because we use a 3rd party API provided by kickbox.com to identify them. Users can provide a custom error message for invalid/disposable emails. #### Feeds - Manual Importing Updated January 11, 2021 A bug has been fixed where an entry wasn't created in some instances. For Instagram posts, you can now designate that it is a video (before, you were limited to images only). If for some reason a single post isn't coming through, you can manually add it to the Feed's list, via the Feed dropdown. #### Custom Domains Manager is live! January 11, 2021 We now have a Custom Domains Manager available in the "Other" dropdown menu in the Dashboard. You can now change the version (between S1 and S2) or delete a custom domain, as long as it's not being used. Otherwise, the campaigns where a domain is being used are shown for easy reference. You can verify any unverified domains by clicking "Verify" in the dropdown. The dev team is in the process of updating S1 and S2 to return an error if, for example, the domain is marked for S2, but the DNS is incorrectly routed to S1 (and vice versa). #### Tracking Widget: Now Supporting Google Analytics 4! January 5, 2021 The S2 Tracking Widget has been updated to support Google Analytics 4 (GA4), which was introduced in October 2020. Because the old Google Analytics (what Google now calls "Universal Analytics") will be around for a while, GA4 was added as a third option when configuring the Tracking Widget. It is possible to have two Tracking Widgets in the same campaign; one for UA and one for GA4, which is a good way to test GA4 and see the differences without giving up on UA right away. ### 2020 #### Widget Configuration Help Links December 17, 2020 The widget configuration dialogs for S2 widgets have been updated so that they all have a help link in the upper right corner that takes them to the appropriate widget help doc. #### S2 Analytics & Tracking Widget Updates December 17, 2020 We've added clicks from links in Rich Text Widgets to our internal analytics. The Tracking Widget has been updated for Google Analytics to track all the same events that we log to our internal analytics. In addition, the Category, Action, and Label values for each event can be customized, including support for variable substitution. An undocumented debugging feature has been added: Add ?debug=1 to either the Builder URL or the live campaign URL and you'll see entries in the browser console when events are logged by Tracking Widgets. The default values for Google Analytics events have been changed to reflect the new capabilities, but existing widgets won't be affected unless "Restore default settings" is clicked and the widget is saved. #### New Instant Win Settings December 17, 2020 You can now limit how many times the same email address can win in an Instant Win contest. When checking how many times an email address has won, we ignore plus signs and anything that comes after it. For example, "doug@shortstack.com" and "doug+test@shortstack.com" are the same email address as far as Instant Win is concerned. Once an email address has hit the limit, it will always get the losing result on every subsequent entry. #### Instagram Post Importer - Now Supporting Comments from Ads! December 15, 2020 The Instagram Post Importer has been updated to support importing comments from ads. This is for any promoted/boosted Instagram post, or any Instagram Ad created in Facebook Ads Manager. Comments from the IG Ads importer are slightly nerfed: They will not have the username, but instead an ID name like "instagram_user_123456." This is due to Facebook's limitation on what info we can pull at the moment. Each IG entry post URL (including non-ads) will link directly to the comment (like the FB Importer). So those generic usernames will be easy to identify by clicking the link. If a post in FB or IG is promoted or boosted; Facebook makes a copy of this and creates an "ad" of the post. And ANY comment posted on the *ad* will only be found via the ads importer - not the time line post importer. #### Preview Mode Now Shows Instant Win Times December 11, 2020 The "simulated times" dropdown in Preview Mode has been enhanced to include the start/end times for Instant Win, if configured. Each time in the dropdown also includes a description as to where the time came from (widget start, widget end, instant win start, instant win end). You should not have to change the Instant Win start/end dates just for testing. Instead, pick the start time from the "simulated time" dropdown and then test Instant Win. As mentioned before, if the simulated time is outside of the start/end range for Instant Win, the "loser" result will always be returned, regardless of what you have configured for the outcome in the preview toolbar. Also, the style of the time/country dropdowns was changed to match the other dropdowns in the toolbar. All the widgets connected to a particular time are shown in a tooltip with icons to indicate if it's for instant win (gift icon) and whether it's a start time (eye) or end time (eye with slash). #### S2 Doing Fancy Analytics Things December 11, 2020 S2 will now log clicks from Navbar, Button, and Image Widgets (if linked or includes hotspots) to our internal analytics, just like S1 does. #### The Style Panel Gets a New Section December 10, 2020 You can now modify the colors and font sizes for elements in the popup used when email address restrictions are present in the Entry Display Widget. The new settings are in "Global > Popups with Forms." To update an existing campaign, update the theme when prompted, make changes in the Style Panel, then publish changes. #### S2 Does a Redirect December 3, 2020 All S2 campaigns with custom domains will automatically redirect http requests to https. (e.g. will redirect to [Learn more](http://tumsworthynye.com) [Learn more](https://tumsworthynye.com) #### Change to Publishing Wizard November 19, 2020 When embedding, we now display the Customize URL step *after* the Embedded At step. Previously, we skipped the Customize URL step completely when embedding which has lead to problems for certain users who want to embed and use a custom domain. On the Customize URL step (and only when embedding), we display the reasons why you'd want to customize this URL. The reasons can change depending on certain factors - for example, if you have sharing enabled or not and if it's your first time publishing the campaign or an additional install. #### Builder Enhancements: Edit Widgets Panel November 19, 2020 When you select a widget in the Edit Widgets Panel, the live preview will scroll automatically to the selected widget. If "Edit On" is selected, the widget will also be highlighted. The Edit Widgets Panel also has a search bar now - look for it in the footer of the panel. Search looks in the CSS ID, title, and extra CSS classes fields for every widget in the panel. #### Paging Widget Scroll Behavior Updated November 14, 2020 When editing a Paging Widget, you'll see three options for controlling the scroll behavior when the page changes: Scroll to the top of the campaign (default), scroll to the top of the Paging Widget, or don't scroll. Existing live campaigns won't see any scrolling behavior until the changes are published. #### [S2] One Vote Per Email Address - Now A Reality! November 10, 2020 Restricting votes by email address is live! When enabled in the Entry Display Widget, a button will appear to configure it. You can click the button without first saving. Clicking the button opens the Campaign Settings on the Email Login section. You can open the Email Selector and choose an existing "Authentication" email, or create an email using a pre-made authentication template. When you're done, you get returned to the Campaign Settings to save your choice. When you save the Campaign Settings, you'll return to the Entry Display Widget. This feature is available on our Agency Plan or higher. #### [S2] Divide and Conquer with the Paging Widget November 7, 2020 Have you ever wanted to divide your contest up into separate pages without dealing with a zillion individual Widget Visibility settings? If so, we have a great new tool for you - the Paging Widget. This allows you to set up a contest in a similar way to a regular website, using a Navbar up top and individual "pages" to house all of your content. Load up your favorite S2 template and explore your options. #### [S2] YouTube + Vimeo + Upload Field = Best Friends November 6, 2020 Our Upload Field (image or video) in S2 forms can now be configured to accept YouTube or Vimeo videos as well. These don't upload the videos directly to the site, but it does make submitting existing videos a lot faster for folks who've already uploaded the video to either site. #### [S2] Randomly Sort Your Entries! (ALL Your Entries) October 17, 2020 We've finally figured out how to do random sorting of entries! Before, only the first page of entries would be randomized, but now it's all entries - every page. #### [S2] First You're Here, Now You're There... October 17, 2020 A highly-requested feature struts into S2 - redirecting to a website after form submission. We've added this option in the Form Widget's settings - just click on the "After Submit" section, then click "Do not redirect" to switch it to "Redirect to another URL". From there, just paste your URL into the field, and you're all set. #### Manual URL Sharing Made Easier October 16, 2020 We're always looking for ways to make things easier around here! For sharing (either entry shares or in the Share Widget) the manual share button will now show a popup with the share URL displayed and a handy button to copy the link. #### [S2] Sort Your Entries With Ease Using The Category Field October 16, 2020 If you've been searching for an easier way to divide up contest entries into different categories, your day has come - we now offer a Category Field in the Form Designer, so that each entrant can select the category in which their entry should be classified. The field works just like a List Field; you can show it as radio buttons, checkboxes, or a dropdown. It can also be configured to allow multiple selections. You can then filter on one or more categories in the Filtering section of the Entry Display Widget and the Entries Manager. #### Instant Win Preview Control October 13, 2020 New controls for Instant Win are available in the Preview toolbar. It's visible for S2 campaigns only, and visible only when Instant Win is active and in Test Data mode. It also lets you choose which outcome you'd like to see. If you choose the "Win" outcome and a code list is being used, the first available code will be returned, but it won't be marked as used (so there is no effect on live campaigns). #### [S2] Got a code? Redeem it! October 13, 2020 The Code Redemption field is now live! This allows you to only accept submissions from folks who know the code, or have a code from a list of codes you've designated. #### [S2] A Friendly Welcome to the List Field October 8, 2020 The old Dropdown and Radio Fields have been merged to create something even better: The List Field! The new Field Layout option at the top of the field's settings, combined with the Allow Multiple Selections option determines how the list is displayed. In addition to the new multiple checkboxes layout, you can switch back and forth between the different layout options, which wasn't available in S1. #### [S2] The Video Widget joins the party! October 2, 2020 Did somebody ask for a Video Widget in S2? You got it now! The S2 Video Widget is simpler than the version we provide in S1 templates. We only support showing a single video per widget. Just paste in a YouTube or Vimeo URL, wait for a second to see the preview, then press Save & Exit and your video will appear in the preview. #### [S2] Our Entry Search Widget makes the move! September 30, 2020 The Entry Search Widget is now live for S2 templates! The only differences from the S1 version are minor. You can now press Escape (when the Search field has the focus) to clear the search term. Both versions let you press Enter to submit your search. In S1, setting either a label or placeholder is required; but in S2, you can leave both blank and it will default the label to "Search Entries". This is available on all plans! #### UI Change for Entering Radio/Dropdown Choices September 30, 2020 The UI for entering/editing radio/dropdown choices has been changed, thanks to a recommendation from Live Nation. We just use a text box now, where each choice is entered on a separate line. The two big advantages to this is quicker data entry and you can use copy/paste for long lists. We show the total number of choices below the box. If any duplicate values exist, we'll warn about this in red. If the choices are not in alphabetical order, a "Sort" link appears that will alphabetize them. Note that in Chrome, at least, you can temporarily change the height of of the box by dragging the lower right corner (a browser feature). #### S2 is LIVE! August 22, 2020 The updated version of our Campaign Server--which we affectionately refer to as "S2"--is now live for all ShortStack users! This means there are a lot of fun new goodies to tinker with in your widgets. Get a rundown of what these changes mean in our "What is S2?" help doc. #### Manually Importing Posts Into Feeds - YES! July 15, 2020 Users can now manually import a post from Twitter or Instagram into their Feed. Just go to the Feed in the ShortStack account, click the dropdown to the right of the feed name, click "Add Entry", then input the URL of the post you want to import. Keep in mind that for Instagram, the data we get is limited. We won't be able to tell if it's a video post (because we don't get video_urls), and we can't request rights from these posts because the data is incompatible with Facebook. #### Alleviating Tag Confusion July 9, 2020 Our tagging input has been updated to capture tags when the user forgets to hit Enter or comma. #### Campaign Builder Tweaks July 4, 2020 A couple small bits of upkeep: The Code Widget's height has been explanded, and a Full Screen mode has been added for the Builder! To go into Full Screen mode, hit Shift-Fn-F11 on Mac, and Shift-F11 on PC. To get out of Full Screen, just hit Esc. #### FB/Instagram Post Importer Updates July 2, 2020 Our users no longer need "max permissions" to a Page in order to import posts. They merely need the "Analyst" permission, which is the lowest role a Page can have assigned. As a reminder, roles can be set via the Page Settings or by the Business Manager. #### New Voting Restrictions (S2) June 18, 2020 The Entry Display Widget has some new voting restrictions added: you can now restrict votes by number of votes cast, and also by a specific number of calendar days (instead of just one). #### Copy and Paste Updates June 12, 2020 When you copy widgets in the Builder, the paste button will be enabled upon opening a new Builder tab after the fact; meaning you don't have to have both tabs open at the same time anymore. Also, we will not paste incompatible widgets to a campaign (like Entry Widget to S1, Voting Widget to S2, etc). #### OEmbed Entries are Live! June 3, 2020 OEmbed entries are here! That means that images may be collected from Instagram and TikTok via their share URL. You can copy the URL directly from the address bar, or you can get it from the share dialog within each platform. It's really easy to add more spcial platforms that support this protocol, so it's likely we'll be adding more in the future. #### Error Icons: Back from the Dead April 24, 2020 In the old Entries Manager, we used to indicate if we received an error when submitting an entry to an integration. That was missing from app2 until now. A small red icon will appear in the lower right corner if there was an error. Clicking View Details will show the full error message along with the other entry details. #### Deleting: A Pain No More! April 23, 2020 The "mass delete" entry feature is finally here! The delete button will only appear when you have filtered on exactly one list. You can filter on any other criteria to narrow the results before deleting. You have to confirm the count by typing into a confirmation box. When the delete is done, you'll receive an in-app notification. #### Styling Updates in the Builder April 22, 2020 Some styling updates/refreshes to the Builder's widget configuration are now live. This includes a big internal update (just framework stuff) for the Builder. #### Importing from Facebook Ads April 21, 2020 Importing comments/reactions from Facebook Ads is now possible. This is specifically for ads created in Facebook's Ads Manager, which resides in your Facebook Business Manager. #### Starting and Ending Instant Win March 31, 2020 You can now specify a start and end time for instant win! This takes care of any date-shifting issues that you may have run into in the past. #### Adding Info to Your Images March 18, 2020 When exporting entry images to a zip file, you can now select any combination of first name, last name, list name and campaign name to be added to each exported image filename, so instead of just 99999.png, for example, you can have 99999_John_Doe_MyList_MyCampaign.png. #### Tweaks to Facebook/IG Functions and Error Messaging March 17, 2020 Updated Facebook/IG list importer and publish Facebook login to display errors if any permission things occur and hopefully solve any Safari popup blocked issues. #### Export With Labels! March 13, 2020 When exporting entries, ShortStack now exports labels (aka tags). They will be exported as a comma-delimited list (label1, label2, etc.) in a single column called "Labels". #### Dark Posts Come Out of the Dark March 4, 2020 Folks who want to import entries from dark posts on Facebook (targeted Posts that don't appear on your Page's Timeline) can now do so using the Facebook Likes/Comments Importer. #### More Accurate Email Analytics March 4, 2020 Email analytics now shows Unique Opens instead of Total Opens, which provides a more accurate measurement of how many people opened an email. #### Get Creative with Emojis March 3, 2020 Emojis are now available for use in Feeds and in entries. This allows you to include an emoji in the hashtag used to collect entries for a Feed. ### Related resources [Frequently Asked Questions (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/frequently-asked-questions/) [Additional Help Resources (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/additional-help-resources/) [Resource Request (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/resource-request/) --- ## Choosing winners in the Giveaway Calendar template URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/choosing-winners-in-the-giveaway-calendar-template/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-12 When you've finished your contest using the Giveaway Calendar template, you'll want to pick your winners. Since the template uses a single form, all entries are added to a single list. This guide will walk you through the process of picking a winner for each individual day (based on that day's unique prize). Note: This doc refers specifically to the Giveaway Calendar template, which you can find [here](https://builder.shortstackapp.com/apps?templateId=55871). ### Accessing your entries To start filtering your entries, you’ll need to access the Entries Manager for your list. Here’s how you can do that: #### From the Campaign Builder Click on the View Entries icon on your Form Contianer Widget in the Edit Widgets Panel. This icon looks like a little inbox with the number of entries displayed next to it. #### From the home page 1. Click on Manage in the navigation bar. 2. Select Lists from the dropdown menu. 3. Find your list and click the number of entries to the right of the list's name. ### Filtering your entries You can filter entries in two ways: by submission date or by prize name. Here, we’ll focus on filtering by date. #### Filtering by date Filtering by the date the entry was submitted is easy using the Entries Manager's filtering tools. However, note that if you didn’t lock all but the current date when running the contest, some entries may have dates that don’t match the prize day. To filter by date: 1. Click the Date filter on the left side of the Entries Manager. 2. Use the From and To fields to enter your desired date range. Alternatively, click the calendar icon to bring up a calendar and select the desired date. 3. Once your date range is entered, all entries submitted on that date will appear on the right. #### Picking a winner 1. Click the Actions button in the top-right corner. 2. Select Pick Random Entries/Winners from the dropdown menu. 3. Follow the on-screen prompt to select a winner from your filtered entries. ### Finding your winner After selecting your winner, you can easily locate them in the Entries Manager: 1. Enter the label you typed in the Random Entry Picker into the Label field. 2. Any entries with that label will appear on the right. ### Related resources [Calendar Giveaway Template (Video)](https://youtu.be/5QZODRO2_Hs) [Giveaway Calendar Template (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/giveaway-calendar-template/) [How to Select Winners (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-select-winners/) [How to use Winner Reveal (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/winner-reveal/) [All Templates (Template Gallery)](https://app.shortstack.com/manage/gallery) --- ## Clicks data URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/clicks-data/ Category: Analytics & data Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-24 The Clicks tab of the Analytics Manager tracks clicks on your campaign's buttons and links across four metrics and two visualizations, beginning with the total number of clicks recorded. Reach it by clicking Manage → Analytics, filtering to a campaign and date range, then opening the Clicks tab. ### Getting there 1. From the Home Page, click the Manage dropdown at the top and select Analytics. 2. Use the Filtering section to select the specific campaign you wish to view. 3. Adjust the date range to display data for your desired timeframe. 4. Click on the Clicks tab. ### Data Boxes Click tracking includes four key metrics and two data visualizations: - Clicks: Total number of clicks recorded on all buttons and links within the campaign. - Unique Clicks: Total unique clicks, identified by a unique fingerprint (IP address, browser, and device). > Note: To ensure accurate data collection, enable the appropriate fingerprinting setting in the Campaign Settings. [Learn more here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/#6-analytics) - Click Rate: The percentage of sessions that resulted in clicks. Formula: (Total clicks ÷ Total sessions) × 100 Note: This number may exceed 100% if multiple clicks occur per session. - Unique Click %: The percentage of unique clicks out of total clicks. Formula: (Unique clicks ÷ Total clicks) × 100 ### Charts & graphs Clicks Summary: A line graph displaying daily total and unique clicks. > You can toggle data series by clicking on the labels. Click again to re-enable them. Click Breakdown: A chart showing how many clicks each individual link or button received. #### Graph options Click the hamburger icon (≡) on the graph to: - View the graph in full screen - Print the chart - Download the data as a CSV file ### Exporting data To export your campaign data: 1. Click the Actions dropdown at the top right. 2. Select Export PDF. 3. A PDF will open, then choose the file name and save location. ### Related resources [The Game-Changing Analytics and Data Collection Strategies Digital Marketers (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-game-changing-analytics-and-data-collection-strategies-digital-marketers-need-in-2023) [How to Plan and Promote a Lead Generation Contest (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/lead-generation-campaign/) [Analytics Overview (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/) [Custom Events Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/custom-events-data/) --- ## Cloudflare Turnstile URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/cloudflare-turnstile/ Category: Entry security & best practices Plan required: Scale plan Last reviewed: 2026-03-05 Cloudflare Turnstile is a CAPTCHA alternative that blocks bots without asking visitors to solve a visual challenge, and it works without routing your traffic through Cloudflare. On ShortStack it runs as the campaign page first loads, stopping bots before they interact with the page, while Google reCAPTCHA validates the entry form at submission. ### Overview > "Turnstile is Cloudflare’s smart CAPTCHA alternative. It can be embedded into any website without sending traffic through Cloudflare and works without showing visitors a CAPTCHA." ### How Cloudflare Turnstile works on ShortStack ShortStack incorporates Cloudflare Turnstile and Google reCaptcha for bot prevention. Cloudflare Turnstile: Runs when the campaign page first loads to block bots before they interact with the page. Google reCaptcha: Activates during entry form submission to validate user actions. #### Default behavior Turnstile is automatically active on all landing pages. Turnstile is automatically disabled for embeds but can be re-enabled in the Campaign Builder Settings. ### Cloudflare Turnstile settings To configure Cloudflare Turnstile for your campaign: #### Steps to access settings 1. Open your campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the gear icon at the top to access Campaign Settings. 3. In the pop-up, navigate to the Security section. 4. Use the dropdown menu to select your desired Turnstile setting. #### Turnstile options Invisible: - Default setting. - Uses an invisible challenge that does not require user interaction. - Best for embedded campaigns. Visible: - An interactive challenge may appear based on visitor information. - Prompts visitors to check a box when necessary. - Best for stand-alone landing pages. Disable: - Completely disables Cloudflare Turnstile. - Not recommended due to increased risk of fraudulent entries. #### Enabling Turnstile for embedded campaigns To activate Turnstile for embedded campaigns check the box labeled Enable if my campaign is embedded. ### Why is my campaign loading Slower? Cloudflare Turnstile works like a physical turnstile at an event, ensuring orderly and secure access. Similar to scanning tickets at a concert, visitors are verified before accessing the campaign. This process can slightly increase load time to filter out bots. If the load time is unsatisfactory, you can disable Turnstile in the Security settings as described above. ### Learn more about Cloudflare Turnstile For additional details about Cloudflare Turnstile and its functionality, refer to [Cloudflare’s official documentation](https://developers.cloudflare.com/turnstile/). ### Related resources [How to View and Manage Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/vQJgQ9xjx1I) [7 Essential Security Features to Prevent Cheating (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/7-essential-security-features-you-need-to-prevent-cheating-in-your-next-contest-or-giveaway/) [How to Create Google reCAPTCHA Keys (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/) [Entry Restrictions (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/) [Prohibit Fraudulent and Spam Entries with Fraud Filter Feature (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/prohibit-fraudulent-and-spam-entries-with-fraud-filter-feature/) [Bot and Fraud Prevention Tools (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/bot-and-fraud-prevention-tools/) --- ## Code Lists Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/code-lists-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: Scale plan Last reviewed: 2026-08-13 The Code Lists Manager displays all your previously uploaded code lists and provides an option to upload a new code list. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Code Lists from the options. If Favorited, simply click Code Lists in the navigation menu. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Code Lists Manager to your navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Code Lists" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Code Lists information Your code lists appear in the middle, with each info pane displaying: - List Name - Last Edited/Altered: The date/time of the last modification. - Created Date: The date the list was uploaded or created. - Code Statistics: Total codes, codes issued to entries, and codes redeemed. Hover over a list’s name to reveal an edit icon for renaming. Type the new name and click the blue checkmark to save it. Clicking on Total, Issued, or Redeemed opens the Code List Wizard for the specific list. Additional options are available in the dropdown menu (arrow on the right). ### Additional Code List options #### View codes Opens the Code List Wizard to view, add, or edit codes for the selected list. #### Add codes Opens the Code List Wizard to append new codes to an existing list. 1. Click the Add Codes link at the top. 2. Use the pop-up to upload a .csv file containing new codes. #### Permissions Available on Max Plan. For ShortStack for Teams users, click Permissions to set access levels for the selected code list. #### Delete Removes the code list permanently. This action does not delete any entries tied to the codes. > **Note:** Deleting code lists is permanent and may cause issues if associated Form Containers, Field Widgets, or emails rely on the code list. Ensure the code list is no longer in use before deleting it. ### Search and tag #### Search Use the Search field (top-right) to locate code lists by a keyword or phrase. #### Tag Available on Max Plan. Search code lists by tags attached to them. Results appear automatically. ### Sorting Sort code lists by: - Recently Edited - Newest - Oldest ### Adding a new Code List To upload a new code list for a campaign: 1. Click the New Code List button (top-right). 2. In the Upload Codes pop-up, download a template (SIMPLE or ADVANCED) as a .csv file. 3. Add codes using the headers as guides, then save the file as .csv. 4. Drag and drop the .csv file or click Select to navigate to the file location. 5. Enter a name for the code list and decide if you want the codes randomized. 6. Click Save & Upload. Once uploaded, an in-app notification confirms the system is importing your codes. Upon completion, the new code list appears in the Code Lists Manager. > **Note:** Unless randomized, codes will be distributed in the order as presented on the list. ### Working with Code Lists Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple code lists. #### Tag Available on Max Plan. Add tags to selected code lists: 1. Click the Tag button. 2. Type tags (comma-separated). 3. Press Enter/Return, then click the blue Save button. #### Delete To delete multiple code lists: 1. Highlight the lists by clicking them. 2. Click the Delete button. 3. Confirm the action by typing the required prompt and clicking the red Delete button. > **Note:** Deleting code lists is permanent. Ensure they are no longer needed before deleting. ### Related resources [Setting Up Code Redemption (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-code-redemption/) [How to Use Unique Codes in an Email (Video)](https://youtu.be/xTIgvmZacXc) [Using Unique Codes in Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-unique-codes-in-emails/) [Instant Win (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/instant-win/) --- ## Code Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/code-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All paid plans Last reviewed: 2026-05-19 The Code Widget allows you to add HTML, JavaScript, or other code to your campaign without ShortStack adding any extra markup. Because no additional markup is included, Themes do not affect Code Widgets. ### Overview [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Code Widget icon, a pair of angle brackets, circled in green.] #### Adding the Code Widget To add the Code Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Code Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into your preview area. > Note: Code Widgets are invisible in live campaigns unless used to embed external content. > On the Free Trial, any Code Widgets in your campaign templates will not be editable. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up lets you configure your Code Widget. #### Renaming the widget Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the name), type your new name, and confirm by clicking the blue check button. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. #### Customization Use the menu on the left side to navigate the settings. Use the Back and Next buttons at the bottom to move between sections. When finished, click the blue Save and Exit button. ### Content The Content section contains the code editor where you can type or paste your code. Click Browse Content Library to view public and private snippets, or start typing. #### Guidelines No Extra Markup: Your code is added exactly as written. HTML Tags to Avoid: Do not include , , or tags, as they are already part of the campaign's source code. CSS Recommendation: Add CSS to the CSS Editor in the Style Panel instead of the Code Widget. #### Editor features Five dropdown menus offer additional tools: Edit: Shortcuts like Undo, Redo, Find, Replace, and Toggle Comments. Insert: Add JavaScript Event Templates or select code snippets from the Library. Format: Use Auto Indent options for cleaner code formatting. Tools: - Download Content: Save your code as a .txt file. - Upload (replace): Replace existing code with content from a .txt file. - Upload (append): Append a .txt file’s content to the existing code. ##### Snippets - Access the snippets library. - Save updates to snippets. - Create new snippets. - And detach the current code from the saved snippet. ### Placement Choose where the Code Widget places your code. Options include: 1. After : Code appears after the opening tag. 2. Before : Code appears before the closing tag. 3. After : Code appears after the opening tag. 4. Inline: Code appears in the widget's position within the Edit Widgets Panel (default). 5. Before : Code appears before the closing tag. ### Points for actions Available on Launch Plan and Higher. In Points For Actions campaigns, reward entrants for triggering events defined in your code: 1. Set the number of points to award. 2. Use the dropdown to select the Form Container Widget where entries are submitted. 3. Add an Action Label in the designated field if Advanced Points for Actions is enabled in the Form Container. ### Visibility Visibility settings for Code Widgets include: - Active: Widget is functioning. - Inactive: Widget is disabled. - Pop-up: Display embedded content as a pop-up. #### Advanced visibility options Enable the Show content to bots only checkbox to make the widget content visible only to bots (e.g., Facebook or LinkedIn). > Note: This setting does not work for Code Widgets inside Container Widgets. When enabled, other visibility settings are ignored. Bots can read Open Graph meta tags and any additional meta content you add via this widget. ### Library The Library section allows you to view and use saved code snippets. #### Working with snippets Filter Snippets: Use the icons at the top to filter: - Public snippets ( icon) - Private snippets ( icon) - All snippets (All button) Search Snippets: Use the search bar to quickly find a specific snippet. Preview and Use: Click a snippet title to preview it, then click Choose to use it. If code is already present in the Content section, the button will read Append to add the snippet at the end of your code. #### Updating snippets For private snippets, click Update to overwrite the snippet with your current code. Confirm your changes in the pop-up. > Note: This action cannot be undone, so double-check your content before updating. #### Deleting snippets To delete a snippet: 1. Select the snippet by clicking its name. 2. Click the trashcan icon next to the Choose/Append button. ### Related resources [Tips & Recipes (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tips-and-recipes/) [How to Add the Facebook Pixel to Your Campaign](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/how-to-add-the-facebook-pixel-to-your-campaign/) [CSS Editor (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/css-editor/) [Tracking Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tracking-widget/) --- ## Connected Sites Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/connected-sites-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-13 The Connected Sites Manager tracks the websites where you have embedded a ShortStack campaign. Depending on your plan, you can embed ShortStack campaigns on one or more sites. ### Getting there #### From the Dashboard 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Connected Sites from the options. 3. If Favorited, simply click Connected Sites in the top bar of the Home screen. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Connected Sites Manager in the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Connected Sites" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you'll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Connected sites Once in the Manager, you will find a list of your connected sites. Each info pane includes: - Website Name (optional) - Website Domain - Validation Status - Total Campaigns Published: The number of campaigns published to the site. - Last Updated: The date the site was last updated. - Tags (Max Plan) #### Additional settings Click the three-dot icon on the info pane to access additional options. ##### Edit Edit the site name and domain. Enter one domain per line. You can add additional domains to one connected site. For example, if you have a production or test domain, you can add it here and use the same global embed code. ##### Embed code Access the global embed code and DIV elements if needed. ##### Delete Remove unused sites. > **Note:** You can only delete a connected site if no campaigns are currently published to it. ### Filters #### Tag Available on Max Plan. Use the Tag field to search connected sites by their attached tags. ### Bulk actions Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple connected sites. When one or more sites are selected, the top bar provides the following actions: #### Tag Available on Max Plan. Add tags to multiple sites or view existing tags. Type tags separated by commas, press Enter, then click Save. ### Related resources [How to Install Our Global Embed Code (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-install-our-global-embed-code-2-0/) [How to Embed a Campaign as a Pop-Up (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-embed-a-campaign-as-a-pop-up-2-0/) [Troubleshooting Embed Issues (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-embed-issues/) --- ## Container Widgets URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/container-widgets/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-09 Container Widgets have multiple uses in a campaign. They can organize your widgets into groups for various purposes, such as managing visibility or formatting. The Two Column Layout and Three Column Layout Widgets (which are also containers) can be used to adjust the visual layout of your campaign. ### Overview [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Container Widget icon, a plain square, circled in green.] To add one of these widgets to your campaign, either click the Container, Two Column Layout, or Three Column Layout icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or drag the icon into your preview area. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up is where you'll make any necessary changes to your Container Widget. #### Renaming the widget 1. Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the widget name). 2. Enter the new name and press Enter. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) of your widget is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. #### Customization Use the menu on the left side to fully customize your Container Widget. Navigate through the sections using the Back and Next buttons at the bottom of the pop-up. When finished, click the blue Save and Exit button to apply your changes. ### Setup (column control) For Two Column Layout and Three Column Layout Widgets, the Setup section allows you to define column widths. #### Adjusting column widths Use the slider(s) in the bar to adjust the sizing, or enter percentage values directly into the fields below. ### Visibility To control when and where the widget is visible: 1. Go to the Visibility section. 2. Adjust settings for: Date and time restrictions Pop-up display Builder-only visibility Country-specific visibility Learn more about [Widget Visibility.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Nested containers Need more columns than the default widgets provide? No problem! You can nest Containers or Layout Widgets inside each other to create the desired structure. #### Example To create four columns, nest two Two Column Layout Widgets inside another Two Column Layout Widget. > **Important:** In the Edit Widgets Column, the layout sections are displayed as follows: - The topmost section appears on the left side of the screen. - The bottom-most section appears on the right side, as shown in the provided screenshot. > Note: Do not nest Form Containers. They behave differently and could cause negative effects on form submission. Only nest Container, Two-Column, and Three-Column Widgets. ### Container widget styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the background color, the maximum width of the widget, and widget alignment. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - Widget Visibility - Widget Background - Widget Spacing - Widget Borders - Widget Text The two and three-column Containers will also have an additional section for the column spacing. ### Related resources [6 Web Design Principles You Should Apply to Your Landing Pages (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/6-web-design-principles-you-should-apply-to-your-landing-pages/) [Mobile Best Practices (Help Docs)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/mobile-best-practices/) [Form Container Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/) [Paging Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/paging-widget/) --- ## Copying a campaign URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/copying-a-campaign/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-25 Sometimes, it’s easier to copy an existing campaign instead of starting from scratch. ShortStack makes this process simple, and if you anticipate reusing a campaign multiple times, you can save it as a custom template (available on the Max Plan or higher). ### Copying a campaign 1. Open the campaign you’d like to copy in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the campaign name in the top-left corner to open the dropdown menu. 3. Select make copy of campaign from the dropdown. 4. In the pop-up, enter a new name for your campaign copy. 5. Choose whether to: Make Copy: Create a new list for entries. Keep Existing: Use the same list as the original campaign. 6. (Optional) For ShortStack for Teams, check the box(s) to copy permissions for the campaign and list so team members can access the copied campaign. 7. Click Copy Campaign. 8. You’ll be redirected to the copied campaign in the Campaign Builder, ready for editing. ### Creating and using a custom template Available on Max Plan or higher. If you’d like to save a campaign as a template for future use, follow these steps: 1. Open the Campaign you'd like to make a template in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the campaign name in the top-left corner to open the dropdown menu. 3. Select make template from campaign. 4. In the pop-up, enter a new name for your custom template. 5. (Optional) Add tags to organize your content. Separate multiple tags with commas. 6. Choose whether to: Make Copy: Create a new list for campaigns made with the template. Keep Existing: Use the same list as the original campaign. 7. Click Create Template. 8. A notification will appear, prompting you to visit the Templates Manager to view and manage your new template. #### Using a custom template There are two ways to use your custom template: From the Templates Manager: 1. Open the Templates Manager. 2. Find your custom template and click the icon to create a new campaign from it. From the Template Gallery: 1. Start a new campaign as usual. 2. In the Template Gallery, click the Private button to view your personal custom templates. 3. Select the desired template and click Use This Template. ### Related resources [Template Gallery (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/template-gallery/) [How to Set Up a Template (Video)](https://youtu.be/fSi-iQSlXQY) [Campaign Menu (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-menu/) [Campaigns Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaigns-manager/) --- ## Countdown Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/countdown-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-09 The Countdown Widget displays a countdown on your campaign (in days, hours, and minutes), counting down to a date and time of your choice. ### Overview [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Countdown Widget icon, a clock face, circled in green.] #### Adding the Countdown Widget To add the Countdown Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Countdown Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into your preview area. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up is where you'll make changes to your Countdown Widget. #### Renaming the widget To change the widget name, click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the name) and type your new name. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) of your widget is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. #### Customization Navigate through each item in the menu on the left side to ensure your Countdown Widget is fully customized. Use the Back and Next buttons at the bottom to move between sections. When you're finished making changes, click the blue Save and Exit button. ### Setup The Setup section allows you to configure the target date and display settings for your countdown. #### Target date configuration Use the dropdown menus to select the year, month, day, hour (24-hour clock), and timezone. #### Display options By default, the widget will display the number of days left until your target date. To include Hours or Minutes, check the appropriate box(es) in the Also Show section. ### Visibility Control when and where the widget appears using the Visibility section. Options include: - Setting specific dates and times for visibility. - Displaying the widget only in the Builder. - Limiting visibility to certain countries. Learn more about [Widget Visibility.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Countdown styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the font color, the font type, and widget alignment you will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - General - Numbers Text - Labels Text - Widget ### Related resources [Widget Visibility (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) [The Essential Interactive Marketing Guide for the Holidays (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-essential-interactive-marketing-guide-for-the-holidays/) [Rich Text Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rich-text-widget/) [Widget Extras (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) --- ## Creating and managing an Instagram Hashtag Feed URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-an-instagram-hashtag-feed/ Category: Social media tools Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-07-30 A hashtag campaign is a great way to harness the engagement of Instagram. Set a designated hashtag and display a feed of posts (images and videos) using that hashtag. Participants will be able to vote on and share these entries. ### Account setup steps (before creating the feed) To set up your Instagram account, follow these steps: #### 1. Create an Instagram business account Convert an existing Instagram account to a Business Profile if needed. Instructions can be found in our blog: [How to Set Up an Instagram Business Profile](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/news-how-to-set-up-an-instagram-business-profile-2016). #### 2. Link Instagram to Facebook When setting up your Business Account, connect it to your Facebook Page. > **Important:** - Posts must come from a public Instagram profile and include the required hashtag(s) in the original caption. - If an @mention is required, ensure it’s included in the post. This increases brand visibility by tagging your business directly. ### Creating a feed Before creating your Instagram feed, double-check the prerequisites: 1. The Instagram account must be a Business Account linked to a Facebook Page. 2. You must be logged into a Facebook account with appropriate permissions to the Facebook Page, or have permissions granted through Facebook Business Manager. Learn more about [Granting Page Permissions Using Facebook Business Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/granting-page-permissions-using-meta-business-suite/). ### Setting up the feed #### Step 1. connect your Instagram account 1. From the Dashboard, click the Get Social button at the top, then select Collect Posts. Alternatively, use the navigation panel to access the [Hashtag Feeds Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/hashtag-feeds-manager/). 2. Log into the Facebook account with admin access to the Facebook Page connected to your Instagram. 3. Select the Facebook Page associated with the Instagram account you want to use. If the Page you're looking for isn't listed, click Refresh Pages to reload your available Pages. 4. Click Continue. > **Note:** Note: Your Instagram account must be a [Business account](https://business.instagram.com/getting-started/#start-an-account) tied to a Facebook Page you can access. We connect through Facebook to read hashtag posts. #### Step 2. add hashtags 1. Enter the required hashtag(s) in the Required hashtags field. No # is needed. If using multiple hashtags, separate them with commas. 2. (Optional) Check the box to require your account's @mention in the caption. Without requiring an @mention, some restrictions apply: - You cannot limit the maximum number of entries per user. - The Rights Management tool won't be available for entries that don't include the @mention in the caption. > **Note:** Note: If you require an @mention, it must be included in the original caption, along with the hashtag. #### Step 3. timing & filtering 1. Set the Start collecting on and Stop collecting on dates and times. 2. Select the appropriate Timezone. 3. Choose which entries to collect: All entries Only entries with images Only entries with videos 4. (Optional) Check the box to automatically approve entries as they come in. #### Step 4. review & Launch A Feed name is automatically suggested based on your hashtag, Instagram account, and today's date (for example, #testing - @youraccount - 2026-07-27). Edit this field if you'd like a different name. Under Where will you store your entries?, choose to automatically create a new list or select an existing one from the dropdown. Review the summary of your feed settings. Click any setting shown in blue to jump back to that step and make changes. Once everything looks correct, click Save & Exit. Your new feed will appear in the Feeds Manager. > **Note:** Note: Due to Instagram's API limitations, feeds will only pull media from public posts—not Stories. ### Using multiple @Mentions Hashtag contests are a great tool for collaborations, so you might be wondering how you can require more than one @mention. Meta only allows the tracking of one @mention per feed. There are two options for tracking multiple @mentions in entries: 1. Create multiple Feeds. There will be duplicate entries between the feeds, but you can easily see if the entry counts match. Make sure you have the correct Facebook Permissions for all additional @mention accounts. Learn more about [Granting Page Permissions Using Meta Business Suite](https://www.shortstack.com/help/granting-page-permissions-using-meta-business-suite/). 2. Manually check when winners are chosen. This option is the easiest of the two. When it comes time to select the winner(s), review the entry details and ensure that all contest requirements were met. If not, select different winners. ### FAQs Can I use the Hashtag Feed tool for X or TikTok? No. Currently, we can only import Posts and Reels from Instagram. TikTok has not yet released its API for this type of feature. While X does have a robust API, accessing it costs over $40,000 USD a month. We do not want to charge our clients this cost, so we have decided to forgo this feature for X. A participant's Instagram Post has the correct hashtag, but the feed hasn't imported it. Why not? There are several reasons this could be. For example, the user could have a private Instagram Account. For full troubleshooting help, please read [Troubleshooting Issues with Feeds and Facebook/Instagram Importer Tools](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-issues-with-feeds-and-facebook-instagram-importer-tools/) How do I use the Rights Management Tool? For more information about requesting rights for entries pulled in through a feed, see the [Rights Management for Instagram help doc.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rights-management-for-instagram/) Can I export the media collected from a Feed? You can export images from posts, but not videos. ### Related resources [Common Mistakes Marketers Make With UGC (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/avoid-the-most-common-mistakes-marketers-make-with-ugc/) [Rights Management for Instagram (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rights-management-for-instagram/) [Hashtag Feeds Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/hashtag-feeds-manager/) [Granting Page Permissions Using Meta Business Suite (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/granting-page-permissions-using-meta-business-suite/) ### FAQs #### Can I use the Hashtag Feed tool for X or TikTok? No. Currently, we can only import Posts and Reels from Instagram. TikTok has not yet released its API for this type of feature. While X does have a robust API, accessing it costs over $40,000 USD a month. We do not want to charge our clients this cost, so we have decided to forgo this feature for X. #### A participant's Instagram Post has the correct hashtag, but the feed hasn't imported it. Why not? There are several reasons this could be. For example, the user could have a private Instagram Account. For full troubleshooting help, please read [Troubleshooting Issues with Feeds and Facebook/Instagram Importer Tools](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-issues-with-feeds-and-facebook-instagram-importer-tools/) #### How do I use the Rights Management Tool? For more information about requesting rights for entries pulled in through a feed, see the [Rights Management for Instagram help doc.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rights-management-for-instagram/) #### Can I export the media collected from a Feed? You can export images from posts, but not videos. --- ## Creating and managing Company Profiles URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-company-profiles/ Category: Creating emails Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-06-30 A Company Profile is required for compliance with the CAN-SPAM Act, which mandates that outgoing emails include a valid business name and address. This ensures your email communications meet legal standards. ### Getting there To create or edit a Company Profile, you must first access the Email Builder. #### Via the Emails Manager 1. Log in to ShortStack. 2. Click Manage in the top navigation bar and select Emails. 3. Click New Email in the Emails Manager. 4. Choose any email type. 5. Click on the blue Default Profile. #### Via the Campaign Builder 1. Open the campaign you’d like to add an autoresponder to in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the envelope icon in the top-right corner. 3. Click New Email. 4. Click on the blue Default Profile. ### Setting up your Company Profile Once you click the Default Profile, you'll see the Company Profile setup form. It consists of the following sections: #### Company details Include your: - Business Name - Street Address - City - State/Province - Postal Code - Country - Industry Type Note: All fields are required except the Apt/Suite number and Industry Type. #### Email settings Set your default: - From Email Address Clicking one of the ShortStack-provided no-reply emails will automatically populate the field. - Sender Name - Timezone You can customize these values for individual emails. #### Subscription settings Enable Double Opt-In by checking the corresponding box. - If enabled, you must use the merge code{{subscribe}} in your autoresponder emails. - Entrants must subscribe before receiving follow-up or scheduled emails. Learn more about [Creating Double Opt-In Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-double-opt-in-emails/). You may also customize your subscription and unsubscribe messages. #### Advanced settings (optional) Enter your Sendgrid API in the field provided. Click Save and Select to continue editing or creating your email. Learn more about [Setting Up and Connecting Sendgrid to ShortStack](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-and-connecting-sendgrid-to-shortstack/). ### Editing Company Profile 1. Open or create an email. 2. Click the Company Profile name at the top of the Email Builder or within the Email Wizard. 3. All existing profile details will appear. 4. Make your changes to the details and click Save and Select when finished. ### Add additional Company Profiles Available on Max Plan and higher. 1. Open or create an email. 2. Click the current Company Profile name at the top of the Email Builder or within the Email Wizard. 3. Click All Profiles, then click Add New Profile. 4. Fill out the new profile information. 5. Click Save and Select when finished. ### Related resources [How to Set Up An Autoresponder (Video)](https://youtu.be/4SDC4S4caMY) [Setting Up and Connecting SendGrid to ShortStack (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-and-connecting-sendgrid-to-shortstack/) [New Accounts & Protecting Deliverability (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/new-accounts-and-protecting-deliverability/) [How to Create Double Opt-In Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-double-opt-in-emails/) --- ## Creating autoresponder emails URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/ Category: Creating emails Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-06-30 Autoresponder emails are a powerful way to connect with people immediately after they submit a form on your ShortStack campaigns. This guide will walk you through the process of setting up, managing, and customizing autoresponder emails. For instructions on creating scheduled or follow-up emails for your list, check out our other email help docs: - [Creating Follow-Up Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-follow-up-emails/) - [Creating Scheduled Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-scheduled-emails/) ### Accessing the email builder You can access the Email Builder in two ways: #### Via the Emails Manager 1. Log in to ShortStack. 2. Click Manage in the top navigation bar and select Emails. 3. Click New Email in the Emails Manager. 4. Choose the Autoresponder option. #### Via the Campaign Builder 1. Open the campaign you’d like to add an autoresponder to in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the envelope icon in the top-right corner. 3. Click New Email next to the list for which you want to create the autoresponder. > Note: If your campaign includes multiple Forms or Entry Displays Widgets, you may see more than one list displayed. ### Setting up an autoresponder email #### Step 1: choose a Company Profile The most recently used Company Profile will be selected by default. To change it, click the Company Profile name. Learn more about [Creating and Managing Company Profiles](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-company-profiles/). #### Step 1a: disable CAN-SPAM footer (optional) Available on Max Plan If your email is transactional, you may disable the CAN-SPAM footer by checking the box next to Disable the CAN-SPAM footer. #### Step 2: select a list Choose the entry list that should receive the email. > Note: If you begin the email in the Campaign Builder, it will automatically be attached to the associated list. #### Step 3: add codes (optional) Select one of the following options: - No - Yes - One Code, I want to show the same discount code for every email recipient. - Yes - Instant Win, My campaign is using Instant Win and I want to display the result (win or lose) in my email. - Yes - Code List, I want to assign a different code for each email recipient and show that in my email. If you chose Code List, follow these additional steps: 1. Click the blue Connect to Code List button. 2. Select an existing code list; 3. Or upload a new list by clicking on Upload New List. 4. Click Select, then Save and Exit. Click Continue. Learn more about [Using Unique Codes in Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-unique-codes-in-emails/). > Note: The use of code lists is available on the Scale plan and higher. #### Step 4: choose an email template Email templates can save time. If you prefer not to use a template, click Continue to skip. To use a template: 1. Hover over the template thumbnail. 2. Click Use This Template. #### Step 5: customize your email Add Text: Click the text box and start typing. Add Images: 1. Click on the Insert/edit image icon. 2. Upload or paste the image URL, adjust the dimensions, and click OK. Add Merge Fields: Select merge fields from the Available Merge Fields section to personalize your email. Add Custom HTML: Use the Source Code icon to input your HTML. When done, click Continue. #### Step 6: edit email details (optional) You can edit the following email details if you choose, otherwise, all of the information is pre-populated with your Company Profile information: - Name the Email (only visible in ShortStack) - Email Subject - From Name (optional) - From Email Address > Note: Due to DMARC restrictions, you cannot use certain email addresses (e.g., @gmail.com, @yahoo.com). #### Step 7: review and activate Review Settings: Check your email settings and content. Edit Content: Click on the section to make changes. Send Test Email: 1. Click Send Test Email. 2. Enter the recipient’s email address and click Send Email. Add Filters: Enable filters as needed for targeting. Filtering options include: - Exclude repeat Entries - Filter by Instant Win - Include ONLY or exclude Instant Winners - Filter by State/Province - Include or exclude specified states/provinces When satisfied, click Save & Activate. ### Compliance with CAN-SPAM act The [CAN-SPAM Act](https://www.fcc.gov/general/can-spam) requires commercial emails to include: - A valid business name and address (via the Company Profile). - An Unsubscribe link for recipients. ### Related resources [How to Set Up An Autoresponder (Video)](https://youtu.be/4SDC4S4caMY) [Setting Up and Connecting SendGrid to ShortStack (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-and-connecting-sendgrid-to-shortstack/) [Creating Follow-Up Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-follow-up-emails/) [Creating Scheduled Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-scheduled-emails/) --- ## Creating follow-up emails URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-follow-up-emails/ Category: Creating emails Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-07-23 Follow-up emails are a great way to maintain engagement by automatically sending emails a specific number of days after someone subscribes to your list. This guide will walk you through setting up, editing, and managing follow-up emails. ### Overview For other email types, check out: - [Creating Scheduled Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-scheduled-emails/) - [Creating Autoresponder Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) ### Accessing the email builder You can access the Email Builder in two ways: #### Via the Emails Manager 1. Log in to ShortStack. 2. Click Manage in the top navigation bar and select Emails. 3. Click New Email in the Emails Manager. 4. Select Follow-Up Email. #### Via the Campaign Builder 1. Open the campaign you want to attach a follow-up email to in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the email icon in the upper-right corner. 3. Click New Email next to the list for which you wish to create the follow-up email. 4. Select Follow-Up Email. > Note: If your campaign has multiple Form or Entry Widgets, you may see more than one list displayed. ### Setting up a follow-up email #### Step 1: choose a Company Profile The most recently used Company Profile will be selected by default. To change it, click the Company Profile name. Learn more about [Creating and Managing Company Profiles](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-company-profiles/). #### Step 1a: disable CAN-SPAM footer (optional) Available on Max Plan If your email is transactional, you may disable the CAN-SPAM footer by checking the box next to Disable the CAN-SPAM footer. #### Step 2: select a list 1. Check the box(es) next to the list(s) you want to target. 2. To deselect lists, uncheck the box(es). 3. To select/deselect all lists, use the Select All Lists checkbox. 4. Click Continue. > Note: If you begin the email in the Campaign Builder, the associated list(s) will already be selected. #### Step 3: add codes (optional) Select one of the following options: - No - Yes - One Code, I want to show the same discount code for every email recipient. - Yes - Instant Win, My campaign is using Instant Win and I want to display the result (win or lose) in my email. - Yes - Code List, I want to assign a different code for each email recipient and show that in my email. Code Lists are available on Scale Plan and higher. If you chose Code List, follow these additional steps: 1. Click the blue Connect to Code List button. 2. Select an existing code list; 3. Or upload a new list by clicking on Upload New List. 4. Click Select, then Save and Exit. Click Continue. Learn more about [Using Unique Codes in Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-unique-codes-in-emails/). #### Step 4: choose an email template Email templates can save time. If you prefer not to use a template, click Continue to skip. To use a template: 1. Hover over the template thumbnail. 2. Click Use This Template. #### Step 5: customize the email Use the WYSIWYG editor to edit text, images, and merge fields. Add Text: Click the text box and start typing. Add Images: 1. Click the Insert/edit image icon. 2. Upload or paste the image URL, adjust the dimensions, and click OK. Add Merge Fields: Select fields from the Available Merge Fields section to personalize your email. Add Custom HTML: Use the Source Code icon to input your HTML. Click Continue when finished. #### Step 6: add email details You can edit the following email details if you choose, otherwise, all of the information is pre-populated with your Company Profile information: - Name the Email (only visible in ShortStack) - Email Subject - From Name (optional) - From Email Address > Note: You cannot use @yahoo.com, @gmail.com, or similar addresses due to DMARC restrictions. Click Continue. #### Step 7: set the email trigger 1. In the Number of Days box, enter how many days after subscription the email should send (e.g., 2 for 2 days). 2. If you want to change this to hours after submission, click the blue text change this unit to Hours. 3. Click Continue. #### Step 8: set the start date/time 1. In the Start at box, set the date/time for sending follow-up emails. 2. Update the time zone if needed (default is UTC). 3. Click Continue. #### Step 9: review and schedule Review Settings: Check your email settings and content. Edit Content: Click on the section to make changes. Send Test Email: 1. Click Send Test Email. 2. Enter the recipient’s email address and click Send Email. Add Filters: Enable filters as needed for targeting. Filtering options include: - Approved Status - Include or exclude approved entries - Filter by Image Presence - Include or exclude entries with an image - Include repeat Entries - Include repeat entries; this will send repeat emails to the same email address - Filter by Instant Win - Include ONLY or exclude Instant Winners - Filter by State/Province - Include or exclude specified states/provinces - Filter by Label - Include or exclude entries with a specific label When satisfied, click Save & Activate. ### Managing follow-up emails #### Editing a follow-up email Changes will only affect subscribers who haven’t received the email yet. 1. In the Emails Manager, click the email name. 2. Update the desired content and click Continue. 3. Click Save & Schedule. #### Stopping or deleting a follow-up email ##### From the Emails Manager 1. Click the Emails link on the Dashboard. 2. Find the email, click the down arrow, and select Delete. 3. Confirm by clicking Delete. ##### From the Campaign Builder 1. Click the email icon in the top-right corner. 2. Click the trash can icon next to the email. 3. Confirm deletion in the pop-up. ### Compliance with the CAN-SPAM act The [CAN-SPAM Act](https://www.fcc.gov/general/can-spam) requires commercial emails to include: - A valid business name and address (via the Company Profile). - An opt-out (unsubscribe) link. ### Troubleshooting spam issues (DMARC) If emails go to spam/junk folders: 1. Update your DMARC policy to p=none to prevent quarantine. 2. Use ShortStack’s default no-reply addresses: no-reply@campgn.page no-reply@lndg.page no-reply@shortstack.page ### Related resources [Setting Up Follow-Up Emails (Video)](https://youtu.be/QcWn3DuGMwg) [7 Mistakes to Avoid With Your Contest Follow-Up Email Sequence (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/contest-follow-up-email-sequence/) [Creating Autoresponder Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) [Creating Scheduled Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-scheduled-emails/) [Creating and Managing Company Profiles (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-company-profiles/) --- ## Creating scheduled emails URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-scheduled-emails/ Category: Creating emails Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-07-23 Scheduled emails let you communicate with your audience at a specific time or send them immediately. This guide walks you through creating scheduled emails, editing them, and complying with email regulations. ### Overview For other email types, check out these help docs: - [Creating Autoresponder Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) - [Creating Follow-Up Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-follow-up-emails/) ### Accessing the email builder You can access the Email Builder in two ways: #### Via the Emails Manager 1. Log in to ShortStack. 2. Click Manage in the top navigation bar and select Emails. 3. Click New Email in the Emails Manager. 4. Select Follow-Up Email. #### Via the Campaign Builder 1. Open the campaign you want to attach a follow-up email to in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the email icon in the upper-right corner. 3. Click New Email next to the list for which you wish to create the follow-up email. 4. Select Follow-Up Email. > Note: If your campaign has multiple Form or Entry Widgets, you may see more than one list displayed. ### Setting up a scheduled email #### Step 1: choose a Company Profile The most recently used Company Profile will be selected by default. To change it, click the Company Profile name. Learn more about [Creating and Managing Company Profiles](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-company-profiles/). #### Step 1a: disable CAN-SPAM footer (optional) If your email is transactional, you may disable the CAN-SPAM footer by checking the box next to Disable the CAN-SPAM footer. #### Step 2: select a list 1. Check the box(es) next to the list(s) you want to target. 2. To deselect lists, uncheck the box(es). 3. To select/deselect all lists, use the Select All Lists checkbox. 4. Click Continue. > Note: If you begin the email in the Campaign Builder, the associated list(s) will already be selected. #### Step 3: add codes (optional) Select one of the following options: - No - Yes - One Code, I want to show the same discount code for every email recipient. - Yes - Instant Win, My campaign is using Instant Win and I want to display the result (win or lose) in my email. - Yes - Code List, I want to assign a different code for each email recipient and show that in my email. If you chose Code List, follow these additional steps: 1. Click the blue Connect to Code List button. 2. Select an existing code list; 3. Or upload a new list by clicking on Upload New List. 4. Click Select, then Save and Exit. Click Continue. Learn more about [Using Unique Codes in Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-unique-codes-in-emails/). #### Step 4: choose an email template Email templates can save time. If you prefer not to use a template, click Continue to skip. To use a template: 1. Hover over the template thumbnail. 2. Click Use This Template. #### Step 5: customize the email Use the WYSIWYG editor to edit text, images, and merge fields. Add Text: Click the text box and start typing. Add Images: 1. Click the Insert/edit image icon. 2. Upload or paste the image URL, adjust the dimensions, and click OK. Add Merge Fields: Select fields from the Available Merge Fields section to personalize your email. Add Custom HTML: Use the Source Code icon to input your HTML. Click Continue when finished. #### Step 6: add email details You can edit the following email details if you choose, otherwise, all of the information is pre-populated with your Company Profile information: - Name the Email (only visible in ShortStack) - Email Subject - From Name (optional) - From Email Address > Note: You cannot use @yahoo.com, @gmail.com, or similar addresses due to DMARC restrictions. Click Continue. #### Step 7: schedule the email You can send the email immediately or schedule it for a later time. ##### Send now 1. Select Send Now under When would you like to send this email? 2. Click Continue. ##### Schedule for later 1. Select Schedule under When would you like to send this email? 2. Enter the date and time in the Schedule At box (use the calendar and clock icons). 3. Adjust the time zone (default is UTC). 4. Click Continue. #### Step 8: review and schedule Review Settings: Check your email settings and content. Edit Content: Click on the section to make changes. Send Test Email: 1. Click Send Test Email. 2. Enter the recipient’s email address and click Send Email. Add Filters: Enable filters as needed for targeting. Filtering options include: - Filter by Date Received - Include or exclude entries based on the date received - Approved Status - Include or exclude approved entries - Filter by Image Presence - Include or exclude entries with an image - Filter by Label - Include or exclude entries with a specific label ### Managing scheduled emails #### Editing a scheduled email You can edit emails that haven’t been sent yet. 1. In the Emails Manager, click the email name. 2. Update the desired content. 3. Click Save & Schedule. #### Deleting a scheduled email ##### From Emails Manager 1. Find the email in the Emails Manager. 2. Click the down arrow next to it and select Delete. 3. Confirm the deletion. ##### From Campaign Builder 1. Click the envelope icon in the Campaign Builder. 2. Click the trash can icon next to the email. 3. Confirm deletion. ### Compliance with the CAN-SPAM act In order for emails to be in compliance with the [CAN-SPAM Act](https://www.fcc.gov/general/can-spam), they must include: - A valid business name and address (via the Company Profile). - An opt-out (unsubscribe) link at the bottom. ### Troubleshooting spam issues (DMARC) If emails are going to spam/junk folders: 1. Update your DMARC policy to p=none to prevent quarantine. 2. Use ShortStack’s default no-reply addresses: no-reply@campgn.page no-reply@lndg.page no-reply@shortstack.page ### Related resources [Setting Up Scheduled Emails (Video)](https://youtu.be/3rQ7EWZjL_A) [9 Clever Email Marketing Tricks to Convert Customers (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/9-clever-email-marketing-tricks-to-convert-customers/) [Creating Autoresponder Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) [Creating Follow-Up Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-follow-up-emails/) [Creating and Managing Company Profiles (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-company-profiles/) --- ## Creating segmented Lists URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-segmented-lists/ Category: Managing entries Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-17 You can split a single list of entries into smaller, targeted lists based on information attached to each entry, which is useful for emailing a specific group or organizing entries by criteria. In a Pick Your Prize campaign, for example, each entry records the prize chosen, so the main list can be segmented into one list per prize. ### Overview - Sending emails to a targeted group. - Organizational purposes, like dividing entries by specific criteria. For this example, we’ll use a Pick Your Prize Campaign. In this campaign, entrants select a prize from multiple options, and the prize name is included in the entry details. This makes it easy to segment the main list into separate lists for each prize. ### Step 1: open your list You can access your list in two ways: #### From the home 1. Click on Manage in the navbar, and select Lists in the dropdown. 2. Find the name of your list and click the number of entries to the right of the list name. #### From the Campaign Builder 1. Click on the inbox icon on your Form Container Widget. The icon will display the number of entries. 2. You’ll be taken to the Entries Manager for the connected list. ### Step 2: search by entry information At this stage, the Entries Manager will display all your list entries. 1. Use the Search field to locate the specific entries you need. For this example, we’re looking for all entries that chose "Prize 1". 2. Enter your search term in the field: If your search term is a multi-word phrase, include it in quotation marks (e.g., "Prize 1"). 3. Press Enter, and the list will narrow down to entries that match your search term. > Note:You can manually verify the entry details if needed, but as long as your search term is accurate and concise, manual checks should not be necessary. Any information entered into a form field can be used as a search term. ### Step 3: copy entries to a new list Once you have filtered your entries: 1. Click the Action button at the top. 2. Select Copy Entries to New List from the dropdown menu. 3. A pop-up will appear where you can: Name the new list. Add any tags to the list. 4. Click Continue to finalize. Your new list will now appear in the Lists Manager. ### Step 4: create additional segmented lists To create another segmented list: 1. Return to your original list in the Entries Manager. 2. Repeat the steps above, using a different search term (e.g., "Prize 2"). > **Important:** Managing entry allowance Copies of entries count toward the entry allowance for your plan. If you no longer need the original list after segmenting it, be sure to delete it to free up entry space. ### Related resources [How to View and Manage Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/7OWSM5E8NDY?si=g14x7LTSY-GaFDyU) [Why You Should Segment Your Contacts (And 8 Ways to Do It) [Blog Post]](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/contact-segmentation) [Using the List Importer (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-the-list-importer/) [Lists Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/lists-manager/) --- ## Creating win/lose messages for Instant Win URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-win-lose-messages-for-instant-win/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-17 After enabling Instant Win and completing setup, you’ll want to display appropriate messages for winning and non-winning entries. This guide walks you through how to set up win and lose messages and how to edit them when using Instant Win templates. ### Using the form container's built-in settings (pop-up) 1. Open Form Container Settings by clicking on the pencil icon in the Form Container. Navigate to the After Submit section and ensure Use pop-up to show confirmation is selected. Customize the following messages: You're a winner!: Displayed to winners without a code list. Congratulations!: Displayed to winners with a code list. Use the merge field {{ prize_code }} to show the winning prize code. You didn't win this time: Displayed to non-winners. #### Style messages Adjust text color and placement in the Style Panel under This Form Container > Confirmation Pop-Up. ### Using an Action Widget to show custom messaging #### Prepare widgets 1. Create two Rich Text Widgets, one for winners and one for non-winners. 2. Set their visibility to Starts Hidden (refer to the [Widget Visibility Doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) for help). 3. Open Form Container Settings by clicking on the pencil icon in the Form Container. 4. Navigate to the After Submit section and enable Use other widgets for the after form submission setting. Save and Exit. #### Creating actions For the winning message: 1. Add an Action Widget. 2. In the WHEN section, select Form Container > The entry is an instant winner. 3. In the THEN section, choose the Rich Text Widget with the winning message and select Show. For the losing message: 1. Add an Action Widget. 2. In the WHEN section, select Form Container > Entry is not an instant winner. 3. In the THEN section, choose the Rich Text Widget with the losing message and select Show. If set up correctly, the appropriate message will appear upon form submission. ### Updating win/lose messages in templates If you're using a ShortStack template like Instant Win, Fortune Wheel, or others, win and lose messages are preconfigured. However, you can easily update the text to match your campaign's tone and branding. Here’s how: 1. Open the campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Use the Edit Widget Panel to locate the Containers labeled Win and Lose. 3. Click the pencil icon on the Rich Text Widget to edit the message content. 4. Save your changes and exit when you're done. 5. Finally, use the Style Panel to adjust font type, color, font size, and other styling options. Learn more about the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/). ### Related resources [Instant Win (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/instant-win/) [Fortune Wheel Template (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/fortune-wheel-template/) [Testing Your Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/testing-your-campaign/) --- ## CSS Editor URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/css-editor/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-17 The CSS Editor allows you to enter custom CSS code to control and customize the appearance of your campaign. ### Getting there 1. Open a campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Open the Style Panel. 3. Click CSS in the upper-right corner of the Style Panel. [image: The top of the Style Panel with the CSS link, in the upper right corner, circled in green.] ### About the CSS Editor The CSS Editor includes a text area where you can type or paste your CSS code. It also provides tools to help streamline the process: #### Buttons in the CSS Editor Undo/Redo: Reverse or reapply recent changes. Choose Image: Opens the Media Selector. - Select an existing image or upload a new one. - After selecting an image, click Select to close the Media Selector, and its URL will automatically be inserted into the CSS Editor. Validate: Uses the W3 CSS Validator to check your CSS for syntax errors. - This is useful for catching missing elements, like unclosed curly braces. > Note: The validator does not check for semantic issues (e.g., choosing the wrong color). Save: Save your CSS changes to apply them to the campaign. ### Campaign preview As you type custom CSS in the editor, the campaign preview in the Builder updates in real-time, allowing you to see your changes immediately. This is particularly useful for adjustments like absolute positioning. > Important: Styling changes made using the CSS Editor will override any changes made in the Style Panel. ### Related resources [Theme Selector (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/theme-selector/) [Tips & Recipes (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tips-and-recipes/) [Importing Custom Fonts (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/importing-custom-fonts/) --- ## Custom Domains Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/custom-domains-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-08-13 The Custom Domains Manager allows you to view and manage all custom domains set up for publishing campaigns. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Custom Domains from the dropdown. If Favorited, simply click Custom Domains in the side navigation menu. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Custom Domains Manager in the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Custom Domains" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Custom domains information Custom domains appear in the middle of the screen, with each info pane displaying: - Domain URL - Creation Date: When the domain was established in your account. - DNS Status: Verified or Unverified. - Campaign Count: The number of campaigns using the domain. Click the arrow on the right-hand side of a domain to open a dropdown menu with additional management options. ### Additional custom domain options #### Change version For long-time ShortStack users with campaigns published using the S1 version of the Builder: 1. Select Change Version from the dropdown menu. 2. Confirm the action to switch the domain from S1 to S2. 3. Re-verify the domain after switching versions. #### Delete Remove a custom domain from your account by selecting Delete from the dropdown menu. > **Important:** - This action does not delete any campaigns published to the domain. - The Delete option is only available if all campaigns published to the domain have been unpublished or uninstalled. - Deleting a custom domain is reversible—you can re-add it later if needed. ### Related resources [Publishing Your Campaign Using a Custom Domain (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/publishing-your-campaign-using-a-custom-domain/) [How to Publish a Campaign (Video)](https://youtu.be/A0u-x-PntbA) [Entries Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/) [White Label Options (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/white-label-options/) --- ## Custom Events data URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/custom-events-data/ Category: Analytics & data Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-09-21 The Custom Events tab of the Analytics Manager reports events your campaign logs about itself — anything you choose to track, under a name you pick. You set each event up in an Action Widget, and ShortStack records every time it fires. Reach it by clicking Manage → Analytics and opening the Custom Events tab. ### Before you start A few things worth knowing before you build anything around custom events. - Custom events need the Max plan. Action Widgets are available on every plan, but the Log analytics event action and the Custom Events tab that reports it are Max features. On other plans the action is not offered when you build the widget. - You set custom events up in the Campaign Builder, not in Analytics. The Custom Events tab only reports them. If the tab is empty, the thing to check is your Action Widget. - One action logs one event. To track several different things, add a separate Log analytics event action for each, with a different Event value. - Custom events stay inside ShortStack. They are recorded in ShortStack analytics only. They are not sent to Google Analytics or the Facebook Pixel — that is what the [Tracking Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tracking-widget/) is for. - The Event value is the only label the report has. There is no separate display name. Pick something you will still recognize in six months: quiz_completed rather than test_1. ### Logging an event from an Action Widget Custom events are one of the actions an Action Widget can perform. If you have not built one before, start with the [Action Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/) article — this section assumes you have a widget in your campaign with a WHEN trigger already set. 1. Open your Action Widget's settings and go to SETUP. 2. Under WHEN, set the trigger that starts the sequence — for example, Widget labeled form-container is successfully submitted. 3. Under THEN, click the blue + button. The Edit Action window opens. 4. Under CATEGORY, select Campaign. 5. Under ACTION, select Log analytics event. An Event value field appears on the right. 6. Type the name you want this event recorded under into Event value. 7. Click SAVE. The action appears in your THEN list as Log analytics event with value followed by the value you typed. 8. Click SAVE AND EXIT. > **Note:** Action Widgets are invisible in a live campaign, but they still have to be reachable. An Action Widget inside a hidden container will not run, and neither will its Log analytics event action, until the container is made visible. #### Worked examples Here are three examples of custom events that our analytics do not explicitly track. | What you want to know | THEN Action | Event value | | How many people finished the quiz rather than abandoning it | Quiz Answers Container is Shown/Visible | quiz_completed | | How many people opened the rules before entering | Rules Text Widget is Shown/Visible | rules_opened | | How many people got as far as the second page of a multi-page form | Page 2 is Shown/Visible | form_page_2_reached | The event is logged by the action, not the trigger. Add Log analytics event to the same THEN list as the action you want to count. Values are recorded exactly as typed. quiz_completed and Quiz_Completed are reported as two separate rows, so keep to one convention across a campaign. [Action labels](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-action-labels-in-an-action-widget/) make the widgets you are targeting easier to identify while you build the sequence. ### How to view custom events 1. From the [Home Page](https://app.shortstack.com/manage/dashboard), click the Manage dropdown at the top and select [Analytics](https://app.shortstack.com/manage/analytics). 2. Use the Filtering section to select the specific campaign you wish to view. 3. Adjust the date range to display data for your desired timeframe. 4. Click on the Custom Events tab. ### What the Custom Events tab shows #### Data boxes - Custom Events: the total number of events recorded across every event value, for the campaign and date range you have filtered to. - Unique Visitors: the number of distinct visitors who fired at least one custom event. This counts people, not events — one visitor firing the same event twice shows as 2 events and 1 unique visitor. #### Charts and graphs Custom Events Summary: a line graph plotting daily events and daily unique visitors. Toggle either series by clicking its label in the legend; click again to bring it back. Below the graph, a table breaks the totals down by value, one row per distinct Event Value, with its own Events and Unique Visitors counts. This is the view to use when you are comparing two events against each other. #### Graph options Click the hamburger icon (≡) on the graph to: - View the graph in full screen - Print the chart - Download the data as a CSV file #### Exporting data 1. Click the Actions dropdown at the top right. 2. Select Export PDF. 3. A PDF will open, then choose the file name and save location. ### What happens when you change things | If you... | Then... | | Delete the action, or the whole Action Widget | No new events are logged. Events already recorded stay in the report and continue to appear for any date range that covers them. | | Edit an Action Widget on a published campaign | Unless you edit the event name, nothing changes. If you change the action the event is attached to — showing Container_12 rather than Container_14, say — the custom events can be misrepresented. If you change the event name, a new row appears in the Custom Events data tab. | | Change the timezone selector in Analytics | The day an event is counted under in the Custom Events Summary shifts with it. An event fired at 11 pm PDT may fall on the following day under a different timezone. | | Preview the campaign, or open it in the Builder | Custom events are only recorded on the published page. In preview mode the event is not recorded. | ### If your events are not showing up Work down this list in order. The first three causes account for most of it, and none of them are visible from the Analytics screen. #### The tab is completely empty - Check the filter first. Analytics opens on whatever campaign and date range you last used. Confirm you are looking at the right campaign, and that the date range covers the period you are testing in. - The Action Widget is in a hidden container. An Action Widget inside a container that is not visible will not run. Make the container visible, or move the Action Widget out of it. - The widget's visibility is set to Inactive, or a date/time or country restriction is excluding the traffic you are testing with. Check the VISIBILITY section of the widget's settings, described in [Widget Visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/). - The trigger never fired. Test the WHEN condition on its own by temporarily adding a second action that does something visible, so you can see whether the widget is running at all. - The campaign was not published after the change. Open the Builder and check for the "Publish changes" button to confirm every change is live. #### Some events appear and others do not - An earlier action in the same THEN list interrupted the sequence. Actions run top to bottom in the order they appear. If a Redirect campaign action sits above your Log analytics event action, the redirect may happen before the event is logged. Drag the Log analytics event above it. - Two actions are using the same Event value. They are added together into a single row. Give each one its own value if you need to tell them apart. #### The counts look wrong - Events and Unique Visitors are not the same measure. Events counts every fire; Unique Visitors counts people. A gap between them means repeat firing, not double counting. - A trigger that can fire more than once per visit logs every time. - Unique Visitors depends on visitor fingerprinting. Enable the appropriate fingerprinting setting in [Campaign Settings](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/#advanced-data-analytics). - Recent events may not appear immediately. Allow ShortStack Analytics up to 15 minutes to process custom event data. In most cases it is available within a few minutes of the event firing successfully. ### Custom events and the other ways to track Three features overlap here, and customers regularly pick the wrong one. | Feature | Use it when | Data lands in | | Custom events | You want to count something ShortStack does not already report, and you want the number inside ShortStack | The Custom Events tab | | [Tracking Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tracking-widget/) | You want campaign activity in Google Analytics or the Facebook Pixel alongside the rest of your site | Google Analytics / Facebook Pixel | | [Clicks Data](https://www.shortstack.com/help/clicks-data/) | You want clicks on buttons and links, which are tracked automatically with no setup | The Clicks tab | ### FAQs Do custom events count toward entries, points, or votes? No. Logging an event records a number in Analytics and nothing else. It does not create an entry, award points, or affect any other report. Is there a limit on how many different event values one campaign can have? No. Create as many events as you need. If the same person triggers an event twice, does it count twice? Yes. The Custom Events figure counts every time the action fires. Unique Visitors counts the people behind those fires, so two fires by one person show as 2 events and 1 unique visitor. Can I delete custom event data? No. Once logged, it stays in your campaign analytics and cannot be deleted. ### Related resources [Analytics Overview (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/) [Tracking Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tracking-widget/) [Clicks Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/clicks-data/) [Action Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/) ### FAQs #### Do custom events count toward entries, points, or votes? No. Logging an event records a number in Analytics and nothing else. It does not create an entry, award points, or affect any other report. #### Is there a limit on how many different event values one campaign can have? No. Create as many events as you need. #### If the same person triggers an event twice, does it count twice? Yes. The Custom Events figure counts every time the action fires. Unique Visitors counts the people behind those fires, so two fires by one person show as 2 events and 1 unique visitor. #### Can I delete custom event data? No. Once logged, it stays in your campaign analytics and cannot be deleted. --- ## Customizing Admin Entry Alerts URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/customizing-admin-entry-alerts/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-17 Admin Entry Alerts notify you when an entry is submitted. Customize these alerts using email templates to design layouts and include specific form fields. ### Getting there #### Option 1 1. From the Home page, click on Manage in the navbar, then select Lists. 2. Click the down arrow by the desired list and select Email Alerts. 3. Follow the prompt to open the Campaign Builder 4. Open the Form Container settings. 5. On the left-hand side of the pop-up, click on the Approvals/Alerts tab. #### Option 2 1. Open the campaign in the Campaign Builder. 2. Open the Form Container settings. 3. On the left-hand side of the pop-up, click on the Approvals/Alerts tab. ### Customizing alerts Alert Settings: Set recipient email, sender address, subject, and optional approval link. Custom Template: Enable Use Custom Email Template in the Advanced section to design alerts. ### Designing templates When you enable the custom email template, a second pop-up will display. On the right, you will see available merge fields that you can add to the email. On the top of the email builder, you will find Edit, Format, and Tools: - Edit - This menu has Undo/Redo, Find, Find Next, Find Previous, Replace, and Toggle Comments - Format - Auto Indent All or Auto Indent Section - Tools - Revert to Default Custom email templates support Liquid Markup for advanced customization (e.g., loops, conditions). For advanced Liquid Markup, refer to [Liquid Markup Documentation](https://github.com/Shopify/liquid/wiki/Liquid-for-Designers). ### Related resources [How to Set Up Email Marketing (Video)](https://youtu.be/4SDC4S4caMY?si=yV11sf0FbxoLjBQR) [Creating Autoresponder Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) [Copying a Campaign (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/copying-a-campaign/) [Troubleshooting Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-emails/) --- ## Dashboard URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/dashboard/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-06 The Dashboard provides streamlined access to campaign creation tools, recent projects, an analytic overview, and educational resources designed to help you master ShortStack. ### The dashboard ### Getting to the dashboard When you log in to ShortStack, you're directed to the Dashboard by default. From Anywhere in ShortStack: 1. Click the Dashboard link on the leftmost side of the navigation menu. From the Campaign Builder: 1. Click the hamburger menu icon (three lines) in the top-left corner/. 2. Select Home. ### Navigating the home screen The Home screen is organized into six primary sections, each offering quick access to vital account functions: [image: The ShortStack home screen with its seven areas numbered: the Overview metrics row, Top Performing Campaigns, Recent Campaigns, Account Usage, What's New, Learn, and the navigation sidebar down the left.] #### 1. Overview This section provides high-level, aggregate analytics across all live campaigns, including: - Campaign Views - Entries - Shares - Clicks For a deeper dive into data, visit the [Analytics](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-manager/) documentation. #### 2. Top performing campaigns Available on Scale Plan and higher. Displays the top three campaigns based on views, entries, and conversion rates. #### 3. Recent campaigns Provides immediate access to your latest projects: - Open a Campaign: Click the campaign thumbnail or name to launch the Campaign Builder. - View Analytics: (Scale Plan or higher) Click the Analytics icon to view a performance summary in a dedicated pop-up. #### 4. Account usage Monitor real-time data regarding campaign views and stored entries to ensure your account remains within its limits and to proactively manage potential overage fees. #### 5. What's new Stay informed on the latest platform updates and feature releases. Click All Updates for comprehensive release notes. #### 6. Learn Located beneath your recent campaigns, this section features resources to help you maximize the ShortStack platform: - Documentation: Access ShortStack’s full library of technical guides and help articles. - University: A structured, step-by-step learning program covering all platform features. - Video Tutorials: Embedded walkthroughs for visual, guided learning. - Get Help: A quick-access menu for support tools and troubleshooting. #### 7. Navigation Navigate throughout ShortStack using the primary sidebar. Click Manage to access various managers and tools. At the bottom of the navigation section, you will find Account Settings, where you can manage your Plan & Billing and your Profile. Additionally, you can access the Help Menu for support or Collapse the navigation menu to expand your workspace. Learn more about [Navigating Your Account](https://www.shortstack.com/help/navigating-your-account/). ### Need additional Assistance? If you can't find the answer you need in these resources, you can always contact our support team at support@shortstack.com. ### Related resources [The Essential Guide to Online Contest Marketing (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-essential-guide-to-online-contest-marketing-what-why-how-10-examples/) [Navigating Your Account (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/navigating-your-account/) [Analytics Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-manager/) [Navigation Menu (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/navigation-menu/) --- ## Downgrading, pausing or cancelling your subscription, and deleting your account URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/downgrading-pausing-cancelling-your-subscription-and-deleting-your-account/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-15 Cancel to stop billing at the end of your billing period. Your account moves to the Free plan, and your data is kept for when you upgrade again. Pause to hold a monthly plan for 1–3 months. Delete only once you're on the Free plan; support can restore a deleted account for 30 days. ### Which option do I need? | | Pause | Downgrade | Cancel subscription | Delete | | Billing | Monthly plans only. $0 for 1–3 months, starting when your current period ends, then billing resumes automatically at your locked-in rate | You pay for a smaller paid plan from your next renewal | Stops at the end of your billing period; no renewal charge. Your rate isn't locked: you pay current pricing if you subscribe again | Your account must be on the Free plan first | | Your data | Kept exactly as it is | Kept; you must be within the new plan's stored-entry allowance | Kept, as long as you log in at least once every 18 months. On Free you can view and export your first 200 entries; everything returns when you upgrade | All data, including campaigns, lists, analytics and entries, permanently deleted after 30 days | | Live campaigns | Keep collecting entries, but you can't publish or republish | Stay live, within the new plan's limits | Stay live until the period ends, then run under Free plan limits | Become inaccessible | | Can you undo it? | Yes. Resume any time in one click | Yes. Upgrade at any time | Yes. Upgrade at any time | Only within 30 days, through support | Choose by how long you'll be away: - You run one campaign a year: cancel when it ends and upgrade again next year. Your login and data are still there, as long as you log in at least once every 18 months. - You're taking a break of up to 3 months on a monthly plan, or you run a campaign every quarter: pause. - You still run campaigns but need fewer views or entries: downgrade. - You're leaving for good and want your data removed: cancel, then delete your account once it has moved to the Free plan. ### Getting there Downgrading, pausing, cancelling and deleting all start on the Billing settings page. In ShortStack, go to [Settings › Billing](https://app.shortstack.com/manage/settings/billing). From there: - To downgrade: in the Plan Overview tab, click Change Plan. - To pause or cancel: open the pause or cancel option. A dialog walks you through choosing between the two. - To delete your account: click Delete Account. ### Downgrading to a smaller plan 1. In the Plan Overview tab, click Change Plan in the Current Plan section. 2. Choose Monthly or Annual using the links at the top of the pop-up. 3. Select the plan you want. 4. Check the change and tick the box acknowledging the downgrade. 5. Click the red Downgrade Account button. The downgrade takes effect at your next renewal date. You keep your current plan's allowances and features until then. Upgrades, by contrast, take effect immediately. While a downgrade is scheduled, you can't cancel or pause your subscription. If you want to do either, cancel the scheduled downgrade first. #### If the plan you want is greyed out You're storing more entries than that plan allows. To make it available: 1. [Export the entries](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/) you want to keep. 2. Delete entries in the Entries Manager until you're within the plan's stored-entry allowance. 3. Go back to Change Plan and select the plan. > **Important:** Deleting entries is permanent and can't be undone. Export first. #### If your account is paused You can't downgrade a paused account yourself without reactivating it at your current plan's price. Email support@shortstack.com and we can switch your plan for you. The new plan's price applies when your pause ends. If you'd rather move a paused subscription to the Free plan, see cancelling your subscription: from a paused account, that takes effect straight away. #### If you're on a grandfathered plan Older plans, such as Pro and Elite, don't count monthly campaign views. You don't have to switch. If you do move to Launch, Build, Scale or Max, you move to current pricing, which has a monthly views limit. Check the limits on the [pricing page](https://www.shortstack.com/pricing) before you switch. ### Pausing your account A pause puts a monthly paid plan on hold so you aren't charged: - Length: 1, 2 or 3 months. Three months is the maximum. - When it starts: when your current billing period ends. Until then you keep full access and pay nothing more. - Your rate: locked in. When billing resumes, you pay the same price as before. - While you're paused: your campaigns, data and settings stay exactly where you left them, and live campaigns keep collecting entries. But you can't publish or republish a campaign, team members lose access, and campaign emails stop going out until you resume. - When it ends: your subscription renews automatically. We email you reminders 8 days and 2 days beforehand. To resume early, log in and resume at any time; billing starts again straight away. - Between pauses: at least one paid month. - Annual plans: pausing is for monthly plans. On an annual plan you can switch to monthly, which takes effect when your annual period ends, and pause after that. Or cancel instead if you'd rather not wait. - Scheduled downgrade: cancel it first. You can't pause while a downgrade is scheduled. #### Pause your account 1. In Settings › Billing, open the pause or cancel option. 2. Click Pause my subscription. The dialog compares pausing with downgrading to Free. 3. Choose 1 month, 2 months or 3 months. Each option shows the date your subscription renews. 4. Click Confirm pause. #### Need a longer break? Three months is the maximum pause. For anything longer, and especially if you run only one campaign a year, we recommend cancelling your subscription instead; the pause dialog offers Downgrade to Free instead. Cancelling doesn't delete your account: your data is kept, and it comes back when you upgrade. If you'd still rather stay paused, support can extend a pause. Email support@shortstack.com to ask. #### Need your entries while paused? Email support@shortstack.com and we can export entries for you without reactivating your account. To export analytics, you need to reactivate. ### Cancelling your subscription Cancelling stops future payments without deleting your account. You don't need your password: choose a reason and confirm. - When it takes effect: at the end of your current billing period. Until then you keep full access and your campaigns stay live. There's no renewal charge after that, but overages up to that date are still billed. - If your account is paused: cancelling takes effect straight away. Your subscription ends that day and your account moves to the Free plan at once. No refund or credit is issued, and the confirmation screen tells you this before you finish. - Your plan: your account moves to the Free plan. In the dialog, this option is called Downgrade to Free (cancel subscription). - Your rate: not locked. If you subscribe again later, you pay the pricing current at that time. - Your data: downgrading deletes nothing. Entries, lists and campaigns are kept. Upgrade to a paid plan at any time to get full access again. - Entries on Free: the Free plan stores 200 entries. If you have more, you can view and export only your first 200 in the Entries Manager, and filters don't get around that. You can still delete entries. - Statements: you still have access to your old statements on the Free plan. - Live campaigns: after the billing period ends they run under Free plan limits (500 views a month and 200 stored entries), and new entries fail once you're over the limit. Unpublish any campaigns you're no longer running. - Team members: lose access to assets the account owns. - Before you start: you don't need to delete entries, remove team members or unpublish campaigns first. The one thing to sort out beforehand is a scheduled plan downgrade: cancel that first. > **Important:** Log in at least once every 18 months. If you're on the Free plan and don't log in to ShortStack for 18 months, your account and all its data are permanently deleted. Eighteen months is how long we hold a Free account for you to come back. #### 1. Download your statements In Settings › Billing, open the Statements tab and download or print any statements you need. You'll still have access to your old statements after your account moves to the Free plan, but you lose them if you later delete the account. If you need an invoice after cancelling, email support@shortstack.com. #### 2. Export your entries [Export any entries](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/) you want a copy of, especially if you have more than 200. #### 3. Cancel 1. In Settings › Billing, open the pause or cancel option. 2. Click Downgrade to Free (cancel subscription). 3. Choose the main reason you're downgrading and click Continue. 4. Depending on your reason and plan, you may see a suggestion before you finish. It might be a one-month 50% discount, help from our team, a way to tell us about a feature you'd like, or an evergreen contest template. Accepting a suggestion keeps your plan as it is. To carry on with cancelling, click Continue to downgrade. The discount is offered on public monthly plans that aren't paused and don't already have it, so you may not see it. 5. On Confirm your downgrade to Free, check the date your plan stays active until and how many entries will be locked on Free. Click Export all entries (CSV) if you want a full copy: we email it to your account address, and it includes every entry whatever filters you had set. 6. Click Downgrade to Free. Your subscription stays active until the end of the billing period, then your account moves to the Free plan. > **Tip:** Got a "Your ShortStack subscription will soon renew" email? Cancel before the renewal date to avoid the next charge. #### If something goes wrong | What you see | Why | What to do | | Cannot cancel subscription with a pending downgrade | A plan downgrade is scheduled for your next renewal | Cancel the scheduled downgrade first, then cancel or pause. Email support@shortstack.com if you'd like a hand. | | You click the pause or cancel option, or Delete Account, and nothing opens | Your paid account may not have a card on file | Email support@shortstack.com and we'll help you finish. | | There's no option to cancel | Your account is probably past due (see below) | Email support@shortstack.com. | | Pausing isn't available | Pausing is for monthly plans, and isn't available if you're already paused, have a pause scheduled, or are past due | On an annual plan, switch to monthly first. Otherwise, email support. | #### If there's no option to cancel Your account is probably past due, for example after a "Your ShortStack Payment Failed" email. A past-due account can't cancel its subscription or delete the account. Email support@shortstack.com and we can cancel it for you once we've verified the card on file. ### Deleting your account Your account must be on the Free plan before you can delete it. You can't delete it while a paid plan is active or while a cancellation is still pending, so cancel first and wait until your billing period ends and the account moves to Free. Deleting closes your account immediately and signs you out. Then: - For 30 days, support can restore your account. Email support@shortstack.com. - After 30 days, all your data, including campaigns, lists, analytics and entries, is permanently deleted, and personal information is scrubbed from your user record. The account can't be restored. > **Important:** After 30 days, deletion can't be undone. Export everything you need before you delete. #### Before you delete - Unpublish your campaigns. They become inaccessible and may show promotional messages. - Export your data. Export entries, lists and analytics you want to keep. - Download your statements. They won't be accessible once the account is deleted. #### Delete your account 1. Make sure your account is on the Free plan. If you have a paid subscription, cancel it and wait for the billing period to end. 2. In Settings › Billing, click Delete Account. 3. Select your reason for deleting and click Continue. 4. Add any details, type DELETE ACCOUNT, and click Confirm. You'll be signed out and taken to the login screen. To undo it, email support within 30 days. We recommend deleting the account yourself while signed in. If you can't, support can delete it for you on request: email support@shortstack.com. If your account is past due, the delete option isn't available until support has cancelled your subscription. ### FAQs Will I be charged again after I cancel? No renewal charge is made after you cancel. Cancelling takes effect at the end of your current billing period, so the charge for that period stands, and any overages up to that date are still billed. For refunds, see the [Billing FAQs](https://www.shortstack.com/help/billing-faqs/). Do I need my password to cancel? No. To cancel, choose a reason and confirm. Deleting your account is a separate step with its own confirmation. I run one campaign a year. Should I pause or cancel? Cancel. Subscribe to a monthly plan when you're ready, run your campaign, then cancel when it ends. Your account moves to the Free plan and keeps your data. Next year, sign in with the same login and upgrade to get everything back. Pausing suits a break of up to 3 months, such as running a campaign every quarter. Can I pause for longer than 3 months? Each pause lasts 1–3 months. For a longer break, we recommend cancelling instead, especially if you run only one campaign a year: your data is kept and comes back when you upgrade. Support can extend a pause if you need it; email support@shortstack.com to ask. What happens to my entries when I cancel? They're kept. On the Free plan you can view and export only your first 200 entries, and filters don't get around that. You can still delete entries. Upgrade to a paid plan and you get full access to all of them again. What happens if I cancel while my account is paused? Your subscription ends that day and your account moves to the Free plan straight away, instead of at the end of a billing period. No refund or credit is issued, and the confirmation screen tells you so before you finish. If you'd rather keep your plan, resume your subscription instead. Why can't I see the option to cancel or delete my account? Your account is probably past due. A past-due account can't cancel its subscription or delete the account. If it's only the delete option that's missing, check that your account is on the Free plan: you can't delete it while a paid plan or a pending cancellation is still running. Email support@shortstack.com and we'll help. Why does cancelling say "Cannot cancel subscription with a pending downgrade"? You have a plan downgrade scheduled for your next renewal. Cancel that scheduled downgrade first, then cancel or pause your subscription. If you need a hand, email support@shortstack.com. Can I get my account back after deleting it? Yes, for 30 days. Email support@shortstack.com within 30 days of deleting and we can restore it. After that, all your data is gone for good and the account can't be restored. ### Related resources [Upgrading your plan](https://www.shortstack.com/help/upgrading-your-plan/) [Exporting entry data](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/) [Statements](https://www.shortstack.com/help/statements/) [ShortStack's Pricing Page](https://www.shortstack.com/pricing) [Plan & Billing (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/plan-and-billing/) [Archiving & Deleting Your Content (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/archiving-and-deleting-your-content/) ### FAQs #### Will I be charged again after I cancel? No renewal charge is made after you cancel. Cancelling takes effect at the end of your current billing period, so the charge for that period stands, and any overages up to that date are still billed. For refunds, see the [Billing FAQs](https://www.shortstack.com/help/billing-faqs/). #### Do I need my password to cancel? No. To cancel, choose a reason and confirm. Deleting your account is a separate step with its own confirmation. #### I run one campaign a year. Should I pause or cancel? Cancel. Subscribe to a monthly plan when you're ready, run your campaign, then cancel when it ends. Your account moves to the Free plan and keeps your data. Next year, sign in with the same login and upgrade to get everything back. Pausing suits a break of up to 3 months, such as running a campaign every quarter. #### Can I pause for longer than 3 months? Each pause lasts 1–3 months. For a longer break, we recommend cancelling instead, especially if you run only one campaign a year: your data is kept and comes back when you upgrade. Support can extend a pause if you need it; email support@shortstack.com to ask. #### What happens to my entries when I cancel? They're kept. On the Free plan you can view and export only your first 200 entries, and filters don't get around that. You can still delete entries. Upgrade to a paid plan and you get full access to all of them again. #### What happens if I cancel while my account is paused? Your subscription ends that day and your account moves to the Free plan straight away, instead of at the end of a billing period. No refund or credit is issued, and the confirmation screen tells you so before you finish. If you'd rather keep your plan, resume your subscription instead. #### Why can't I see the option to cancel or delete my account? Your account is probably past due. A past-due account can't cancel its subscription or delete the account. If it's only the delete option that's missing, check that your account is on the Free plan: you can't delete it while a paid plan or a pending cancellation is still running. Email support@shortstack.com and we'll help. #### Why does cancelling say "Cannot cancel subscription with a pending downgrade"? You have a plan downgrade scheduled for your next renewal. Cancel that scheduled downgrade first, then cancel or pause your subscription. If you need a hand, email support@shortstack.com. #### Can I get my account back after deleting it? Yes, for 30 days. Email support@shortstack.com within 30 days of deleting and we can restore it. After that, all your data is gone for good and the account can't be restored. --- ## Edit Widgets Panel URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/edit-widgets-panel/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-09 The Edit Widgets Panel allows you to add, arrange, and customize all the widgets in your campaign. ### Overview - Default View: The panel opens automatically when the Campaign Builder loads. - Toggle Visibility: Click the icon on the left side of the page to show or hide the panel. - Positioning: By default, the panel is locked to the top-left corner (Auto Layout enabled). To move it, disable Auto Layout and drag the panel header to your preferred location. ### Getting there 1. Click the Edit Widgets Panel button in the top-left corner of the Campaign Builder. 2. To move the panel, click the Auto Layout icon to unlock it, then drag the panel to your preferred location. ### Header bar The header bar provides quick access to undo/redo actions and a comprehensive menu of commands. Undo: Click the Undo icon to revert your last action (excluding styling changes). Redo: Click the Redo icon to re-apply an action you undid. Menu: Click the three dots to access the following commands: | Action | Mac Shortcut | Windows Shortcut | | Undo | Cmd + Z | Ctrl + Z | | Redo | Cmd + Shift + Z | Ctrl + Shift + Z | | Clear Clipboard | Cmd + Shift + V | Ctrl + Shift + V | | Deselect All | Cmd + D | Ctrl + D | | Expand Containers | Shift + Right Arrow | Shift + Right Arrow | | Collapse Containers | Shift + Left Arrow | Shift + Left Arrow | | Show CSS IDs | Cmd + I | Ctrl + I | | Close Panel | N/A | N/A | ### Main panel The Main Panel is your workspace for managing widgets. #### Add a widget Hover over the panel list and click the plus (+) icon that appears between widgets. #### Select a widget Click a widget to highlight it in blue. Hold Cmd (Mac) or Ctrl (Windows) to select multiple widgets. Group Widgets: When multiple widgets are selected, click the Group icon to place them in a container. > Note: Some widgets may be unavailable if you are not inside a valid container (e.g., Form Fields). #### Edit a widget Select a widget and click the pencil icon or press Enter. #### Copy, paste & delete Copy: Click the copy icon or press Cmd/Ctrl + C. You can paste widgets across different campaigns. Paste: Click the Add Widget button where you want the widget to go, then select Paste Widget at the top of the pop-up. Delete: Click the trash icon or press Delete/Backspace. ### Widget context menu Click the three dots on a widget to see more options: | Action | Shortcut | | Edit | Enter | | Lock | L | | Visibility | V | | Copy | Cmd/Ctrl + C | | Delete | Delete / Backspace | | Move Up | Option + Up Arrow | | Move Down | Option + Down Arrow | ### Search bar Use the search bar to find widgets by Name, CSS ID, or Action Label. Press Enter to cycle through multiple search results. ### Related resources [How to Schedule Widget Visibility (Video)](https://youtu.be/VuOt6gt4sAE) [Using the Campaign Builder (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-the-campaign-builder/) [Keyboard Shortcuts (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/keyboard-shortcuts/) [Widgets At A Glance (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widgets-at-a-glance/) --- ## Email Analytics URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/email-analytics/ Category: Analytics & data Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-25 Email Analytics reports how the emails you send from ShortStack performed, tracking emails sent, open rate, clicks, and unsubscribes, and the whole report can be exported as a PDF. Open the Emails Manager from Manage → Emails, then click the pie chart icon beside the email you want to analyze. ### Overview - Emails Sent - Open Rate - Clicks - Unsubscribes All analytics data can be exported as a PDF for further review. ### Getting there To access Email Analytics: 1. From the Home, click the Manage option at the top. 2. Select Emails from the dropdown menu to open the Emails Manager. 3. Click the pie chart icon to the right of the email you wish to analyze. ### Reading analytics #### Setting a date range 1. Click the date range in the top-right corner of the Email Analytics page. 2. Choose a pre-defined date range or enter a custom range using the provided fields. 3. Once a date range is set, all data on the page will refresh to display metrics from the selected time period. #### Scoreboard The Scoreboard spans the top of the Email Analytics page and provides a snapshot of your email's performance: - Sent: The number of emails sent. - Open Rate: The percentage of recipients who opened the email. - Clicks: The number of clicks on links within the email. - Unsubscribes: The number of recipients who unsubscribed. #### Additional information Below the scoreboard, you will find a graph of emails sent and opened by date. If your email included links, you will also find the Email Clicks data. This displays the URL of the link and how many clicks each link received. ### Exporting analytics To export your Email Analytics as a PDF: 1. Locate the Export as PDF link directly under the Unsubscribe pane on the Scoreboard. 2. Click the link to begin the download process automatically. ### Related resources [How to Set Up Email Marketing (Video)](https://youtu.be/4SDC4S4caMY?si=Hx9yi3w4fZVg_AJ7) [Why You Should Segment Your Contacts (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/contact-segmentation) [Analytics Overview (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/) [Emails Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/emails-manager/) [Creating Autoresponder Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) --- ## Email checklist URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/email-checklist/ Category: Campaign checklists Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-16 Use this checklist to check your autoresponders, follow-up emails and scheduled emails before your campaign goes live. An email sends only when it's complete and set to Active or Scheduled, and replies reach you when the From address is on a domain you own. ### Before you start If you need help creating an email, start with our [Creating and Designing Emails help docs](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-emails/). ShortStack has three kinds of email, and each sends at a different moment. You choose the type when you create the email, and it can't be changed afterwards. | Type | When it sends | Use it when | | Autoresponder | As soon as an entry arrives, once per entry | You want to confirm every entry. Each list can have one autoresponder. | | Follow-up | A set number of hours or days after the entry arrives | You want to stay in touch after the entry, such as a reminder. | | Scheduled | At a date and time you choose, once | You want to announce winners or news to everyone you select. | To delete an autoresponder you no longer need, delete it rather than switching it off. A switched-off autoresponder still takes up the list's one spot. An email sends only when it's complete: it needs a company profile, content and a subject, plus a list (and a schedule for follow-up and scheduled emails). If something is missing when you save, the email is set to Inactive and doesn't send. Check the ticks on the wizard's summary step before you finish. ### 1. Email setup - [ ] Email name: Use a clear, descriptive name (for example, Contest Entry Confirmation). - [ ] From name: Use a name your entrants recognize and trust. - [ ] From email address: Use an address on a domain you own, so replies reach you. Addresses on ShortStack's campaign domains are changed to a no-reply address, and replies to those aren't delivered. - [ ] Reply-to address: Set one if replies should go somewhere else. - [ ] Subject line: Write a short subject that states the purpose. - [ ] Company profile: Click the company profile name and check the details are correct. If you send from your own domain, check your domain's DMARC policy. With a policy of p=quarantine, emails can land in the spam folder, and with p=reject, the recipient's mail server turns them away. With no DMARC record, or p=none, they're delivered normally. The wizard's summary step shows a note about this when it finds a policy that could affect delivery. ### 2. Design and content Use merge fields, such as {Entry_Name}, for a personal touch. Learn more about [Using Merge Fields in Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-merge-fields-in-emails/). - [ ] Body content: Proofread spelling, links and clarity. - [ ] Images and branding: Include your logo and consistent colors. - [ ] Call to action: Add a clear, clickable button or link. ### 3. Check your recipients Test entries, deleted entries and entries without an email address are never emailed, and an address that isn't a valid email address is skipped. A list of 500 entries can therefore send fewer than 500 emails. This is expected. - [ ] Connected list: Confirm the email is connected to the right list, especially if your campaign has more than one. - [ ] Filters: Check the filters send to the right people (for example, instant winners, non-winners or no repeat emails). - [ ] Follow-up emails: A follow-up email goes to each email address once. To send one follow-up for every entry instead, add the duplicate-entry filter. ### 4. Test and review To send a test email, the address you send it to must be verified on your account first. Ask for the verification email, then click the link within 3 days. The link works once, and you can ask for a new one if it expires. Test emails start with [TEST] in the subject, and an email sent because of a test entry starts with [TEST ENTRY]. - [ ] Test email: Send one to yourself or your team to review. - [ ] Spam check: Avoid overly promotional or spammy phrases. - [ ] Mobile preview: Check the layout on mobile and desktop. - [ ] Merge fields: Confirm personalization fields fill in correctly. ### 5. Activate the email Check the email's status so it's ready when your campaign goes live. | Status | What it means | | Inactive | Not going to send. It was never switched on, you switched it off, or it needs something added. | | Active | An autoresponder that's waiting for entries. | | Scheduled | A follow-up or scheduled email waiting for its time. | | Preparing or Sending | Emails are on their way. You can change only the name now. | | Sent | A scheduled email has finished. | A follow-up email that finds no one to email for a long stretch is set to Inactive to keep your account tidy: after 90 days if it has never sent, or after 30 days if it has sent before and nothing has gone out lately. Set it to Active again when you're ready for more entries. ### If something goes wrong | What you see | What to do | | The email is Inactive and you expected it to send | Open the email and check the summary step for anything missing (company profile, content, subject, list or schedule), then set it to Active or Scheduled again. | | Replies don't reach you | Change the From address to one on your own domain. | | Emails go to spam or bounce | Check your domain's DMARC policy with whoever manages your DNS. | | A test email won't send | Verify the address first, and ask for a new verification link if the old one is more than 3 days old. | | You can't add a second autoresponder | A list can have one. Edit the current one, or delete it first. | For more, see [Troubleshooting Emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-emails/). ### Related resources [Creating Autoresponder Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) [Troubleshooting Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-emails/) [Before Publishing Your Campaign Checklist (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/before-publishing-your-campaign-checklist/) [Using Merge Fields in Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-merge-fields-in-emails/) --- ## Emails Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/emails-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-14 The Emails Manager allows you to create, edit, manage, archive, and delete your emails while providing insights into their performance. Below is everything you need to navigate and use the Emails Manager effectively. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Emails from the options. If Favorited, simply click Emails in the top bar of the Home screen. > Note: Favoriting adds a direct link to the Emails Manager on your Home screen. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Emails" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Emails Manager layout New Email Button: Create a new email by clicking this button in the top-right corner. #### Email info panes Each email is displayed as an info pane, providing: - Email Name: Click to open and edit the email in the Email Builder. - Status: Whether the email is Active or Inactive. - Associated Lists: Displays the list(s) the email is attached to. Clicking the list name opens it in the Lists Manager. - Send Count: Number of entries the email has been sent to. Clicking the number opens the email’s Analytics (Max Plan or higher). - Updated X Days Ago shows when the campaign was last edited. Hovering your cursor over this text reveals the exact day the campaign was last updated. - The Campaign ID is visible when you hover your cursor over the campaign. Clicking the number automatically copies it to your clipboard. ### Managing emails #### Editing, renaming, and duplicating emails Edit Email: Click the email name or the edit icon to open it in the Email Builder. Rename Email: Hover over the name, click the edit icon, type the new name, and click the blue checkmark to save. Duplicate Email: Select Copy from the dropdown menu to create a new email using the same settings. #### Additional email options Additional options are available via the dropdown menu on each email info pane. Analytics (Available on the Max Plan): Access detailed stats, including emails sent, opened, clicked, and unsubscribed. Learn more about [Email Analytics](https://www.shortstack.com/help/email-analytics/). Permissions (Available on MaxPlan): Grant access to specific emails for team members. Learn more about [ShortStack for Teams](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shortstack-for-teams/). Archive: Hide an email without deleting it. Archived emails are only visible when the Show Archived checkbox is selected. Delete: Permanently remove an email. Deleted emails cannot be restored, so archive them if you're unsure. ### Filtering, searching, and sorting #### Search options Use the Search field to find emails by name or phrase. Use the Tag Field (Max Plan) to search emails by tags attached to them. #### Filter options Filter emails by: - Status: Active, Inactive, or Sent. - Email Type: Autoresponder, Follow-up, Scheduled, or Authentication. - Company Profile: Filter by associated company profile. - Archived Status: Show archived emails. Clear filters by clicking the clear icon next to the filter name. #### Sorting options Sort emails by: - Recently Edited - Status - Scheduled - Newest - Oldest ### Bulk actions Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple Feeds. When selecting one or more Feeds, the top bar provides additional actions. Tag (Available on Max Plan): Add tags to multiple Feeds or view existing tags. Type tags separated by commas, press Enter, then click Save. Archive: Archive selected emails to hide them from view. Restore archived Feeds by selecting Show Archived, then clicking Restore. Delete: Permanently delete selected Feeds. You’ll be prompted to confirm by typing a short phrase. > Note: Deleting Feeds is irreversible. ### Related resources [How to Set Up Email Marketing (Video)](https://youtu.be/4SDC4S4caMY) [Email Marketing Ideas to Use All Year Long (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/holiday-email-marketing-ideas-examples-tips/) [Campaigns Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaigns-manager/) [Creating Autoresponder Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-autoresponder-emails/) [Email Analytics (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/email-analytics/) [Creating Follow-Up Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-follow-up-emails/) [Creating Scheduled Emails (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-scheduled-emails/) --- ## Entries API URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-api/ Category: Managing entries Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-25 ShortStack offers an Entries API that enables you to retrieve entry data collected and stored in your account. ShortStack's API is intended for use by software developers and is an advanced feature. If you are unsure, please feel free to use one of the Form Integration options detailed below. ### Before you start - Every request needs the header Authorization: Token token=YOUR_API_KEY. If you don’t yet have an API key, you can create one using the API Explorer (see next section). - Successful calls return JSON that looks like { "data": [...] }. Errors come back with a short text message and a status code such as 401 (bad key) or 404 (item not found). ### API explorer You can use the Entries Manager to filter entries based on your chosen criteria, then use our Entry API Explorer to build a curl command to retrieve the same entries via our API. 1. From the navigation bar, choose Manage > Entries. 2. (Optional) Sort and filter by the list you wish to export. 3. Click the Actions dropdown at the top right of the Entries Manager. 4. Select Explore Entries API. 5. Follow the API Explorer instructions to select an existing API key (if any) or to create a new one. 6. The generated curl command will reflect any filters applied in the Entries Manager. ### Basic list request Fetch the first 25 entries you can see: ``` curl -i -H "Authorization: Token token=$API_KEY" \ "https://entries.shortstack.com/entries?per_page=25" ``` Sample response: ``` { "data": [ { "id": 12345, "campaign_id": 678, "list_id": 91011 } ] } ``` ### Paging through results 1. Run your request with -i so headers are shown: curl -i -H "Authorization: Token token=$API_KEY" \ "https://entries.shortstack.com/entries?sort=received&direction=descending&per_page=50" 2. Look in the output for a header named Link:. Copy the web address inside <> that ends with rel="next". 3. Call that address to load the next page: curl -i -H "Authorization: Token token=$API_KEY" \ "https://entries.shortstack.com/entries?sort=received&direction=descending&per_page=50&last_id=45678&last_sort=2024-04-10T16:45:00Z" 4. Repeat until the header no longer shows rel="next". 5. To jump back to the beginning with the same filters, copy the address that ends with rel="first" and call it: curl -i -H "Authorization: Token token=$API_KEY" \ "https://entries.shortstack.com/entries?sort=received&direction=descending&per_page=50" ### Paging & sorting parameters - per_page – how many entries to return (default 100, max 5000). - sort – the field to order results by (defaults to id). - direction – ascending or descending order. - last_id – the final id from the previous page when you follow a next link. - last_sort – the last value of your sort field when sorting by something other than id. ### Filtering parameters - campaign – one or more campaign IDs, passed as campaign=1,2. - list – one or more list IDs. - feed – one or more social media feed IDs. - list_tag – one or more tag names that map to list IDs. - category – one or more category names. - city – one or more city names. - country – one or more country codes or names. - province – one or more state or province names. - postal_code – one or more postal or ZIP codes (dashes are ignored). - label – one or more label values. - email – exact email address to match. - received – date range in the form start,end (ISO8601). - age – age range in the form min,max. - id – ID range in the form min,max. - votes1, votes2, votes3 – vote count ranges in the form min,max. - image_width, image_height – image dimension ranges in the form min,max. - recaptcha_score – decimal score range in the form min,max. - approved – true, false, 1, or 0 to filter by approval status. - exclude_feeds – set to true/1 to include only entries without a feed unless feed is also sent. - image – true/false to require an image. - test – true/false to find test entries. - video – true/false to require a video. - profile – export profile ID that controls which fields appear. - es_boolean_X – filters on a custom boolean field defined in your profile (X is the number shown in the profile). - es_date_X – filters on a custom date range for profile field X. - es_number_X – filters on a custom numeric range for profile field X. - es_list_X – filters on a custom list field for profile field X; pass multiple values as a list. ### Filter examples by parameter type - Text match: add country=US to find entries from the United States. - Boolean switch: add approved=true to find only approved entries (true, false, 1, or 0 are accepted). - List of IDs: add list=12,34 to pull entries from those two lists. - Date range: add received=2024-01-01,2024-01-31 for entries received in January 2024 (leave a side blank for open-ended ranges, e.g., received=,2024-01-31). - Number range: add age=18, to find ages 18 and higher, or votes1=10,20 for a specific span. - Search term: add search=winner to look across indexed text fields; emails like name@example.com are matched exactly. - Profile output: add profile=42 if you have an export profile that maps fields for download. - Custom profile field: add es_list_2=VIP,Priority to filter on a mapped list-type custom field. Combine filters by joining them with &, for example: ``` curl -i -H "Authorization: Token token=$API_KEY" \ "https://entries.shortstack.com/entries?per_page=50&country=US&approved=true&received=2024-01-01,2024-03-31" ``` ### Get a single entry Provide the entry ID, and optionally a profile to shape the response: ``` curl -i -H "Authorization: Token token=$API_KEY" \ "https://entries.shortstack.com/entries/12345?profile=42" ``` If the entry belongs to another account or does not exist you will receive a 404 response. ### Other options for form integrations ShortStack also supports form integrations to enhance your campaign functionality. These include: - MailChimp - Google Maps - Webhooks Learn more about [Form Integrations](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/). ### Related resources [Securing Webhook Form Integrations (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/securing-webhook-form-integrations/) [Adding Google Maps Address Lookup to a Form (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/adding-google-maps-address-lookup-to-a-form/) [Form Integrations (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/) --- ## Entries data URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-data/ Category: Analytics & data Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-24 The Entries tab of the Analytics Manager reports four metrics for the campaign and date range you have filtered to, beginning with the total number of entries collected. Reach it by clicking Manage → Analytics, selecting your campaign and timeframe, then opening the Entries tab. ### Getting there To access the Entries data, you will need to start in the Analytics Manager. 1. From the Home Page, click the Manage dropdown at the top and select Analytics. 2. Use the Filtering section to select the specific campaign you wish to view. 3. Adjust the date range to display data for your desired timeframe. 4. Click on the Entries tab. ### Data Boxes - Entries: The total number of entries collected, based on the selected filters. - Unique Entries: The number of unique entries. If your campaign allows multiple entries, this number will be lower than the total entries. Otherwise, it will match the total entries. > Note: To ensure accurate data collection, enable the appropriate fingerprinting setting in the Campaign Settings. [Learn more here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/#6-analytics) - Conversion Rate: The conversion rate is calculated by dividing total entries by total views. The result is shown as a percentage. - Unique Entries %: This percentage is calculated by dividing the number of unique entries by the total number of entries. ### Charts & graphs #### Entries summary This graph displays the number of unique and total entries received each day within the selected date range. If the campaign doesn't allow multiple entries, only one line (for unique entries) will appear. > You can toggle data series by clicking on the labels. Click again to re-enable them. #### Entries by device A pie chart shows the percentage of participants by device type: mobile, tablet, or desktop. #### Time to submit entry This graph illustrates the exact time it takes for users to complete and submit the form. If the time is unusually high or low, consider: - Low times: Review your bot prevention settings. - High times: Review your form length, as longer forms tend to increase abandonment rates. #### Graph options Click the hamburger icon (≡) on the graph to: - View the graph in full screen - Print the chart - Download the data as a CSV file ### Exporting data To export your campaign data: 1. Click the Actions dropdown at the top right. 2. Select Export PDF. 3. A PDF will open, then choose the file name and save location. ### Related resources [The Game-Changing Analytics and Data Collection Strategies Digital Marketers (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-game-changing-analytics-and-data-collection-strategies-digital-marketers-need-in-2023) [How to Plan and Promote a Lead Generation Contest (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/lead-generation-campaign/) [Analytics Overview (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-overview/) [Analytics Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/analytics-manager/) [Entries Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/) --- ## Entries Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-14 The Entries Manager stores all data collected via a form, whether it includes only names and emails or media uploads, such as photos and videos. All collected data can be exported as a .csv or .zip file. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Entries from the options. #### From the Campaign Builder 1. Click the inbox icon for the Form Container or Entry Display Widget, which displays the number of entries. If Favorited, simply click Entries in the side navigation menu. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Entries Manager in the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Entries" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Tile layout #### Entries section Entries appear in the middle of the screen, regardless of filters or sorting. Each entry displays the following: - Attached image or still frame from a video (if any). - Approval status (approved = green checkmark in the right corner below image). - Number of votes/points (next to thumbs up icon). - Submitted name and email address. - Submission date and time. - Tags and Labels Hover over an entry to reveal the View Details button. Learn more about [Entry Details](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-details/). #### Entry selection Select an entry by clicking it. Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple entries. Clear selections by clicking X Clear next to the counter. ### List layout #### Entries section Similar to the Tile Layout, each entry displays the following in editable columns: - Attached image or still frame from a video (if any). - Approval status (approved = green checkmark in the right corner below the image). - Number of votes/points (next to thumbs up icon). - Submitted name and email address. - Submission date and time. - Tags and Labels Click an entry to access the Entry Details. ##### Columns Click on the Columns button to edit the shown columns. Access Standard and Custom Fields for easy viewing. Click on the Default Menu to save a custom view, import a view as an Export Profile, or reset the custom view to default. #### Entry selection Select an entry by clicking it. Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple entries. Clear selections by clicking X Clear next to the counter. ### Search and filtering #### Search Use the Search field (top-left) to locate entries using keywords or phrases. For labels, type the label name into the Label field. #### Filters Filters appear on the right-hand side. Selected entries update in real-time. Click Clear all in the Filters sidebar to remove all active filters at once. Options include: - Approved: Show only approved, unapproved, or both. - Date: Filter by a date range (use From and To fields). - Lists: Add entries from other lists using the Select Lists option. - Campaigns: Filter entries by campaign name via Select Campaigns. - Hashtag Feeds: Filter entries from specific feeds using Select Feeds. - Category: Filter entries by category name. - City, State/Province, Zip/Postal Code, Country: Filter by geographical data (if applicable). - Image: Filter by entries with or without images. - Video: Filter by entries with or without videos. - Votes/Points: Show entries based on vote counts for specific rounds. - reCaptcha Score: Filter by reCaptcha score range (if enabled). - Test Entries: Display test entries only. - Hide Entries from Hashtag Feeds: Exclude entries from hashtag feeds. - Custom Filters (Available on Max Plan): Filter using custom fields from the Field Library. ### Sorting Sort entries by: - Newest - Oldest - Most Votes - Least Votes Adjust the time zone in the Time Zone dropdown menu. ### Entry functions Located in the top-right Actions menu, these options affect all filtered entries: #### Approve or unapprove entries Manually approve or unapprove entries. Select Approve or Unapprove in the pop-up, then click Submit & Close. #### Label entries Add labels to entries by typing them (comma-separated) in the label field. Press Enter/Return and click Submit & Close. #### Copy entries to new list Combine entries into a new list by naming it in the New List field. Add tags (Available on Max Plan), reset vote counts, or copy attached media via advanced options. #### Export entries Export entries as: - Entries: A .csv file containing entry data. - Uploaded Files: A .zip file of submitted media. - Entries & Uploaded Files: Both formats. Enter the recipient email, configure export profiles, and click Export & Close. #### Pick random entries/winnerS Use the Random Entry Picker to select winners. Add labels, adjust the weight by vote count, and filter by custom fields if needed. #### Reset votes/points to 0 Reset votes for specific rounds by selecting them, entering the confirmation message, and clicking Reset Votes & Close. #### Delete all entries Delete all displayed entries permanently. Type the confirmation prompt and click Delete. > **Note:** Deleted entries are not recoverable. ### Working with entries When selecting entries, these options appear at the top: #### Approve Approve or unapprove selected entries via the Approve dropdown menu. #### Label Add labels to selected entries by typing them in the label field, pressing Enter/Return, and clicking Save. #### Copy Copy selected entries to a new list. #### Delete Delete selected entries. Confirm the selection in the pop-up, then click Delete to permanently remove them. > **Note:** Deleted entries cannot be recovered. ### Related resources [How to Collect Consumer Data Without Upsetting Customers (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/how-to-collect-valuable-consumer-data-without-upsetting-customers/) [Working With Entries (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/managing-entries/) [Entry Details (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-details/) [Exporting Entry Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/) [How to Select Winners (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-select-winners/) --- ## Entry Count Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-count-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-24 The Entry Count Widget displays the number of entries collected in a specific list on your campaign. You can style and format the count using the Style Panel. ### Overview [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Entry Count Widget icon, showing the numeral 42, circled in green.] #### Adding the Entry Count Widget To add the Entry Count Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Entry Count Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into your preview area. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up allows you to configure the Entry Count Widget. #### Renaming the widget 1. Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the widget name). 2. Enter a new name and press Enter. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. #### Customization Navigate through the menu on the left side to adjust settings. Use the Back and Next buttons to move between sections. When finished, click the blue Save and Exit button. ### Entry Source The Entry Source section lets you select the list from which the widget will display the entry count. #### Selecting an existing list 1. Click Connect to Existing Source. 2. In the pop-up, scroll through the lists or use the Search field to find the desired list. 3. Click the list name to select it. #### Creating a new list 1. Click the Create List button. 2. In the pop-up, provide the following: List name Number of test entries Tags (optional) 3. Click Create to finalize. After creating a new list, add a [Form Container](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/) and select the list you just created. Then, build out your form using [Field Widgets](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/). ### Filtering The Filtering section lets you control which entries are included in the entry count. - Include both approved and unapproved: Displays all submitted entries. - Only include approved: Displays only approved entries. Click between these options to toggle your preference. ### Text The Entry Count Widget includes minimal text, but you can customize it in the Text section: - Modify the wording for multiple entries received (plural). - Modify the wording for a single entry received (singular). Enter your custom text in the provided fields. ### Visibility Control when and where the widget appears using the Visibility section. Options include: - Setting specific dates and times for visibility. - Displaying the widget only in the Builder. - Limiting visibility to certain countries. Learn more about [Widget Visibility.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Entry count styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the text color, the maximum width of the widget, and widget alignment. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - General - Value Text - Label Text - Widget ### Related resources [How to View and Manage Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/7OWSM5E8NDY?si=iW8bZleL1cvdqpro) [Creating Segmented Lists (Help Docs)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-segmented-lists/) [Entry Display Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) [Entry Search Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-search-widget/) --- ## Entry Details URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-details/ Category: Managing entries Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-06-02 The Entry Details feature displays all the information a user submitted in their entry. ### Getting there To view the details for a single entry: 1. Navigate to the Entries Manager through either the Dashboard or the Campaign Builder. 2. Hover over the desired entry. 3. Click the View Details button for that entry. Learn more about the [Entries Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/). ### Layout The Entry Details screen gives you easy access to view, approve, delete, and modify any information associated with an entry. #### Navigation bar At the top of the screen, the Navigation Bar includes four buttons: - Back: Takes you back to the previous page (usually the Entries Manager). - Prev: Takes you to the previous entry in the list. - Next: Takes you to the next entry in the list. - Edit: Allows you to edit the entry's information. (Details below.) #### Entry data This section provides details about the entry’s origin and submission, such as: 1. Name and Email 2. Location and IP Address 3. Entry Information 4. Other Entry Data #### Additional information Filtering: Click the filter icon next to any line to find entries using the same information (e.g., all entries from "US"). Campaign Editing: Click the Edit Campaign icon next to the campaign name to access the Campaign Builder. Referral Link: If your campaign is live, clicking the Referral Link URL generates the Refer-A-Friend URL for the entry. Labels: Add labels to the entry in the provided field. Labels can be used to differentiate winning entries, approved entries from judges, or for list segmentation. Delete Entry: Remove the entry by clicking the Delete Entry button. ### Preview area The Preview Area provides a snapshot of the image, video, or file submitted with the entry. Click the View Original link below the thumbnail to see the file in its original size. The file size is displayed to the left of the link, and the image dimensions (in pixels) to the right. If the source image is located in Instagram, TikTok, Vimeo, or YouTube, click on the blue text View Original Post to see the source post. #### Approval and votes In the top-right corner, check (or uncheck) the box to approve or unapprove the entry. The number of points/votes is displayed in the top-left corner. Clicking this number takes you to the Points/Votes page for that entry. ### Points/votes Clicking the vote count at the top left of the Preview Area opens the Points/Votes page, which displays the details on each vote or point added to the entry. This area will show Votes, Additional points received for actions or fields, and referrals. For votes or points, you will see the date the vote or point was made, along with the points/votes awarded. For referrals, you will see the Entry ID, point(s), and the date. #### Adjusting votes To make a vote adjustment: 1. Click the New Adjustment button. 2. In the pop-up, enter the number of votes to add or remove (use a negative number to remove votes). 3. (Optional) Add a note explaining the reason for the adjustment. 4. Click Save. ### Editing an entry Clicking the Edit button brings you to the entry editing screen, where you can update almost all aspects of an entry. You can edit the title, description, first/last name, email, address, phone number, and age. You can also edit #### Managing files Available on the Business Plan and higher. To remove an uploaded file, click the trashcan icon in the top-right corner of the file preview. To add or replace a file, click the Add File button below the file preview, then choose a new file. A new preview will appear. > Note: This feature allows you to correct small mistakes in an entry. No validation is performed, so use this feature cautiously. ### FAQs Why can't a Team Member see a Custom Field's label? A Team Member’s ability to view Custom Field labels depends on their access level. If they don’t have permission to see Custom Fields, labels such as “Store Location” will instead appear as “Custom_text_1.” To fix this, open the Field Library and tag the Custom Fields with the Team Member’s name. This ensures the proper label is displayed for them. Learn more about the [Field Library](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-library/). ### Related resources [Entries Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/) [How to View and Manage Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/7OWSM5E8NDY?si=GjlqrZ4U59zkPgyd) [Voting History (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/voting-history/) [Manually Add Entries (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/manually-add-entries/) ### FAQs #### Why can't a Team Member see a Custom Field's label? A Team Member’s ability to view Custom Field labels depends on their access level. If they don’t have permission to see Custom Fields, labels such as “Store Location” will instead appear as “Custom_text_1.” To fix this, open the Field Library and tag the Custom Fields with the Team Member’s name. This ensures the proper label is displayed for them. Learn more about the [Field Library](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-library/). --- ## Entry Display Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: Launch plan Last reviewed: 2026-10-08 The Entry Display Widget is used to showcase entries submitted via a Form Container Widget or through Feeds. It also allows you to enable voting for voting contests. ### Overview [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Entry Display Widget icon, four squares in a grid, circled in green.] #### Adding the widget To add the widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Entry Display Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel. 2. Drag and drop the icon into your preview area or the Edit Widgets Panel. ### Widget settings The Widget Settings pop-up allows you to customize the Entry Display Widget. #### Key settings information ##### Widget name Click the pencil icon in the top-left to rename the widget. ##### CSS ID View the widget’s CSS ID (starting with a #) in the top-right corner. ##### Navigation Use the menu on the left to configure each section of the widget. Use the Back and Next buttons at the bottom to navigate through settings. ##### Saving changes Click the blue Save and Exit button to save your changes. ### List display The List Display section connects your widget to an entry source. #### Connect to an existing source Click the link after Connect to Existing Source and select your list from the pop-up. #### Create a new Entry Source 1. Click Create New Entry Source. 2. In the pop-up, enter a name, the number of test entries, and tags. 3. Click Create. 4. Once you have finished setting up the Entry Display Widget, create a Form Container and connect it to the list you just created. Learn more about the [Form Container.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/) #### Display options Control how entries are shown in the widget: ##### Sorting Use the Sort entries from to sort entries by: - Newest to oldest - Least to most votes - Most to least votes ##### Entries per page Specify the number of entries displayed per page (maximum: 30). If you need to display more, please contact support. #### Filtering The Filtering section offers options to display specific entries: - Hide Unapproved Entries: Only display entries verified by your team. - Filter by Votes/Points: Show top entries based on votes. Select the voting round and number of top entries to display. - Filter by Category: Display entries by category. Leaving the category field blank allows dynamic filtering via [Action Widgets](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/). - Filter by Label: Showcase entries with specific labels (e.g., for winners). #### Advanced options Disable pop-up showing referred/shared entry. ### Voting Enable public voting on entries through the Voting section: #### Enable voting Check the Enable Voting box. ##### Display options Choose to show total votes, percentage of total votes, or hide vote counts. ##### Voting Rounds Configure voting rounds for multi-round contests in the Filtering section. ##### Schedule voting Set the voting start and end dates When you schedule voting to begin and end at specific times, the vote button will only appear during that period. Use this setting to show entries before or after voting if needed. Adjust the campaign’s time zone for accuracy. #### Voting restrictions Enforce rules for voting in the Restriction section: - No Restrictions: Unlimited votes per visitor. - Anonymous Fingerprint: Restricts votes using anonymized browser and IP data. - Email Address: (Available on Max plan) Voters submit and verify an email to vote. ##### Frequency limits Specify how often users can vote by entry, category, or list. Define restrictions by days, hours, minutes, or seconds.[image: The Voting Restrictions section with Restrict voting ticked, set to allow one vote per entry every ten seconds with unlimited votes per campaign, and an error message field reading You already voted!] ##### Google reCAPTCHA Available on Scale Plan and higher. Enable Google reCAPTCHA to reduce spam and illegitimate votes: 1. Click the link labeled Configure in Campaign Settings → Security. 2. Click the Choose Profile button. 3. Select an existing profile, or click the Add button to connect a new set of keys. 4. Check the box for Enable Google reCAPTCHA. 5. Use the Sensitivity Level slider to adjust the strictness of the verification. Learn more about [How to Create Google reCaptcha Keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/). #### Advanced settings Depending on your user-flow for your campaign, you may want to: - Start with Vote Button Hidden- Hide the vote button until an action occurs (think Form Submission). See the [Action Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/) for more details. - Re-enable Vote Button after voting- You can determine the wait time between when the vote button reappears. ### Fields Control the fields shown in the entry tile and pop-up view. #### Standard fields The following fields can be shown in the Entry Display Tile: - Entrant Name - Entry Title - Entry Description - Entry Category - Media #### Custom fields If you have additional custom fields, such as a text field, this can only be viewed in the pop-up view of the tile. All custom fields will be displayed in this tab, and you can check to enable them in the pop-up view or not. ### Share Fine-tune sharing settings in the Sharing section. #### Enable sharing Check the box to allow sharing. #### Custom settings Toggle between entry and custom settings for titles, descriptions, and images. #### Social media channels Drag and drop to arrange channel order. Customize each channel’s settings individually. ### Visibility Control when and where the widget is visible: - Limit visibility by date, time, or geographical location. - Make the widget a pop-up. Learn more about [Widget Visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/). ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Multi-round voting You can create up to 3 rounds of voting, in each round narrowing down the entries to vote on. Here's how: #### 1. Add and rename Entry Display Widgets 1. Add three Entry Display Widgets to your campaign. 2. Rename each widget: Round 1, Round 2, Round 3. 3. Connect each widget to the same List for the contest. #### 2. Configure round 1 1. Open the Round 1 Entry Display Widget settings. 2. Open the voting section and enable voting. 3. Set the voting round to Round 1 and specify the timeframe. 4. Save and exit. #### 3. Configure round 2 1. Open the Round 2 Entry Display Widget settings. 2. Expand the filtering section and check "Filter by votes/points." 3. Select voting round 1. 4. Enter the number of top entries to display in the field. Click Next. 5. Enable voting. 6. Set the voting round to Round 2 and update the timeframe. #### 4. Configure round 3 Repeat the steps above as listed in Configure Round 2, however, remember: - Change step 3 to voting Round 2 - Change step 6 to voting Round 3 #### 5. Update visibility Adjust the visibility settings for all widgets to show only during their respective voting rounds. ### Entry display styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the number of columns, tile color, media navigation icons, the maximum width of the widget, and widget alignment. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - Columns - Entry Tile - Entrant Name - Vote Count - Category - Title - Description - Custom Fields - Vote Button - Sharing - Load More - Pop-Up: General - Pop-Up: Media - Widget ### FAQs Can a voter undo a vote? No, once the voter clicks on the vote button, the vote has been cast. The voter can email you, and you can manually update the vote count for the entry in the Entries Manager. Learn more about [Adjusting Votes](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/). How can I prevent bots or fraudulent votes? The most secure method of vote restrictions is the Email Login option. This is available on the Max Plan. Additionally, requiring voters to enter their name and email address into a form drastically reduces the likelihood of fraudulent votes. As a bonus, when using a form, you will collect more leads! How do I set up voting restrictions? Let's look at the following example: You can vote a maximum of 10 times a day, with one vote per entry. 1. Open the Entry Display Widget settings and access the Voting tab. 2. Enable Voting Restrictions. 3. Change the total number of votes to 10. 4. Click on the blue text entry or category to change it to list. 5. Click on add interval... 6. Change the interval number to 1. 7. Click on hour and select day. 8. Save and exit. ### Related resources [3 Types of Video Contests for Instagram and Facebook (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/types-of-video-contests-for-instagram-and-facebook/) [Lists Manager (Help Docs)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/lists-manager/) [How to Set Up Voting (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-set-up-voting/) [Using the Label Filter to Display Specific Entries (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-the-label-filter-to-display-specific-entries/) ### FAQs #### Can a voter undo a vote? No, once the voter clicks on the vote button, the vote has been cast. The voter can email you, and you can manually update the vote count for the entry in the Entries Manager. Learn more about [Adjusting Votes](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/). #### How can I prevent bots or fraudulent votes? The most secure method of vote restrictions is the Email Login option. This is available on the Max Plan. Additionally, requiring voters to enter their name and email address into a form drastically reduces the likelihood of fraudulent votes. As a bonus, when using a form, you will collect more leads! #### How do I set up voting restrictions? Let's look at the following example: You can vote a maximum of 10 times a day, with one vote per entry. 1. Open the Entry Display Widget settings and access the Voting tab. 2. Enable Voting Restrictions. 3. Change the total number of votes to 10. 4. Click on the blue text entry or category to change it to list. 5. Click on add interval... 6. Change the interval number to 1. 7. Click on hour and select day. 8. Save and exit. --- ## Entry Profiles Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-profiles-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-13 The Entry Profiles Manager allows you to view all saved entry profiles, which are created using the export wizard or settings in the Entries Manager. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Entry Profiles from the options. If Favorited, simply click Entry Profiles in the side navigation menu. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Entry Profiles Manager to your navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Entry Profiles" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Profile information Your profiles appear on the right-hand side. Each info pane includes: - Profile Name - Description (if added) - Last Edited: The date/time the profile was last edited. - Created Date: The date the profile was created. Hover over a profile’s name to reveal a pencil icon for renaming. Type the new name and click the blue checkmark to save it. To edit a profile, click its icon to open the profile editor. Additional management options are available via the dropdown menu (arrow on the right). ### Additional profile options #### Permissions For [ShortStack for Teams](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shortstack-for-teams/) users, click Permissions to set access levels for your team members. #### Delete Delete the profile to remove it from your account. > **Note:** Deleting profiles is permanent and does not affect any entries or lists associated with the profile. Ensure you no longer need a profile before deleting it. ### Search & tag #### Search Use the Search field (top-left) to locate profiles by keywords or phrases. #### Tag Available on Max Plan. Search profiles by tags attached to them. Results appear automatically on the right. ### Filtering Filters appear on the left-hand side, allowing you to filter profiles by: - Profile Type: Export or Integration. - Archived Status Clear filters by clicking the x icon next to the filter name. ### Sorting Sort profiles by: - Recently Edited - Newest - Oldest - Alphabetically (A–Z) - Reverse Alphabetically (Z–A) ### Working with entry profiles Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple Entry Profiles. #### Tag Available on Max Plan Add tags to selected profiles by: 1. Clicking the Tag button. 2. Write the tag(s), separate by commas.. 3. Pressing Enter/Return, then clicking the blue Save button. #### Archive Archive selected profiles by clicking Archive. Archived profiles disappear from view unless the Show Archived option is enabled in the filters. To restore archived profiles: 1. Enable Show Archived. 2. Select the profiles to restore. 3. Click Restore at the top of the screen. #### Delete Delete multiple profiles by: 1. Selecting the profiles to highlight them. 2. Clicking the Delete button. 3. Typing the confirmation phrase and clicking the red Delete button. > **Note:** Deleting profiles is permanent. Ensure profiles are no longer needed before deleting. ### Related resources [How to Export Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/sJ2swokDn-M) [Exporting Data Using Export Profiles (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-data-using-export-profiles/) [Exporting Entry Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/) [Exports Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/) --- ## Entry Restrictions URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/ Category: Entry security & best practices Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-08 Contests, giveaways, sweepstakes, and digital marketing campaigns often involve enticing prizes, ranging from fun swag to high-value makeovers. However, without proper entry restrictions, you risk poor-quality leads, spam, bot entries, and dissatisfied clients. ### Overview This document outlines methods to restrict and manage entries effectively. ### Restrict via email address Restrict entries based on a specific email address: 1. Open the Form Container settings. 2. Navigate to the Entry Restrictions section. 3. Select Email Address and specify the time frame for entries. Example: Restrict entries to 1 every 24 hours. ### Email Login Available on Max Plan. The Email Login method is the most secure way to prevent fraudulent entries. It requires entrants to verify their email via a unique code, ensuring only valid email addresses are used. #### Steps to set up Email Login 1. Add a Field Widget to your Form Container. 2. Select Login Field from the list of fields. 3. In the Layout section, click the red Email Configuration Required button. 4. Create a new email campaign in the wizard to configure the verification email. Save and activate the campaign. 5. Customize the email campaign text. 6. (Optional) Configure how often an entrant must verify their email in the Verification frequency section. The default is Verify every 30 days, and any longer interval is available. Always verify, or an interval shorter than 30 days, requires your own [SendGrid account connected to ShortStack](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-and-connecting-sendgrid-to-shortstack/). Codes are 6 digits, expire after 15 minutes, and work only once. 7. Close the Login Field Widget by clicking Save and Exit. 8. Open the Form Container settings. 9. Ensure the container is set to restrict entries by login. 10. Adjust the number of allowable entries per time frame, then save and exit. ### Country-based visibility Available on the Max Plan. Restrict or display content based on the visitor’s country, using their IP address to determine location. This helps reduce spam and improve lead quality. #### Steps to set country-based visibility 1. Open the visibility settings for the widget you want to configure. 2. Click All Countries to access the country picker. 3. Select specific countries from the dropdown: Click a country to add it to the Visible Countries column. Use the Select All button for all countries, and move selected countries as needed. ### Bot prevention #### Google reCaptcha Available on Scale Plan and higher. Enable Google reCaptcha to add a CAPTCHA to your forms or voting widgets. 1. Locate the Google reCaptcha setting in the Form Container or Entry Display Widget settings. 2. In the Restrictions section, check the box to Enable Google reCaptcha. 3. Adjust the Sensitivity Level slider to determine CAPTCHA strictness. If entrants encounter issues, move the slider left to make the CAPTCHA more lenient. Learn [How to Create Google reCaptcha Keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/). #### Cloudflare Turnstile Available on Scale Plan and higher. Cloudflare Turnstile creates a turnstile to verify whether visitors are human before they access your campaign. ##### Adjusting Cloudflare Turnstile settings 1. Access the Campaign Builder Settings (gear icon at the top of the builder). 2. Click the Security section. 3. Select one of the following options from the dropdown: Invisible (default): Best for embedded campaigns. Uses an invisible challenge with no interaction. Visible: Prompts visitors with an interactive challenge if necessary. Ideal for stand-alone landing pages. Disable: Turns off Turnstile (not recommended due to increased fraud risk). 4. For embedded campaigns, check the box to Enable if my campaign is embedded to activate Cloudflare Turnstile. #### Key notes - Both Google reCaptcha and Cloudflare Turnstile are valuable tools for reducing bot entries, though no method is completely foolproof. - ShortStack engineers are continuously improving bot prevention solutions. - For best results, combine multiple restriction methods to secure your campaigns effectively. ### Related resources [7 Essential Security Features You Need to Prevent Cheating in Your Next Contest or Giveaway (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/7-essential-security-features-you-need-to-prevent-cheating-in-your-next-contest-or-giveaway) [Setting up Email Login for Voting (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-email-login-for-voting/) [Prohibit Fraudulent and Spam Entries with Fraud Filter Feature (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/prohibit-fraudulent-and-spam-entries-with-fraud-filter-feature/) [Cloudflare Turnstile (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/cloudflare-turnstile/) [Bot and Fraud Prevention Tools (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/bot-and-fraud-prevention-tools/) --- ## Entry Search Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-search-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: Max plan Last reviewed: 2026-03-16 The Entry Search Widget allows entrants to search through campaign entries using variables such as email or name. This eliminates the need to manually browse through each page, making it especially useful for campaigns with a large number of entries and campaigns with voting. ### Overview [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Entry Search Widget icon, a magnifying glass, circled in green.] #### Adding the Entry Search Widget To add the Entry Search Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Entry Search Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into your preview area. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up allows you to customize the Entry Search Widget. #### Renaming the widget 1. Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the widget name). 2. Enter a new name and press Enter. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. #### Customization Navigate through the left-side menu to configure the widget. Use the Back and Next buttons to move between sections. When finished, click the blue Save and Exit button. ### Setup The Setup section is where most of the Entry Search Widget configuration occurs. #### Entry Display Widget connection Use the Entry Display Widget to be searched dropdown to select the Entry Display Widget containing the entries you want to make searchable. #### Searchable fields In the Searchable fields area, check the boxes next to the fields that entrants can use to search. For example, check the Email box to allow entrants to find entries by typing an email address. #### Customizing the search field Use the Input label field to add text that appears above the search field (e.g., "Search for an entry"). Use the Placeholder field to add text that appears inside the search field before a term is entered (e.g., "Enter name or email"). ### Visibility Control when and where the widget appears using the Visibility section. Options include: - Setting specific dates and times for visibility. - Displaying the widget only in the Builder. - Limiting visibility to certain countries. Learn more about [Widget Visibility.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Entry search styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the background color, the maximum width of the widget, and widget alignment. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - Label - Input Box - Widget ### Related resources [Entry Display Widget (Help Docs)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) [Using the Label Filter to Display Specific Entries (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-the-label-filter-to-display-specific-entries/) --- ## Error messages and what they mean URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/error-messages/ Category: Getting help Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-13 Look up a ShortStack error message by its exact wording to see what it means and how to fix it. Most come from a setting, not a bug: a domain missing from a connected site or reCAPTCHA key, a widget your plan doesn't include, or a form with no list. Each entry links to the full article. Search this page for the exact words you see: press Cmd+F (Mac) or Ctrl+F (Windows) and type a few distinctive words from the message. Every heading quotes the message exactly as ShortStack, your browser, Google or Meta shows it, including any typos. > **Tip:** If the message mentions a web address or an account name, search for the words around it instead. For example, search "refused to connect" rather than your own domain. ### Embedding and publishing #### "m.cmpgn.page refused to connect." / "This site can't be reached" What it means: the page showing your embedded campaign isn't on the campaign's connected site, so the campaign won't load there. You may see lndg.page, shortstack.page or your own domain in place of m.cmpgn.page. A common case is a staging site or a second domain that was never added. How to fix it: - Add the page's domain to the connected site for that publication. One connected site can cover both your staging and live domains, so you don't need a second embed. - Use only one set of ShortStack embed code on the page. Two copies of the code on one page can cause this error. - If it loads for you but not for colleagues or a client, their company firewall is probably blocking it. Ask them to try on a phone using mobile data, then send their IT team [Whitelisting ShortStack's domains](https://www.shortstack.com/help/whitelisting-shortstacks-domains/). Full steps are in [Troubleshooting embed issues](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-embed-issues/). #### "m.cmpgn.page's server IP address could not be found." What it means: the browser couldn't look up ShortStack's campaign domain. It's almost always the viewer's network, such as an office firewall. It can also happen briefly during an outage at our hosting provider. How to fix it: - Open the page on a phone using mobile data, not office Wi-Fi. If it loads there, ask your IT team to allow ShortStack's domains ([Whitelisting ShortStack's domains](https://www.shortstack.com/help/whitelisting-shortstacks-domains/)). - If it fails on every network and browser, wait a few minutes and refresh, then contact support if it continues. #### "embed code is pending" What it means: while you publish an inline embed, ShortStack doesn't yet see the global embed script on your website. How to fix it: - Install the global embed code on your site ([How to install our global embed code (2.0)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-install-our-global-embed-code-2-0/)), then go back to the publish step. - Check the Publications Manager. Your campaign may already be published even while the message shows. A firewall or a browser extension on your side can block the check. #### "Publishing timed out -- please close this dialog and try again. If this problem continues, please contact support." What it means: the publish request didn't finish in time. Both cases on record were a temporary problem on ShortStack's side, not a campaign setting. How to fix it: - Close the dialog and publish again. - If it times out again, contact support with the campaign link. Don't keep changing your campaign to work around it. #### "Campaign not found" What it means: the campaign isn't published at that address. It shows on every ShortStack campaign that has been unpublished. A new campaign can also show it briefly while support reviews it (see "flagged for a brief review"). How to fix it: - If you unpublished the campaign by mistake, publish it again. - If the campaign has ended and you don't want visitors to see this message, see [Visitors see "Campaign not found"](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-embed-issues/#visitors-see-campaign-not-found) for your options. #### A 404 page when someone opens a share link What it means: share links point to the page address saved in the publication's settings. If that address is wrong or the page has moved, people who open a shared link get a 404. How to fix it: 1. Open the Publications Manager in the Campaign Builder. 2. Open the publication's settings (gear icon). 3. Change the address to the page where the campaign actually lives, and save. ### Voting #### "An error occurred with your vote. Please refresh the page and try again." (widgets.entry.voting_error) What it means: the vote was rejected. The voter sees the message (this is the default wording; it can be changed on the widget's Text tab, and older campaigns may show "Please try again."), and the browser console shows {"errors":{"base":"widgets.entry.voting_error"}}. It can be caused by the widget's visibility dates, a vote outside the voting schedule, voting disabled on the widget, a failed reCAPTCHA check, or a voting limit that's been used up. How to fix it: - Check the [widget visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) dates on every Entry Display Widget that should accept votes, and on any container around it. - Check the voting schedule on the widget's Voting tab, and that voting is turned on for the widget. - If the campaign uses reCAPTCHA, check that the key works ([How to create Google reCAPTCHA keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/)). - Check the voting restrictions. A voter who has used up their limit can't vote again until the restriction period has passed. - Publish changes, then test again. See [Troubleshooting voting](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-voting/) for more causes. #### "We could not verify that you are human. Please refresh the page and try again." What it means: the vote was blocked because the voter looked like a bot, for example when the Google reCAPTCHA check on the Entry Display Widget fails. How to fix it: - Ask the voter to refresh the page and vote again. - If many real voters see it, check that the campaign's reCAPTCHA keys work ([How to create Google reCAPTCHA keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/)). #### "You already voted!" What it means: the voter has reached the limit set in the Entry Display Widget's voting restrictions. This is the default message. You can change its wording in the restriction settings, so your campaign may show different text. How to fix it: - If voters share a household, an office or a device, the Anonymous Fingerprint restriction can treat them as one voter. Switch to a different restriction type, or tell voters to use a different network or browser. - If a voter is still blocked after the restriction period has passed, ask them to clear their browser cache and cookies for the past 24 hours and try again. - To check what was recorded, click the vote total at the top left of the entry's details in the Entries Manager. See [Troubleshooting voting](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-voting/) and the voting restrictions in [Entry Display Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/). ### Google reCAPTCHA #### "ERROR for site owner: Invalid domain for site key" What it means: Google rejected your reCAPTCHA key because the campaign's domain isn't on the key's domain list. It can block voting, email verification codes and form entries. How to fix it: 1. Open your key in Google's reCAPTCHA admin console. 2. Add the domain the campaign is served from. For an embed, that's usually ShortStack's domain (cmpgn.page, lndg.page or shortstack.page), not only your own website. 3. Enter domains only, such as shortstack.page, with no page paths. Also check you didn't paste the same value into both the Site Key and Secret Key fields. Full steps are in [How to create Google reCAPTCHA keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/). ### Forms and entries #### A 404 page after clicking Enter What it means: the form submitted, but the after-submit redirect sends people to a page that doesn't exist. How to fix it: 1. Open the Form Container settings and select the After submit tab. 2. Change the after-submission action to Use Action Widgets, then save. 3. In the Action Widget that runs after submission, remove the old actions and add a Campaign → Redirect action with the correct address. 4. Publish changes and test. Support recommends Action Widgets for anything that happens after submission ([Action Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/)). #### "An error occurred while importing entries. Please try again later" What it means: the List Importer couldn't process your CSV file. How to fix it: - Put each value in its own column and save the file as .csv. - Try the import again. - If it still fails, send the file to support. > **Important:** Wrong column headers don't show an error. The list still uploads, but any field whose header doesn't match comes in empty. Before importing, compare your headers with the standard headers in [Using the List Importer](https://www.shortstack.com/help/using-the-list-importer/), or start from the template there. Importing always creates a new list. It doesn't update an existing one, so reconnect any widget, such as a leaderboard, to the new list. #### "Too many requests" What it means: the campaign's Rate limiting setting caps how many entries it accepts from one IP address per minute, to stop bots flooding the form. People on the same network, such as an office, a school or an event's Wi-Fi, share an IP address, so a busy moment can hit the cap. How to fix it: - Ask entrants to wait a minute and try again. - If many people will enter from one place at once, raise the limit under Rate limiting in [Campaign settings](https://www.shortstack.com/help/campaign-settings/#rate-limiting). A higher limit lets more bot entries through, so raise it only as far as you need. ### Account and plan #### "Your plan does not include the use of this widget." What it means: the campaign contains a widget your plan doesn't include. The message shows inside that widget in the Campaign Builder. The usual one is the [Entry Search Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-search-widget/), which is a Max plan feature and comes with some voting templates. How to fix it: - Select the widget that shows the message and delete it. The message disappears and the rest of the campaign is unaffected. - To keep the widget, [upgrade your plan](https://www.shortstack.com/help/upgrading-your-plan/). > **Note:** If the widget used to work, your plan may have changed. A feature added to your account as a one-off extra doesn't carry over when you change plans. Contact support if you think you should still have it. #### "Your session has expired -- please log in again" What it means: ShortStack signed you out in the middle of a task, such as uploading or choosing an image. This usually happens when two people use the same login at the same time. How to fix it: - Don't share one login. Give each person their own seat ([ShortStack for Teams](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shortstack-for-teams/)). - Log out, log back in, and try again. - If it keeps happening and nobody else uses your login, contact support. It has also been caused by a bug that we fixed. #### "Unknown Error" What it means: the Campaign Builder hit an error it couldn't name. When many of these appear together, ShortStack is usually having a temporary slowdown. How to fix it: wait a few minutes and refresh. If it continues, contact support. #### "flagged for a brief review" What it means: ShortStack holds emails that contain links, and campaigns that look suspicious, for a quick check by our support team before they go out. During normal business hours, support usually verifies them within minutes; on weekends, within 24 hours. Until the review is finished, a campaign's published address can show "campaign not found". How to fix it: wait for support to finish the review. If it's taking longer than that, contact support. See [New accounts and protecting deliverability](https://www.shortstack.com/help/new-accounts-and-protecting-deliverability/). ### Emails #### "DMARC policy found with p=quarantine." What it means: the Email Builder found that your From Address's domain has a strict DMARC policy. Emails sent from it through ShortStack are likely to land in spam, or be rejected by the recipient's mail server. How to fix it: - Ask whoever manages your domain to change its DMARC policy to p=none, or - Send from one of ShortStack's default From Addresses. See [Troubleshooting emails](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-emails/). #### "Your account must be manually reviewed before including links in your emails" What it means: to keep spam and fraud off ShortStack, emails with links from a new account are held until support reviews the account. During normal business hours, support usually reviews them within minutes; on weekends, within 24 hours. How to fix it: wait for the review, or contact support. Once support has approved your account, your emails with links send without the review. See [New accounts and protecting deliverability](https://www.shortstack.com/help/new-accounts-and-protecting-deliverability/). ### Social imports #### "You've reach the maximum number of feeds." What it means: you already have as many Instagram hashtag feeds as your plan allows. Free and Launch allow 1, Build 2, Scale 3 and Max unlimited. Ending a feed doesn't free the slot. How to fix it: 1. Delete the feed you no longer need in the [Hashtag Feeds Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/hashtag-feeds-manager/). Deleting a feed keeps its entries and list. 2. Log out of ShortStack and back in, then create the new feed. Or [upgrade your plan](https://www.shortstack.com/help/upgrading-your-plan/) to run more feeds at once. #### "{permission}" is required in order to give this app access to the permissions you selected. What it means: this message comes from Meta. Your Facebook account doesn't have access to the ad account behind the promoted post or ad you're importing from. How to fix it: ask an admin of the Business Manager that owns the ad account to give you View performance access to it, then connect again. See [Get access to promoted (ad) posts](https://www.shortstack.com/help/granting-page-permissions-using-meta-business-suite/#get-access-to-promoted-ad-posts) for the steps. ### FAQs What if my error message isn't on this page? Contact support@shortstack.com and paste the exact wording, or attach a screenshot. Include the link to your campaign in the Campaign Builder and, if the error happens on a live page, a screenshot of your browser's console log ([how to open it](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-access-your-browsers-console-log/)). The fix didn't work. What should I send support? The exact error text, what you clicked just before it appeared, the browser you're using, and the Campaign Builder link. If the error appears only for some people, say whether they're on an office or company network, because a firewall is a common cause. ### Related resources - [Troubleshooting embed issues](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-embed-issues/) - [How to access your browser's console log](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-access-your-browsers-console-log/) - [Troubleshooting issues with feeds and Facebook/Instagram importer tools](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-issues-with-feeds-and-facebook-instagram-importer-tools/) ### FAQs #### What if my error message isn't on this page? Contact support@shortstack.com and paste the exact wording, or attach a screenshot. Include the link to your campaign in the Campaign Builder and, if the error happens on a live page, a screenshot of your browser's console log ([how to open it](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-access-your-browsers-console-log/)). #### The fix didn't work. What should I send support? The exact error text, what you clicked just before it appeared, the browser you're using, and the Campaign Builder link. If the error appears only for some people, say whether they're on an office or company network, because a firewall is a common cause. --- ## Exporting entries with Export Profiles URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-data-using-export-profiles/ Category: Managing entries Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-11 An export profile is a saved layout for your entry exports: which fields become columns, in what order, and what each column is called. You must use one to export more than 1,000 entries, and when you export from more than one list, it's the only way to include custom fields from the form builder. ### When you need an export profile | Your export | Do you need a profile? | | More than 1,000 entries | Yes. The export won't start without one. | | Entries from more than one list at once | Yes, to keep your custom fields. Without a profile, fields you added in the form builder are left out. Filtering to a single list also keeps them. | | Anything else | No, but it can still save you time. | A profile is worth setting up even when it's optional if: - you export the same list regularly and want the same columns every time; - you import the file into a CRM or email tool that expects particular column names; - the tool you import into needs a column with the same value on every row, such as the campaign name. ### Create a profile while exporting 1. In the Lists Manager, click the down arrow beside the list and choose View Entries. Filter the entries if you need to: the export includes exactly the entries your filters show. 2. Click Actions, then Export Entries, and choose Entries, or Entries & Uploaded Files to include uploads. 3. When the wizard asks about an export profile, choose Yes. With more than 1,000 entries it skips the question and opens the list of profiles. 4. Click Add and give the profile a name you'll recognise next time. 5. Under Field Mappings, remove columns you don't need with the trash can icon, add any that are missing (see below), and rename a column by changing its Output Field Name. 6. Click Save, click the profile's name, then click Select. 7. Finish the wizard: enter the email address to send the file to, and click Export & Close. ### Choosing what goes in each column The field list starts with the fields your form collected, which isn't always every field. Add the rest with these buttons: | Button | What it adds | Use it when | | Add One Field | A single field of your choice. | A field you need isn't listed. | | Add All Standard Fields | Every standard field the profile doesn't have yet. Standard fields are the ones a form can use only once: Name, Email, Address, Upload and Category. | You want everything, and will remove a few. | When you add one field, its Type sets how the column is filled: | Type | What goes in the column | Use it when | | Simple Map | The value of one entry field. This is the default. | Almost always. | | Set Constant | The same value on every row, typed into Constant Value. | Your import needs a fixed value, such as a source or campaign name. | ### Using a saved profile When the wizard asks about an export profile, choose Yes, click the profile's name, then click Select. If you're exporting from a single list, tick Save as default profile for this list and it's chosen for you next time. To rename, edit or delete profiles, use the [Entry Profiles Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-profiles-manager/). ### If the export isn't what you expected - Custom form fields are missing. You exported from more than one list without a profile. Filter to a single list, or use a profile. - Entries are missing. The export includes only the entries that match your current filters, and never deleted ones. Check the filters in the Entries Manager and export again. - A column name doesn't match what your CRM expects. Change that column's Output Field Name in the profile, then export again. - You can't find the file. It's emailed to you when it's ready, and it's listed in the [Exports Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/). ### FAQs Why is ShortStack asking me to choose an export profile? Your export has more than 1,000 entries. Exports that size must use a profile, so the export wizard opens the list of profiles and won't continue until you choose or create one. Are deleted entries included in an export? No. An export contains exactly the entries that match your current filters in the Entries Manager, and never deleted entries. Where do I find the exported file? It's emailed to you when it's ready, and it's also listed in the Exports Manager, where you can download it. ### Related resources [How to Export Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/sJ2swokDn-M) [Exporting Entry Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/) [Exports Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/) [Entry Profiles Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-profiles-manager/) [Entry Details (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-details/) ### FAQs #### Why is ShortStack asking me to choose an export profile? Your export has more than 1,000 entries. Exports that size must use a profile, so the export wizard opens the list of profiles and won't continue until you choose or create one. #### Are deleted entries included in an export? No. An export contains exactly the entries that match your current filters in the Entries Manager, and never deleted entries. #### Where do I find the exported file? It's emailed to you when it's ready, and it's also listed in the Exports Manager, where you can download it. --- ## Exporting entry data URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/ Category: Managing entries Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-05-19 ShortStack collects and stores all of your entry data. In addition to storing this data, we provide easy export options via .csv files or .zip files for media. This guide covers the steps to export your entries. ### Getting there To export your entries, you need to access your Entries Manager. There are two ways to get there: From the Home screen: 1. Click Manage in the main menu. 2. Then select Entries from the dropdown. From the Campaign Builder: 1. Access your entries via the Form Container Widget (or Entry Display Widget) in the Edit Widgets Panel. Click the inbox icon, which displays the number of entries. ### Export entries #### Step 1: filter for a specific campaign If you accessed the Entries Manager from the Campaign Builder, the list is already selected. If not, use the filtering option to select the specific list you want to export. > Important: If no filter is applied, all entries in your account will be exported, which may take time depending on the volume of stored entries. #### Step 2: export your entries 1. Once the list is selected, click on the Actions dropdown. 2. Select Export. 3. Choose your export format: .csv file .zip file (for media) Both 4. Click Next. 5. Select whether you want to use an export profile (see details below). If using an export profile, select or create your export profile. 6. Enter the email address where you want to receive the export. Click Export. #### Step 3: download the file Once the export is ready, you will receive a notification in ShortStack and an email. You can download the file(s) in two ways: 1. Click the bell icon in ShortStack, then select "Exported Entries Ready" to start the download. 2. Use the download link provided in the email. ### Export Profiles When exporting entries, your file may contain numerous columns, including fields you did not use. To export only specific fields, use Export Profiles. Export Profiles are required when exporting a list of 1,000 entries or more. Learn more about [Exporting Entries with Export Profiles](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-data-using-export-profiles/). ### FAQs Does ShortStack delete entries after a period of time? To free up space in our servers, we only remove media assets (.png, .jpeg, .mp4, .pdf, etc.) on a rolling 3-year basis. To ensure you have access to all media files, remember to download the .zip files after your campaign has finished. Does the media URL in the.csv file still work after 3 years? No, the URL provided in the.csv file will no longer work with expired entries. We recommend downloading all media assets as a .zip file to ensure you have access to them for as long as you need. Where can I find the export files? All export information can be found in the Exports Manager. Here, you can download files, view the remaining download time, and export status. Learn more about the [Exports Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/). ### Related resources [How to Export Entries (Video)](https://youtu.be/sJ2swokDn-M) [Exporting Data Using Export Profiles (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-profiles-manager/) [Exporting Data Using Export Profiles (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-data-using-export-profiles/) [Exports Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/) ### FAQs #### Does ShortStack delete entries after a period of time? To free up space in our servers, we only remove media assets (.png, .jpeg, .mp4, .pdf, etc.) on a rolling 3-year basis. To ensure you have access to all media files, remember to download the .zip files after your campaign has finished. #### Does the media URL in the.csv file still work after 3 years? No, the URL provided in the.csv file will no longer work with expired entries. We recommend downloading all media assets as a .zip file to ensure you have access to them for as long as you need. #### Where can I find the export files? All export information can be found in the Exports Manager. Here, you can download files, view the remaining download time, and export status. Learn more about the [Exports Manager](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/). --- ## Exports Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/exports-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-13 The Exports Manager shows the status of your exports, the time remaining for files to finish exporting, and lets you download completed exports directly. Exports are displayed with the most recent at the top. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Exports from the options. If Favorited, simply click Exports Manager in the side navigation menu. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Exports Manager in the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Exports" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you'll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Exports #### Overview of information Once an export has been initiated, its details will appear in the Exports Manager. Each export displays the following information: - Status: Pending, Running, Completed, or Failed - Total Entries: The number of entries included in the export - Download Files: Once ready, click the download button to download the files directly. - Time Remaining: The estimated time until the export is complete #### Additional export options Clicking the three dots at the top right of an export's information pane reveals the following options: - Download: Download the completed export file directly to your computer. - Delete: Permanently remove the export from the Exports Manager. ### Working with exports Select an export by clicking it. To quickly select multiple exports, click and drag your cursor across the screen. Clear your selections by clicking X Clear next to the counter. #### Deleting exports To delete selected exports, click Delete, confirm the selection in the pop-up, then click Delete again to permanently remove them. > **Note:** Deleting exports is permanent, so make sure you no longer need them before completing the deletion. ### How do I export entries? To export entries, open the list in the Entries Manager (or filter for a specific campaign if you're starting from the Entries Manager directly). > **Note:** If no filter is applied, all entries in your account will be exported, which may take time depending on the volume of stored entries. Click the Actions dropdown and select Export. Choose your export format — .csv (entry data), .zip (uploaded media), or both — then click Next. If prompted, select or create an export profile. Enter the email address where you'd like to receive the export, then click Export. Once the export is ready, you'll receive a notification in ShortStack and an email. To download, click the bell icon in ShortStack and select Exported Entries Ready, or use the download link in the email. For full exporting instructions: [Exporting Entry Data](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/). ### Related resources [Exporting Entry Data (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-entry-data/) [Entries Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/) [Exporting Data Using Export Profiles (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/exporting-data-using-export-profiles/) --- ## Facebook and Instagram promotion guidelines URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/facebook-promotion-guidelines/ Category: Contest rules & compliance Last reviewed: 2026-10-13 You can run giveaways and contests on Facebook and Instagram if every entrant releases Meta from liability and agrees that Meta doesn't sponsor the promotion. On both, you can't offer entries in exchange for likes, follows or shares, and on Facebook you can't require or reward tagging friends. Asking people to comment on your post is allowed. These rules come from Meta's [Policies for Pages, Groups and Events](https://www.facebook.com/policies_center/pages_groups_events) (section 7, Promotions), [Instagram's Promotion Guidelines](https://help.instagram.com/179379842258600) and Meta's [spam policy](https://transparency.meta.com/policies/community-standards/spam/), which applies to Facebook, Instagram, Messenger and Threads. Meta can change them, so check those pages before a large promotion. Meta doesn't help run promotions, and you run one at your own risk. ### What every promotion needs On both Facebook and Instagram, you're responsible for running the promotion lawfully. That means: - Official rules, and the offer terms and eligibility requirements, such as age and residency. - Compliance with the law where you run it, including any registration or approval the prize needs. - A release. Each entrant fully releases Meta (or Instagram) from liability. - A non-sponsorship statement. Each entrant acknowledges that the promotion isn't sponsored, endorsed or administered by, or associated with, Meta (or Instagram). > **Tip:** The [Rules Generator](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rules-generator/) writes official rules you can start from. Long terms don't have to fill your page: put them in a pop-up opened by an [Action Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/action-widget/), or in a container that people can show and hide. ### What you can and can't ask entrants to do | Entry action | Facebook | Instagram | | Comment on your post | Allowed | Allowed | | Share or repost the promotion | Not allowed, as a requirement or for extra entries | Not allowed, as a requirement or for extra entries | | Tag friends | Not allowed, as a requirement or for extra entries | Not restricted, as long as the tags are accurate | | Tag people who aren't in a photo | Not allowed | Not allowed | | Like or react to your post | Not allowed, as a requirement or for extra entries | Not allowed, as a requirement or for extra entries | | Like or follow your Page or account | Not allowed, as a requirement or for extra entries | Not allowed, as a requirement or for extra entries | Facebook: a promotion "must not require or incentivize participants to share, repost, tag others, or otherwise publicize" it. That covers extra entries too, not only entry requirements. Instagram: you must not tag content inaccurately or encourage people to, for example by asking them to tag themselves in a photo they aren't in. Both: Meta's spam policy doesn't allow exchanging anything for engagement, such as likes, shares or follows. That includes giveaways, and Meta's own example is "Anyone that likes my page will be entered to win $500." So likes, follows and shares can't be an entry requirement or earn extra entries on either platform. Checking follows: Meta's API doesn't let third-party platforms like ShortStack see who follows a Page or an Instagram account; it only gives the total count. [Points for Actions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/points-for-actions/) records that someone clicked through to your Page, not that they followed it. ### Compliant ways to give extra entries | Option | What it rewards | Plan | | [Refer-a-Friend](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) | A friend entering through the entrant's personal referral link | Build and higher | | [Points for Actions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/points-for-actions/) | Clicking through to your Page or profile, or watching a video | All plans | Refer-a-Friend rewards the friend's entry, not the share itself. Points for Actions can't confirm a follow, only the click. ### Running the promotion - Campaigns can't be published inside a Facebook Page. Publish your campaign as a landing page or embed it on your site, then share the link in your post, Story or bio. - For comment giveaways, import the comments with the Social Importer. Facebook imports capture each person's Facebook name, user ID, comment and reaction; Instagram imports capture the username and comment. Neither captures an email address, so check any other conditions, such as one comment per person, when you pick the winner. ### FAQs Can I run a "comment to win" giveaway on Facebook or Instagram? Yes. Meta's rules don't stop you asking people to comment on your post. Import the comments into ShortStack with the [Social Importer](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-and-reactions-from-facebook/) and pick a winner from the list. Can I ask entrants to tag a friend? Not on Facebook. Facebook's policy says a promotion must not require or reward tagging others, so tagging can't be a condition of entry or earn extra entries. Instagram's guidelines only ban inaccurate tagging, such as tagging people who aren't in a photo. Can I require people to like or follow my Page or account? No, on Facebook or Instagram. Meta's spam policy doesn't allow giveaways that offer a chance to win in exchange for likes, follows or shares. Invite people to follow instead, for example by announcing the winner there. Can I publish my campaign inside my Facebook Page? No. Facebook no longer allows campaigns to be published inside a Page. Publish your campaign as a landing page or embed it on your site, then share the link in a post. ### Related resources [Sweepstakes rules for Instagram, Facebook, TikTok, Snapchat and more](https://www.shortstack.com/help/sweepstakes-rules-for-instagram-facebook-tiktok-snapchat-and-more/) [How to import comments and reactions from Facebook](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-and-reactions-from-facebook/) [How to import comments from an Instagram post](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-from-an-instagram-post/) [Points for Actions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/points-for-actions/) [How to use the Rules Generator](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rules-generator/) [Sweepstakes and contest rules guide](https://www.shortstack.com/help/sweepstakes-and-contest-rules-guide/) [Running a giveaway? Why "No Purchase Necessary" is necessary (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/running-a-giveaway-why-no-purchase-necessary-is-necessary-2) ### FAQs #### Can I run a "comment to win" giveaway on Facebook or Instagram? Yes. Meta's rules don't stop you asking people to comment on your post. Import the comments into ShortStack with the [Social Importer](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-and-reactions-from-facebook/) and pick a winner from the list. #### Can I ask entrants to tag a friend? Not on Facebook. Facebook's policy says a promotion must not require or reward tagging others, so tagging can't be a condition of entry or earn extra entries. Instagram's guidelines only ban inaccurate tagging, such as tagging people who aren't in a photo. #### Can I require people to like or follow my Page or account? No, on Facebook or Instagram. Meta's spam policy doesn't allow giveaways that offer a chance to win in exchange for likes, follows or shares. Invite people to follow instead, for example by announcing the winner there. #### Can I publish my campaign inside my Facebook Page? No. Facebook no longer allows campaigns to be published inside a Page. Publish your campaign as a landing page or embed it on your site, then share the link in a post. --- ## Field Library URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-library/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-13 The Field Library holds the custom fields you have built with the Field Widget — text, boolean, list, date, and number types — and shows how many of each you can still create against your plan's limits. You can edit any field's settings here, or permanently archive one you no longer need. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Field Library from the options. If Favorited, simply click Field Library in the side navigation menu. > Favoriting adds a direct link to the Field Library to the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Field Library" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Active field limits At the top of the Field Library, you will find a hidden section, Active Field Limits. Click it to open the section to view the number of active (non-archived) fields for each field type. As a best practice, reuse fields when creating forms to prevent reaching limits. If you run out of a specific field type, archive unused fields. ### Field information Fields are displayed on the right-hand side, with each info pane including: - Field Name - Date/Time Created - Field Type - Internal Field Name Click the icon on the right to open the Field Editor for making changes to a selected field. ### Field editor The Field Editor is divided into three tabs: Details, Default Settings, and Campaigns. #### Details tab Here, you can: - Edit the Field Name. - Add a Description. - Specify a Custom Label for Exporting and Webhooks. - View the Field Type and Internal Field Name. - Archive the field. > **Important:** Archiving a field is permanent and can't be undone. Once it's archived, you can't choose it for a new Field Widget. Campaigns that already use the field keep collecting it, and nothing it has collected is lost. Open the Campaigns tab first to see where it's in use. #### Default settings tab This tab displays the default settings applied when the field is used in a new Field Widget. Options depend on the field type but may include: - Layout - Text - Validation - Content - Error Messages - Instructions - Extra CSS Classes These default settings can be overridden on a per-campaign basis when configuring the Field Widget in your campaign. #### Campaigns tab Lists all campaigns currently using the selected field, grouped by campaign (most campaigns will only use a field once). Each shows a publishing-status badge — Published, Unpublished, or Unpublished Changes — along with Created and Updated dates, so you can see at a glance where a field is in use before you archive it. Clicking a campaign name opens it in the Campaign Builder. ### Search Use the Search field (top-left) to locate fields using a keyword or phrase. #### Tag Tags are included on the Max plan. [Compare plans](https://www.shortstack.com/pricing/). Search for fields by tags attached to them. Results display automatically on the right. ### Filters Filters are available on the left-hand side to help narrow results. Options include: - Field Type: Text, Boolean, List, Date, or Number. - Archived Status ### Sorting To sort fields, click the button near the field count at the top of the page. Options include: - Newest - Oldest - Name (A–Z) - Name (Z–A) ### Working with fields Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple fields. When you select a field, additional options appear in a bar at the top of the screen. #### Tag Tags are included on the Max plan. [Compare plans](https://www.shortstack.com/pricing/). To add tags to selected fields: 1. Click the Tag button. 2. Type tags (comma-separated). 3. Press Enter/Return after each tag and click the blue Save button. #### Archive Archived fields stay visible in the Field Library, and campaigns that already use one keep collecting it. When you add a new Field Widget, archived fields aren't offered. To collect the same information in another form, copy a Field Widget that already uses the field: the copy keeps it. Otherwise, create a new field. > **Important:** Archiving a field is permanent and can't be undone. Check the field's Campaigns tab first, so you know which forms still use it. To archive a field: 1. Click the Archive button. 2. Type the confirmation prompt. 3. Click the red Archive button to complete the action. ### Related resources [Reusing Fields From the Field Library (Video)](https://youtu.be/EZAT45zeTT8) [ShortStack for Teams (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shortstack-for-teams/) [Field Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/) [Making Copies of Field Widgets (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/making-copies-of-field-widgets/) --- ## Field Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-09 The Field Widget adds input fields to a Form Container in your campaign. Visitors to your live campaign can fill out these fields and use the Submit button to submit their information. ### Overview If you want to provide entries yourself, you can do so inside the Campaign Builder and use visibility settings to hide the Form Container from the live campaign. [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Field Widget icon, a form with lines, circled in green.] ### Adding the Field Widget To add the Field Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Field Widget icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into the Edit Widget Panel and into a Form Container Widget. Note: Attempting to add a Field Widget outside of a Form Container will trigger an error message. [image: An error dialog headed Action Needed, reading Field widgets must be enclosed inside a form container widget, with buttons to Add Form Container Widget or Close.] ### Widget settings The setting will automatically pop up when you add a new Field Widget. Otherwise, you can access the settings by clicking on the pencil icon for the Field Widget. #### Renaming the widget 1. Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the widget name). 2. Enter a new name. By default, the name will be updated to match the selected field type. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. ### Field type The Field Type section allows you to choose the field type for your form. Field types are categorized into: - Standard Fields: Can only be used once per list. - Custom Fields Can be used multiple times per list, are saved to your Field Library, and can be hidden so they don't appear on the live form. #### Selecting a standard field 1. Click on the desired field type to select it. 2. Configure the field in the Field Settings section. 3. Standard field types that are already in use will no longer be selectable in the same Form Container. #### Selecting a custom field 1. Choose the field type. 2. (Optional) Check the box to make the field hidden. 3. If you have created a custom field you want to reuse, select it on the right-hand side. 4. Customize the field in the Field Settings section. 5. Save the field to your Field Library for future use or select an existing custom field from your library. > If you want to collect data that the entrant does not see, you can make custom fields hidden. Hidden fields are hidden from view from the entrant, but you can export the data. This can store information from [Query String Parameters](https://www.shortstack.com/help/advanced-autofilling-form-fields-using-query-string-parameters/), quiz results, or any other information you wish to collect. ##### Duplicate custom fields You can have the same custom field twice on the same form. When this happens, both fields will be changed as the entrant changes their response. You can view the custom field ID at the bottom right corner. If you have two fields with the same ID, then one will need to be changed. In the example below, the field ID is custom_text_52. [image: The lower part of the Field Widget settings, with the Field Library reference outlined in green: the field label How many dogs do you want? above its ID, custom_text_52.] Learn about [Making Copies of Field Widgets](https://www.shortstack.com/help/making-copies-of-field-widgets/). ### Field settings The Field Settings section is where you configure most of the details for your field. Settings may vary depending on the field type, but common subsections include: #### Layout Choose a layout option if multiple layouts are available for the field type. #### Text Assign Labels or Placeholders to your field, if applicable. #### Validation Choose if you want the field to be required Always, When visible, or Never required (optional). If a Field Widget is set to Require Always but is hidden by itself or by a parent container (Starts Hidden), a warning will appear in the Edit Widgets panel. Click the warning icon to automatically adjust the setting to Required when visible. [image: The Edit Widgets panel with a Phone field marked by a warning icon. A tooltip explains that the field is set to required always but also starts hidden, and to click the icon to change it to required when visible.] Additionally, when adding a new Field Widget inside a Starts Hidden Container or Form Container Widget, the field's requirement will default to Required when visible to prevent validation errors in hidden fields. > The Require when visible setting makes a field required only if it's visible to the entrant. If the remains hidden, entrants don't need to complete it. If a hidden field is set to always required, entrants will see an error when submitting the form. #### Error messages Add custom messages to display when validation errors occur. #### Field points Assign points to the field. Entrants earn these points upon completing the field. #### Other Instructions: Add text to display below the field when it is selected. Extra CSS Classes: Add one or more CSS classes to customize the field's appearance using custom CSS. Note: Click the expand icon (▸) to open collapsible sections in the Field Settings. ### Visibility Control when and where the field is visible using the Visibility section. Options include: - Setting specific dates and times. - Displaying the field only in the Builder. - Restricting visibility by country. Learn more about [Widget Visibility](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/). ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Field Widget styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the input box color, the maximum width of the widget, label font, and widget alignment. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - Labels - Input Box - Help Text - Widget ### Related resources [How to Build a Form (Video)](https://youtu.be/PU_x-2IIVrs) [The Best Types of UGC to Collect and Use (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-best-types-of-user-generated-content-to-collect-and-use-in-2022/) [Making Copies of Field Widgets (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/making-copies-of-field-widgets/) [List Field (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/list-field/) [Field Library (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-library/) [Category Field (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/category-field/) [Upload Field (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/upload-field/) --- ## Form Container Widget URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/ Category: Widgets Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-08 The Form Container Widget, in combination with Field Widgets, is used to display a form in your campaign. Visitors can use the form to submit entries. If you want to submit entries yourself, you can do so inside the Campaign Builder and use visibility settings to hide the form from the live campaign. ### Overview [image: The Add Widgets panel with the Form Container Widget icon, a form with lines, circled in green.] ### Adding the Form Container Widget To add the Form Container Widget to your campaign: 1. Click the Form Container icon in the Add Widgets Panel, or 2. Drag the icon into your preview area. ### Widget settings The widget settings pop-up allows you to customize the Form Container Widget. #### Renaming the widget 1. Click the pencil icon in the top-left corner (next to the widget name). 2. Type the new name and press Enter. #### CSS ID The CSS ID (starting with a #) is displayed in the top-right corner of the pop-up. #### Customization Navigate through the menu on the left side to adjust settings. Use the Back and Next buttons to move between sections. When finished, click the Save and Exit button. ### List The List section allows you to select or create the list where the form’s entries will be stored. #### Selecting an existing list 1. Click Choose existing list... 2. In the pop-up, scroll through the lists or use the search bar to find the desired list. 3. Click the list name to select it. 4. To disconnect a selected list, click the X icon next to the list name. #### Creating a new list 1. Click Create new list. 2. In the pop-up, fill in the following: Name Number of test entries Tags (optional) 3. Click Create to finalize. ### Entry restrictions Control how often individuals can submit entries using the Entry Restrictions section. #### Limit repeat entries 1. Choose a restriction method (Email Address or Login) and configure the settings: Set the restriction type (e.g., one entry per email). Add a custom error message for entrants exceeding the limit. 2. To allow multiple entries: Select ...entry every... and specify the time interval (hours or days). OR choose A maximum of... and set a total entry limit per person. When you restrict by Email Address, Gmail addresses that differ only by dots count as the same address. For example, janedoe@gmail.com and jane.doe@gmail.com share one entry limit. #### Maximum number of form entries 1. Enable the Maximum Entries Limit checkbox. 2. Specify the Maximum number of entries (e.g., 20 for a giveaway). 3. Add a message in the Entry limit has been reached message field. > If multiple entries are submitted at the same time, it's possible for your limit to be exceeded by a small number. If this is not acceptable, we recommend configuring Instant Win with the Prize distribution strategy set to All at start. Note: This limit applies to the total number of entries across all Form Container Widgets linked to the same list. #### Bot prevention Available on Scale plan and higher. Enable Google reCAPTCHA to reduce spam and illegitimate entries: 1. Click the link labeled Configure in Campaign Settings → Security. 2. Click the Choose Profile button. 3. Select an existing profile, or click the Add button to connect a new set of keys. 4. Check the box for Enable Google reCAPTCHA. 5. Use the Sensitivity Level slider to adjust the strictness of the verification. Learn more about [How to Create Google reCaptcha Keys](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-google-recaptcha-keys/). ### Instant Win Activate Instant Win for your campaign by enabling it in the Instant Win section. Configure Instant Win settings in the pop-up window. For detailed guidance, refer to the [Instant Win Help Doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/instant-win/). ### Fraud Filter Use the Fraud Filter to block suspicious entries: - Submit patterns or filters to detect fraudulent behavior. - Configure actions for entries meeting these criteria. > Note: This feature is available starting on the Scale Plan. Refer to the [Fraud Filter Help Doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/prohibit-fraudulent-and-spam-entries-with-fraud-filter-feature/) for details. ### After submit Customize what happens after a visitor submits the form: #### Use Action Widgets Select Use Action Widget to show results. This is the default option. #### Use pop-up Show a confirmation message by selecting Use pop-up to show confirmation... #### Redirect to another URL Select Redirect to another URL and enter the URL to forward users after submission. ### Refer-A-friend & sharing #### Refer-a-Friend Available on Build plan and higher. Enable Refer-A-Friend to let entrants earn points for referrals: 1. Check the Enable Refer-A-Friend box. 2. Set Points per referral. 3. Optional: Limit points by enabling Max points per entry. Entrants can share referral links via autoresponder emails or by enabling sharing in the form widget. #### Sharing In the Sharing section, you will find a dropdown menu to select a Share Widget to share entry data. This is useful when sharing entries during voting contests or for refer-a-friend. If you do not want to share entry details, you can leave this dropdown blank. All sharing settings can be accessed through the Share Widget. Learn more about the [Share Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/share-widget/) and [About Sharing.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/about-sharing/) ### Approvals/alerts #### Approval settings Check Automatically approve entries to approve submissions upon receipt. #### Email alerts Email Alerts allow you to be notified every time an entry is submitted. Here's how: 1. Add recipient emails in the Email alerts to field. 2. Configure the Email from address and Email subject line. 3. (Optional) Include an approval link in alert emails. Note: Due to DMARC restrictions, certain email addresses (e.g., @yahoo.com) cannot be used for the From Email Address. ### Advanced Configure advanced features in this section: - Form Integrations: Add or manage integrations. - Image Editor: Enable image editing for submitted images. - Advanced Points for Actions: Prevent duplicate actions across multiple entries. - Submit Button: Show or hide the default Submit button. - Form Values: Allow data to be copied to other forms within the same campaign that share identical fields. By default, this option is enabled. ### Text Customize form text in the Text section. Modify the provided text fields to suit your campaign. ### Visibility Control when and where the widget appears using the Visibility section. Options include: - Setting specific dates and times for visibility. - Displaying the widget only in the Builder. - Limiting visibility to certain countries. Learn more about [Widget Visibility.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) ### Extras [Learn about the Main Tag, CSS Classes, and Smart Labels settings here.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-extras/) ### Form container styling options When the Widget is selected, you can customize the styling of the specific widget. Some of the options include changing the background color, the maximum width of the widget, and submit button color. You will see the following areas of styling available in the [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/): - Submit Button - Submit Messages - Confirmation Pop-Up - Widget ### Nesting form containers Although you can add other widgets inside a Form Container for organizational purposes, you should not use another Form Container to do so. Instead, use the Container, Two-Column, or Three-Column Widgets to structure your campaign layout. Nesting a Form Container inside another Form Container can cause unexpected behavior and may prevent form entries from submitting correctly. If you accidentally nest Form Containers, an error message will appear to alert you to the issue. ### FAQs Can I be notified every time someone submits an entry? Yes! You can enable Email Alerts in the Form Container settings. See Approval/Alerts above. Can I create a form with conditional logic (if/then)? Yes, you can create a form with conditional logic. Check out our user flow on [Understanding Conditional Logic](https://www.shortstack.com/help/understanding-conditional-logic/) to see how you can use conditional logic with your form. If you have specific questions, reach out to us in support: support@shortstack.com. ### Related resources [How to Build a Form (Video)](https://youtu.be/PU_x-2IIVrs) [Creative Ways to Grow Your Email List (Blog)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/creative-ways-to-grow-your-email-list/) [Field Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/) [Form Integrations (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/) [Share Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/share-widget/) ### FAQs #### Can I be notified every time someone submits an entry? Yes! You can enable Email Alerts in the Form Container settings. See Approval/Alerts above. #### Can I create a form with conditional logic (if/then)? Yes, you can create a form with conditional logic. Check out our user flow on [Understanding Conditional Logic](https://www.shortstack.com/help/understanding-conditional-logic/) to see how you can use conditional logic with your form. If you have specific questions, reach out to us in support: support@shortstack.com. --- ## Form integrations URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/ Category: Managing entries Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-10-08 Use Form Integrations to automatically send form entries to third-party services. Once an integration is enabled, all new entries are instantly submitted to the configured service. ### Overview > **Note:** Pre-existing entries are not retroactively submitted. ### Getting there 1. In the Campaign Builder, click the Widget Settings icon (gear icon) on your Form Container. 2. Click the Integrations link on the left menu. 3. If you have saved Integration Profiles, check the box next to the profile you want to use. 4. To create a new integration, click the Add (plus) icon next to the desired integration type. > **Note:** Legacy users may need to migrate old integrations before the Integrations tab becomes available. See Migrating Integrations below. ### Webhook integration #### What does it Do? A webhook passes collected data from your ShortStack form to a third-party service. While writing a custom webhook requires coding knowledge, tools like Zapier simplify the setup. Learn more about [Setting Up a Webhook with Zapier.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-a-webhook-with-zapier/) #### Adding a profile Click the Add (plus) icon to open the Webhook Profile Details pop-up and configure the following: - Profile Name: Enter a name to identify the webhook profile. - Profile Description (Optional): Add a description for internal clarity. - Webhook URL: Paste the URL generated by your webhook tool (e.g., Zapier). - Content Type: Select either application/x-www-form-urlencoded or application/json. - Secret Key (Optional): Add a key for secure integration. #### Field mappings Map fields to pass data accurately to the webhook. You can add, remove, or rearrange fields as needed. 1. Click the Edit (pencil) icon next to a field to open the editing window. 2. Select your field map type: Simple Map: Maps one entry field to one output field (most common). Constant Map: Outputs the same constant value for every entry. 3. Select the ShortStack Field. Use the search and filtering functions to narrow results. 4. Enter the output field name in the space provided. 5. Click OK, then click Save to finalize your settings. #### Adding a webhook token If your CRM requires a specific token, follow these steps: 1. In the Field Mappings section, click Add One Field. 2. Select Set Constant in the Type dropdown. 3. Paste your token into the Constant Value field. 4. Type WebhookToken into the Output Field Name field. 5. Click OK, then Save. ### Mailchimp integration #### What does it Do? Automatically adds entrant details to a selected audience in your Mailchimp account, streamlining your email marketing campaigns. > **Note:** Your form must include an Email field and a Checkbox field (for opt-ins). Missing these will display warnings during setup. #### Adding a profile Click the Add (plus) icon to open the Mailchimp Profile Details pop-up and configure the following: - Mailchimp API Key: Add your API key (found under Account > Extras > API Keys in Mailchimp). - Mailchimp Audience: Select the audience where entries will be sent. - Choose a field for the opt-in checkbox: Select the specific checkbox field used for newsletter opt-ins. - Send this notice to new subscribers: Select the Mailchimp notice to send to new subscribers. - Mailchimp Tags (Optional): Map a ShortStack field to Mailchimp tags for better audience segmentation. ##### Contact mode Use the Contact Mode dropdown to control how entries are sent to your Mailchimp account: - Create contacts only: Adds new contacts to Mailchimp and skips entrants who already exist. - Update contacts only: Updates existing Mailchimp contacts and does not add new ones. - Create or update contacts: Adds new contacts and updates existing ones. #### Field mappings Map your ShortStack fields to your Mailchimp fields, following the same mapping steps outlined in the [Webhook section](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-integrations/#5-adding-a-profile) above. ### HubSpot integration #### What does it Do? Automatically sends new form entrants to your HubSpot account as contacts. ShortStack connects to HubSpot using OAuth, so there is no need to copy or paste an API key—you simply log in to HubSpot and authorize the app. > **Note:** Your form must include an Email field. HubSpot uses the email address to identify each contact, so the Email field is mapped automatically. #### Adding a profile Click the Add (plus) icon next to HubSpot to open the HubSpot Profile Details pop-up and configure the following: - Profile Name: Enter a name to identify the HubSpot profile. - Profile Description (Optional): Add a description for internal clarity. - Connect Account: Click Connect Account to open the HubSpot authorization window. Sign in, select the account you want to link, then click Choose Account. Once linked, the profile displays a green Connected status. To unlink the account, click Disconnect Account. ##### Contact mode Use the Contact Mode dropdown to control how entries are sent to your HubSpot account: - Create contacts only: Adds new contacts to HubSpot and skips entrants who already exist. - Update contacts only: Updates existing HubSpot contacts and does not add new ones. - Create or update contacts: Adds new contacts and updates existing ones. #### Field mappings Map your ShortStack fields to your HubSpot contact properties, following the same mapping steps outlined in the Webhook section above. Use the Add One Field button to map additional fields, and the Toggle Display link to show or hide field details. > **Note:** The Email field is mapped by default and cannot be removed, since HubSpot requires it to identify contacts. ### Klaviyo integration #### What does it Do? Automatically creates or updates a profile in your Klaviyo account each time someone submits your ShortStack form. Optionally add entrants to a list and subscribe them to email marketing, SMS marketing, or both. Each of these settings works on its own. #### Adding a profile Click the Add (plus) icon to open the Klaviyo Profile Details pop-up and configure the following: ##### General - Profile Name: Enter a name to identify this integration profile. - Profile Description (Optional): Add a description for internal clarity. - Connect Account: Click Connect Account to authenticate with Klaviyo via OAuth. Once connected, the status indicator will update to confirm your account is linked. - Profile Mode: Controls how Klaviyo profiles are created or updated on each entry submission. Create new profiles only: Adds a new Klaviyo profile for each entrant. If a profile with the same email already exists, it is not modified. Update existing profiles only: Updates a Klaviyo profile when a matching email is found. Entrants without an existing profile are not added. Create and update profiles: Creates a new profile if no match is found, or updates the existing one if there is a match. - Add to List (Optional): Select a Klaviyo list to add the entrant to. Available after your account is connected. This setting is independent of the Email Marketing Opt-In Field — entrants can be added to a list with or without being subscribed to email marketing. - Email Marketing Opt-In Field (Optional): Select the ShortStack form field (typically a checkbox) that captures email marketing consent. When an entrant checks this field, they are subscribed to email marketing in Klaviyo. This setting is independent of Add to List. - SMS Marketing Opt-In Field (Optional): Choose how entrants are subscribed to SMS marketing in Klaviyo: None (default): Entrants aren't subscribed to SMS marketing. A form field: Select the ShortStack form field (typically a checkbox) that captures SMS marketing consent. Same as email: Use the same field you chose for Email Marketing Opt-In Field. One checkbox then subscribes the entrant to both email and SMS marketing. To subscribe entrants to SMS, your form must also collect a phone number, and that phone field must be mapped in Field mappings below. > **Note:** SMS marketing must be set up in your Klaviyo account before entrants can be subscribed. In Klaviyo, go to Settings → Text Message to set your region, business details, and sending number. If you created your Klaviyo profile in ShortStack before October 8, 2026, edit it to choose an SMS option. Existing profiles default to None. > **Note:** When authorizing the connection for the first time, you may see a Klaviyo message indicating the app has not been reviewed. This is expected — click through to authorize if you trust the source. #### Field mappings Use the Field Mappings section to control how your ShortStack form fields map to Klaviyo profile properties. Unlike other integrations, Klaviyo does not have a fixed set of fields. It uses a small number of built-in properties and allows everything else to be defined dynamically. - Fields that map to Klaviyo's built-in properties (such as email, first_name, and last_name) are pre-mapped by default using Klaviyo's standard field names. - If you collect phone numbers, map your phone field to Klaviyo's phone number property. ShortStack converts the number to the format Klaviyo requires. - Fields marked with a gold star (★) icon will be stored as custom properties in Klaviyo — meaning they aren't pre-defined Klaviyo fields and will be created automatically on first submission. Follow the same steps outlined in the Webhook section above to add, edit, reorder, or remove field mappings. ### Google maps integration #### What does it Do? Automatically suggests and populates address details as entrants type into your form's address field. This integration requires a standard Address 1 field on your form. Entrants must select a suggested address from the dropdown list to auto-fill the remaining fields. > **Note:** A [Google Maps API key](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/embed/get-api-key#:~:text=Go%20to%20the%20Google%20Maps%20Platform%20%3E%20Credentials%20page.&text=On%20the%20Credentials%20page%2C%20click,your%20newly%20created%20API%20key.) is required. #### Adding a profile Click the Add (plus) icon to open the Google Map Profile Details pop-up and configure the following: - Profile Name: Name your Google Maps profile. - Profile Description (Optional): Add a description for clarity. - API Key: Paste your Google Maps API key into the space provided. ### Migrating integrations If you are a legacy user, you may need to migrate your previous integrations into the new version. If applicable, you will see a "This form has legacy integrations" message in the Advanced section of your Form Container Settings. 1. Click the Migrate Integrations button to open the wizard. 2. Review your displayed legacy integrations, then click Continue. 3. Configure your profiles by creating a new one or selecting an existing one, then click Continue. 4. Review the integration profiles. 5. Click Migrate the profiles. ### Troubleshooting integration issues #### Common causes of integration errors | Error Type | Description | | Field Mismatches | The fields in the external service have been changed or renamed. | | Missing Required Fields | The ShortStack form is failing to collect a field that the external service requires. | | API/URL Changes | The external service credentials (like API keys) or webhook URLs have changed. | | Service Downtime | The external service is temporarily down or inaccessible. | #### Identifying errors If entries fail to send, you can check the error logs: 1. Go to Lists in the main menu. 2. Click the list name to view your entries. 3. Look for entries marked with a Warning icon. Click the icon to view specific error details. ### Related resources [How to Start Building an Email List (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/dont-have-an-email-list-heres-how-to-start-building-one/) [Securing Webhook Form Integrations (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/securing-webhook-form-integrations/) [Setting Up a Webhook with Zapier (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-a-webhook-with-zapier/) [Adding Google Maps Address Lookup to a Form (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/adding-google-maps-address-lookup-to-a-form/) --- ## Fortune Wheel template URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/fortune-wheel-template/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: Scale plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-17 The Fortune Wheel Template allows entrants to test their luck and win a prize on the wheel. This campaign is a great option for live events, in-store promotions, and as an exit-intent pop-up on your website. ### Overview You can find the template [here](https://builder.shortstackapp.com/apps?templateId=55947) or preview it [here.](https://m.lndg.page/pG3rsK?embed=1) This guide will cover template-specific features that are not included in our basic templates. If you need help adding widgets, editing forms, or styling your campaign, check out the [Building Campaigns section of our help docs.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/building-a-campaign/) ### Enable Instant Win To get started with customizing this campaign, you need to enable Instant Win first. 1. Open the Form Container settings. 2. Click on the Instant Win tab. 3. Click on the text "Instant win is disabled" to enable Instant Win and edit the settings in the pop-up. 4. Enable Distribute Unique Prizes and connect an Advanced Code List (see below). > For additional Instant Win settings and configurations, visit our [Instant Win Help Doc](https://www.shortstack.com/help/instant-win/). #### Upload an advanced Code List The Fortune Wheel Template uses the Advanced Code List, which consists of four columns labeled: - code - category - image_url - details You can download the template while attaching your code list to the Instant Win, or you can download it here. [image: The advanced code list template spreadsheet, with columns for code, category, image_url and details, and two example rows: a Grand prize code and a Consolation code.] > Note: You do not need to use every column, but all four columns must be present for this template to work correctly. ### Configure template settings Click the Settings button in the Category Assistant Container to open the template settings. #### Checklist The Checklist alerts you to any missing elements that may prevent the template from functioning. A red exclamation mark indicates an issue and a message explaining the error follows. #### Sections To edit the appearance of individual wheel sections, click the pencil icon on the right side. To rearrange their order, drag and drop them using the three-line (≡) icon on the left side. When editing a section, you can customize the following: - Prize Label - Text Color - Background Color - You can set a specific background color for each section or use the Section Color Generator (described below). - Image - Background Image - Overrides the background color if used. Note: The Value field cannot be edited, as it is determined by the code list attached to your campaign. #### Wheel ##### Wheel appearance Customize the overall appearance of the wheel with the following settings: - Wheel Height - The width scales proportionally to the height. - Divider Color - Background Image - For a fully customized wheel, upload a background image. This overrides all individual section backgrounds. Use an image of equal width and height to the wheel and center the first prize to the hub. Place subsequent prizes in clockwise order. - Border Size and Color ##### Hub appearance Adjust the size and color of the hub, or upload a custom hub image. If using an image, set the hub color to transparent. ##### Section color generator The Section Color Generator helps you create a visually cohesive color scheme for your wheel. Start by selecting a base color in the Inspiration box, then choose a Color Scheme: - Default - Evenly spaces hues around the 360° color wheel for a balanced palette. - Monochromatic - Uses brightness and saturation variations of one hue for a subtle, unified look. - Analogous - Hues adjacent to your base color for harmonious results. - Complementary - Pairs opposing hues for strong contrast and visual impact. - Triadic - Three evenly spaced hues for a dynamic, balanced design. Adjust lightness and saturation as needed. Click Use Inspiration to apply the selected color to the wheel sections, or choose Use Random Hue for a randomized color set. ##### Text appearance Customize how the section text appears: - Font Size - Text Offset from Center - Orientation – Choose Vertical or Horizontal ##### Behavior Control how the wheel behaves when spun: - Number of Rotations - Spin Duration - Spin Start and Stop – Adjust how fast the wheel starts and stops.. ##### Wheel preview Use the Preview area to see how your wheel looks and functions in real time. Test win and lose scenarios using the dropdown menu and click Preview to simulate the result. #### Advanced Most users won’t need to adjust these settings. If you have questions, feel free to contact our support team. - Synchronize Wheel with Instant Win – Enabled by default. - Stopping Delay (in seconds) - Allow One Spin Only – Also enabled by default. You can disable this to allow multiple spins. - Connected Widgets – The template automatically includes smart labels for the form and wheel container. ### Update winning and losing messages To update the winning and losing messages, edit the Rich Text Widgets inside the "Win/Lose Container." Since this template uses the Advanced Code List format, you have access to additional merge codes: ``` {{form_container.response.prize_details}} {{form_container.response.prize_category}} ``` ### Testing your campaign Before going live, make sure to test your campaign using the Builder Preview Mode. #### Key testing considerations You can use the Time Filter to preview how the campaign will work once the Instant Win is active. Otherwise, all test submissions will result in a lose outcome. While testing, it’s strongly recommended to use Test Entries mode (as opposed to Live Entries mode) to avoid the distribution of prize codes from your list. While in Test Entries mode, ShortStack will display a merge code in place of a prize code. ### Related resources [How to Elevate Your Digital Marketing Through Gamification (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/how-to-elevate-your-digital-marketing-through-gamification) [Template Gallery (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/template-gallery/) [Instant Win (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/instant-win/) [Creating Win/Lose Messages for Instant Win (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-win-lose-messages-for-instant-win/) [All Templates (Template Gallery)](https://app.shortstack.com/manage/gallery) --- ## Free trials for paid features URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/free-trials-for-paid-features/ Category: Account & billing Last reviewed: 2026-04-14 On a free trial you can test some paid features free for three days. Start one from Account Summary — click your name in the top-right of the Home page, scroll to Plan Features, and click the feature you want — then choose Start Instant 3-Day Trial. Not every paid feature can be trialed. ### Free trials for paid features > Note: Not all paid features can be trialed. ### Account summary 1. Click your name in the top-right corner of the Home page and select Account Summary. 2. Scroll to the Plan Features section to see available trials. 3. Click the feature name you'd like to try. A pop-up will prompt you to start a trial or upgrade to a paid plan. 4. Click Start Instant 3-Day Trial and confirm by clicking Continue. ### While building campaigns As you build campaigns, some features may appear with green borders indicating they're paid features. 1. Click the green button or text to try a feature. 2. A pop-up will prompt you to start a trial or upgrade to a paid plan. 3. Click Start Instant 3-Day Trial and confirm by clicking Continue. ### During/after the trial You can check the remaining trial time in the Plan Features section of your Account Summary. Trials last for three days. After that, the feature will be automatically disabled unless you upgrade. ### Related resources [ShortStack Templates](https://www.shortstack.com/templates/) [Upgrading Your Plan (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/upgrading-your-plan/) [Plan & Billing (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/plan-and-billing/) [Understanding Campaign View and Entry Limits (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/understanding-campaign-view-and-entry-limits/) --- ## Frequently asked questions URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/frequently-asked-questions/ Category: Getting help Last reviewed: 2026-08-18 As many as you need! ShortStack does not limit the number of live campaigns you can run at one time. Your account limitations are based on how many stored entries you have. We do have limitations on Hashtag Contests. Refer to our pricing page for more information. ### How many marketing campaigns can I run at one time? ### Can I reward entrants for sharing on social media? There isn’t an option to reward entrants simply for sharing. However, we offer a refer-a-friend feature that rewards participants who share your contest with higher chances to win. When a referrer shares their referral URL, and someone else clicks the URL and enters the contest, the referrer receives referral points/extra entries. [Learn about ShortStack's Refer-a-Friend feature.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/refer-a-friend/) ### Is ShortStack compliant with Facebook and Instagram rules and regulations? ShortStack provides all the tools you need to comply with online social media contest platforms’ rules and regulations. However, you should ensure you are aware of the rules and regulations of each platform when creating your campaign. Learn about [Sweepstakes Rules for Instagram, Facebook, TikTok, Snapchat, and More](https://www.shortstack.com/help/sweepstakes-rules-for-instagram-facebook-tiktok-snapchat-and-more/). ### How do I create a video or photo upload contest? ShortStack is a great platform for video contests. If you want to display the entries on your campaign, you’ll need a contest-builder platform like ShortStack. Alternatively, if you run a hashtag contest, entrants can simply include the video in their Instagram entry post. [Check out our Photo Upload Contest,](https://m.shortstack.page/XQLJSb) or our [Video Upload Contest.](https://m.lndg.page/Vm2PW7?embed=1) ### How do I moderate UGC from social media contests and promotions? Entry moderation can occur in a couple of ways. When entries are collected in your ShortStack list, you can set up a review process where you must “allow” an entry before it displays on your ShortStack campaign. We also offer digital rights management tools for hashtag contests. [Learn about rights management.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rights-management-for-instagram/) ### Can I test campaigns or show them to my client/colleagues before publishing? Yes, we have a few options. For those with access to your ShortStack account, they can view the campaign in your Campaign Builder. Or, you can publish your campaign as a standalone landing page and share the URL with the clients or colleagues that don’t have access to your account. If you’re using our [Teams feature](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shortstack-for-teams/), you can share campaigns with the account admin. ### Can I customize ShortStack templates? ShortStack’s templates are professionally designed and fully customizable to fit your campaign and match your company’s branding. You can update the text and images, change the form fields, update the appearance using our [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/) and the [CSS Editor](https://www.shortstack.com/help/css-editor/) (available on the Business Plan and higher plans), and much more. ### I won't run a contest for a few months, can I pause payments until I need ShortStack again? Yes! We offer the ability to pause payments for up to 3 months. This is a great option if you run a contest every other month, or are taking a break for one reason or another. During the pause period, you will not have access to any part of ShortStack (entries, emails, the builder, etc), but you will not be charged. Your data will be stored and ready for your return! [Learn about Downgrading, Pausing, and Deleting Your Account.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/downgrading-pausing-cancelling-your-subscription-and-deleting-your-account/) ### How do I select a winner for my contest or giveaway? After you collect entries, you can choose a winner a few different ways. For entries collected into a ShortStack list, you could use our random entry selector to choose a random winner. For contests where entrants submitted a photo, video or text entry, you could determine a winner through public voting or ask a panel of judges (usually people at your company) to choose a winner. [Learn How to Select Winners.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-select-winners/) ### Do I have to know how to code in order to use ShortStack? Nope! ShortStack allows you to create online campaigns without the use of code. Use our widgets and [Style Panel](https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/) to build and style your campaign. If you happen to be code-savvy, then you can use our Code Widget and CSS Editor to customize your campaign further. ### How long does it take to create a campaign? The time it takes to build a campaign depends on the type of campaign you plan to create. We offer professionally designed templates and themes to help save you time. This means that building something simple, like a giveaway, might only take a few minutes to set up. As a best practice, we suggest giving yourself plenty of time to create, test and promote your campaign before it goes live. ### Related resources [Billing FAQs](https://www.shortstack.com/help/billing-faqs/) [Downgrading, Pausing, and Deleting your Account](https://www.shortstack.com/help/downgrading-pausing-cancelling-your-subscription-and-deleting-your-account/) [Additional Help Resources (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/additional-help-resources/) --- ## Getting started with the Style Panel URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/getting-started-with-the-style-panel/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-13 The Style Panel is a powerful customization tool within the Campaign Builder that allows you to make design adjustments to your campaign’s theme. ### Overview > Note: If you’re looking for recommended dimensions for images in your campaign, check out our [Image Size Guide](https://www.shortstack.com/help/image-size-guide/) for detailed information. ### Accessing the Style Panel New Campaigns or Templates: The Style Panel will be open by default when starting with a new template or campaign. Toggling the Panel: Open and close the Style Panel by clicking the Style Panel icon in the toolbar on the left. ### Using the Style Panel The default view of the Style Panel displays settings for the current theme under the Theme tab. You can navigate to different sections by clicking the blue dropdown. #### Theme settings General: Adjust settings for the entire campaign. Widget-Specific Settings: Customize all widgets of a specific type. #### Individual widget settings To make changes that only apply to a specific widget: 1. Click the widget in the Edit Widgets Panel. 2. A new tab, This [Widget Type], will appear in the Style Panel. 3. Open the relevant section to make your edits. 4. Click Save to lock in changes. > Undo/Redo Changes: Use the undo and redo icons at the bottom of the Style Panel to reverse or reapply changes. #### Clear settings For a Specific Widget: Click Clear # Settings for this Widget to reset changes. For All Settings: Click Revert to Default to clear all Style Panel customizations. ### Hierarchy of changes General Settings: Applied across the entire campaign. Widget-Level Changes: Override general settings for specific widgets. Custom CSS: Overrides both general and widget-specific changes. ### Creating themes Save your campaign’s design elements as a theme for reuse: 1. Click the three dots menu in the bottom-right of the Style Panel. 2. Select Add to My Themes to save the current design. > Note: Changes made to themes are unique to individual campaigns. To save a modified theme as a new version, give it a different name. To override an existing theme, save it with the same name. ### Glossary of design terms #### Inherit Refers to the default theme style set in the General settings. Selecting Inherit reverts the element to the default style. #### Margins vs. padding Margin: The outer space around a widget. Padding: The inner space within a widget. [image: WebD2: Understanding the Box Model in CSS] ### Style Panel layout The Style Panel includes several sections to customize your campaign's appearance. Here’s an overview of the most commonly used sections: #### Colors Color Swatches: Add custom colors to ensure consistency throughout the campaign. #### Page Background Color: Set the background color for the entire campaign. Background Image: Upload an image (recommended size: at least 1800 pixels wide). Background Repeat: Choose between no repeat, horizontal repeat, vertical repeat, or tile. Background Size/Position: Adjust the size and alignment of the background image. Padding: Customize the space around widgets (default: 0.1px). Maximum Content Width: Set the width for content in your campaign. #### Text Text Color: Change the color of all text. Font Size: Adjust the default font size (default: 16 pts). Alignment: Choose from inherit, left, center, right, or justified. Font Family: Select a font supported on all browsers. Font Weight: Adjust the boldness of text. Line Height: Customize vertical spacing between lines. #### Links Text Color: Change link text color. Font Size/Family/Weight: Adjust the size, font, and boldness of link text. Text Underline/Case: Add styles like underline or change text to uppercase/lowercase. Hover Effects: Set hover-specific text color, boldness, and underline effects. #### Buttons Customize all buttons, including those in the Voting Widget. Background/Text Colors: Set background and text colors. Padding: Adjust spacing around button text. Borders: Add styles, colors, sizes, and rounded corners. Hover Effects: Customize hover-specific background, text, border, and shadow colors. #### Widget defaults Apply universal settings for all widgets. Background/Margins/Padding: Adjust colors and spacing. Borders: Add styles, colors, sizes, and rounded corners. Box Shadow: Add shadows behind widgets. #### Pop-ups Background Color/Opacity: Customize the area behind pop-up windows. Content Background: Adjust the color within the pop-up. Padding: Customize spacing between content and the pop-up border. Text: Adjust color, size, font, and boldness of text in pop-ups. #### Pop-ups with forms Specific settings for pop-up windows with forms. Label Text/Error Text/Help Text: Adjust colors and font sizes. Form Field Styling: Change border and background colors, input text colors, and hover effects. Button Styling: Customize form buttons, including hover effects. ### Related resources [Campaign Builder Appearance (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/) [Tips & Recipes (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/tips-and-recipes/) [Theme Selector (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/theme-selector/) [CSS Editor (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/css-editor/) --- ## Giveaway Calendar template URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/giveaway-calendar-template/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-13 The Giveaway Calendar is the ultimate set-it-and-forget-it campaign. You choose the number of days of giveaways you want to run and let the campaign run its course. ### Overview You can find the template [here](https://builder.shortstackapp.com/apps?templateId=55480) or preview it [here.](https://m.lndg.page/wr1nl5?embed=1) This guide will cover template-specific features that are not included in our basic templates. If you need help adding widgets, editing forms, or styling your campaign, check out the [Building Campaigns section of our help docs.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/building-a-campaign/) ### Settings The template settings are located in the Container Widget labeled Calendar Assistant. Click on the blue settings button to open the settings pop-up. #### Checklist The Checklist alerts you to any missing elements that may prevent the template from functioning properly. A red exclamation mark indicates an issue, along with a message explaining the error. #### Prizes To edit a prize, click on the pencil icon on the right-hand side. You can adjust the following prize settings: - ID – A unique identifier for each prize (not displayed to the public). - Name – The name of the prize (displayed to the public). - Description (Optional) - Locked and Unlocked Images – Add unique images for the locked and unlocked tiles. If you want the same locked/unlocked images or color scheme, you can adjust that in the Locked and Unlocked Containers (see below). - Pop-up Image (Optional) To delete a prize, click on the trash can icon. To add a new prize, click on the blue "Add New" button at the bottom of the prize list. #### Dates In this section, you can set the start date, add blackout dates (e.g., weekends or holidays), and adjust the prize order. The total number of giveaway dates will be displayed in the Summary Calendar on the right. > Tip: The giveaway period is based on the number of prizes. > For example, if you want the contest to run for 5 days, make sure you have 5 prizes to give away. #### Display You can edit the calendar’s display settings in this section. ##### Desktop calendar display Adjust the number of columns and control the space between each tile. ##### Mobile responsiveness Set the screen size trigger for mobile view and choose the number of columns displayed for mobile users. ##### Calendar tile text display Choose to show the date, day index, or hide text. Additionally, you can adjust the vertical padding of the text inside each tile. ##### Pop-up display size Adjust the maximum size of the pop-up for the calendar giveaway. #### Behavior In this section, you can: - Lock past days, preventing entrants from entering giveaways for previous days. - Choose whether to copy the prize name or prize ID to the form. - Select if you want either the name of the prize or the prize ID. This will track which entrants signed up for specific prizes. ### Locked and unlocked template widgets You can apply global settings by editing the Locked and Unlocked Widgets in the Style Panel. ##### How to edit locked & unlocked containers 1. Select the Locked or Unlocked Rich Text Widget. 2. Navigate to the Style Panel on the right side of the Builder. 3. Adjust settings available, such as font type, font colors, background image, etc. > Note: These widgets will not be visible on your published campaign; they only control the styling. ### Related resources [How to Test a Campaign (Video)](https://youtu.be/vvCvNL7lJx0?si=zRFYehBDIvIdRzTw) [Running a Giveaway? Why “No Purchase Necessary” is Necessary (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/running-a-giveaway-why-no-purchase-necessary-is-necessary-2) [Choosing Winners in the Giveaway Calendar Template (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/choosing-winners-in-the-giveaway-calendar-template/) [Template Gallery (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/template-gallery/) [Widget Visibility (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/widget-visibility/) [All Templates (Template Gallery)](https://app.shortstack.com/manage/gallery) --- ## Granting Page permissions using Meta Business Suite URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/granting-page-permissions-using-meta-business-suite/ Category: Social media tools Last reviewed: 2026-10-08 The Page admin invites the person in Meta Business Suite with partial access and Community activity turned on. Use the email on their personal Facebook account: ShortStack only sees Pages that account can access. That access lets them import Facebook or Instagram comments and run Instagram hashtag feeds. Page access lets someone use ShortStack's Facebook and Instagram tools on a Page they don't own, without the owner sharing a password or giving full admin access. It's what you need to: - Import comments from a [Facebook post](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-and-reactions-from-facebook/) or an [Instagram post](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-from-an-instagram-post/). - Run an [Instagram hashtag feed](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-an-instagram-hashtag-feed/) for the Page's Instagram account. ### Before you invite - Use the email on the person's personal Facebook account. This is the email they log in to Facebook with. ShortStack connects through a personal Facebook account, not a business account, and only sees the Pages that account can access. An invite sent to a work email that isn't their Facebook login won't give ShortStack access. - Facebook and Instagram need Page access; YouTube doesn't. You can import comments from any YouTube video without anyone's permission. - Promoted (ad) posts also need ad account access. Page access isn't enough to import comments from a promoted post. See Get access to promoted (ad) posts. - The Instagram account must be a Business account linked to the Facebook Page. ShortStack reaches Instagram through the Page. See [Troubleshooting issues with feeds and Facebook/Instagram importer tools](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-issues-with-feeds-and-facebook-instagram-importer-tools/) to check the account type and the link. ### Grant access (Page admin) You need admin access to the business in Meta Business Suite to invite someone. 1. Open [Meta Business Suite](https://business.facebook.com/latest/home). 2. Click Settings in the bottom-left corner. 3. The People tab opens by default. If it doesn't, click People in the menu on the left. 4. Click Invite People next to the search bar. 5. Enter the email address on the person's personal Facebook account. 6. Click Next, then turn on Basic under Partial access. This keeps your Page secure while giving limited access. 7. Under Select Assets, check the Page or Pages they need. Selecting a Page also connects its linked Instagram account, so you don't need to select Instagram separately. 8. Turn on Community activity. This lets them review, respond to and remove comments, which ShortStack's feeds and comment imports need. 9. Click Invite. A message confirms the invitation was sent. 10. Click Done. [image: Meta Business Suite permissions. On the left a Page is selected; on the right, under Partial access, the Community activity toggle is switched on while Content, Messages and calls, Ads, Insights and Revenue remain off.] The person shows as Pending in your People list until they accept the invitation. > **Note:** You can edit or remove the access you granted at any time from the same People list in Meta Business Suite. ### Accept the invitation (invited person) 1. Open the invitation email from Facebook in the inbox for your personal Facebook email. It names the business that invited you. If you can't find it, check your spam folder. 2. Click Get Started. 3. Enter your name in the Your Name field. This is the name shown in Meta Business Suite. Click Continue. 4. Confirm the business details and click Continue. 5. Click Accept Invitation. 6. Enter your Facebook password and click Submit. Meta Business Suite opens with the client's business. ### Get access to promoted (ad) posts To import comments from a promoted post or ad, you also need access to the ad account that ran it. Page access isn't enough. An admin of the Business Manager that owns the ad account does this: 1. Open Meta Business Settings. 2. Click Accounts, then Ad accounts. 3. Select the ad account. 4. Click Assign people. 5. Add the person to grant access to, and choose View performance. That access level is enough. ### Check that access worked Before you go to ShortStack, confirm the access is really there: - Look for the Page in your Facebook profile menu. Log in to your personal Facebook account and click your profile picture in the top-right corner. The client's Page should be listed in the drop-down. If it isn't, you don't have access yet. - Ask the admin for a screenshot of your permissions. It should show your personal Facebook account, not a different email, with Community activity turned on and no pending invite. ### Connect the Page in ShortStack 1. Stay logged in to your personal Facebook account in the same browser you use for ShortStack. 2. Start the feed wizard (on the Dashboard, click Get Social, then Collect Posts) or a social import (Manage > Lists > Social Import, then choose Facebook or Instagram). 3. If ShortStack asks you to connect Facebook, sign in and allow every permission it asks for. 4. Choose the client's Page, not your own business Page. If it isn't listed, click Refresh Pages. > **Important:** In the feed wizard, select your client's Instagram account; it should be listed. To reach a client's Instagram account, your personal Facebook account needs the right permissions in the client's Meta Business Suite. If the account isn't listed, work through the next section. ### If the Page doesn't appear #### The Page isn't in your Facebook profile menu The invite went to an email that isn't your personal Facebook login, or it hasn't been accepted. Ask the admin to invite you again using the email on your personal Facebook account, then accept it from that inbox. Check spam if it doesn't arrive. #### The Page is in your Facebook menu but not in ShortStack Reset ShortStack's connection to Facebook: 1. On Facebook, click your profile picture, then Settings & privacy > Settings. 2. In the menu on the left, scroll to the Your activity section and click Business Integrations. 3. Find ShortStack and click Remove. 4. Stay logged in to Facebook, but log out of ShortStack and log back in. 5. Start the feed wizard or social import again. This reinstalls ShortStack on your Facebook account, so you don't need to add it back yourself. 6. Back on Business Integrations (refresh the page if it's still open), click View and edit next to ShortStack and check that every setting slider is on. If the Page still doesn't show, log out of both Facebook and ShortStack, clear your browser's cookies and cache, log back in to your personal Facebook account, and try again. > **Tip:** Facebook moves its settings around. If you can't find Business Integrations, search your Facebook settings for it. #### Meta shows a permission error If Facebook shows this message while you connect the Page: "{permission}" is required in order to give this app access to the permissions you selected. You don't have access to the ad account behind the promoted post or ad you're importing from. Follow Get access to promoted (ad) posts, then connect again. #### The Page still won't load - Click Refresh Pages and try again later. Sometimes the problem is on Meta's side and clears up on its own. - Send support a diagnostics report. Close the wizard, click Help in the bottom-left corner of ShortStack, then Submit Diagnostics, and click Submit Diagnostics Report. You don't need to add a comment. The report shows support whether your Facebook connection has the permissions it needs. Then contact support@shortstack.com. #### If nothing else works - Have the client create the feed. The client logs in to your ShortStack account in their own browser, while logged in to their own Facebook account, and sets up the feed. Once it's running, you can manage entries, pick winners and run the rest of the campaign from your login. This means sharing your ShortStack login with the client; there's no separate login or team-member access you can give them for this. - Run the feed without the @mention requirement. For a hashtag feed, connect your own Instagram Business account and leave require @mention off. ShortStack imports every public post with the hashtag, and you check for the client's @mention yourself when you pick winners. You can't limit entries per user or use [Rights Management](https://www.shortstack.com/help/rights-management-for-instagram/) on these entries. This doesn't help with comment imports, which always need access to the Page. ### FAQs Do I need to make the person an admin of my Page? No. Partial access with the Community activity permission is enough for ShortStack's comment imports and hashtag feeds, so you don't have to hand over full admin access. Should I connect ShortStack with my own Facebook account or my client's? Your own personal Facebook account, once the client has given it access to their Page. ShortStack lists every Page that account can reach, and you choose the client's Page from that list. The client only needs to log in if you use the fallback described under If the Page doesn't appear. Can I import comments from a partner brand's post? Not without access to that brand's Page. Facebook and Instagram imports only work on Pages your Facebook account can access, so the partner would need to grant you access the same way. YouTube is different — you can [import comments from any YouTube video](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-from-a-youtube-video/). Can I publish my campaign to our Facebook Page? No. Facebook no longer allows direct publishing to Facebook Pages. Publish the campaign as a landing page or embed it on your website instead. What happens if the admin removes my access? The admin can edit or remove your access at any time in Meta Business Suite. Once access is removed, ShortStack can no longer read that Page, so feeds and imports for it stop. ShortStack shows an error message and emails you; it sends an email whenever a feed stops, for any reason. ### Related resources [Troubleshooting Issues with Feeds and Facebook/Instagram Importer Tools (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-issues-with-feeds-and-facebook-instagram-importer-tools/) [List of Facebook Pages is Empty or Missing Pages (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/list-of-facebook-pages-is-empty-or-missing-pages/) [Creating and Managing an Instagram Hashtag Feed (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-an-instagram-hashtag-feed/) [How to Import Comments and Reactions from Facebook (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-and-reactions-from-facebook/) ### FAQs #### Do I need to make the person an admin of my Page? No. Partial access with the Community activity permission is enough for ShortStack's comment imports and hashtag feeds, so you don't have to hand over full admin access. #### Should I connect ShortStack with my own Facebook account or my client's? Your own personal Facebook account, once the client has given it access to their Page. ShortStack lists every Page that account can reach, and you choose the client's Page from that list. The client only needs to log in if you use the fallback described under If the Page doesn't appear. #### Can I import comments from a partner brand's post? Not without access to that brand's Page. Facebook and Instagram imports only work on Pages your Facebook account can access, so the partner would need to grant you access the same way. YouTube is different — you can [import comments from any YouTube video](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-import-comments-from-a-youtube-video/). #### Can I publish my campaign to our Facebook Page? No. Facebook no longer allows direct publishing to Facebook Pages. Publish the campaign as a landing page or embed it on your website instead. #### What happens if the admin removes my access? The admin can edit or remove your access at any time in Meta Business Suite. Once access is removed, ShortStack can no longer read that Page, so feeds and imports for it stop. ShortStack shows an error message and emails you; it sends an email whenever a feed stops, for any reason. --- ## Hashtag Feeds Manager URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/hashtag-feeds-manager/ Category: Account & billing Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-08-14 The Hashtag Feeds Manager houses all the feeds you've set up to collect entries using hashtags on Instagram. You'll also find a button to create a new feed. ### Getting there From the Dashboard: 1. Click Manage in the navigation menu. 2. Select Hashtag Feeds from the options. If Favorited, simply click Hashtag Feeds in the side navigation menu. > **Note:** Favoriting adds a direct link to the Hashtag Feeds Manager to the navigation menu. To favorite, click the heart icon next to the "Hashtag Feeds" title. Favorites are stored in your browser, so you’ll need to re-establish them when using a different browser or computer. ### Layout New Feed Button: Create a new email by clicking this button in the top-right corner. Learn more about [Creating a New Hashtag Feed.](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-an-instagram-hashtag-feed/) #### Feeds Your feeds are displayed on the right-hand side. Each info pane includes: - Feed Name: Clicking the name opens the feed in the Feed Editor for editing. - Creation Date: The date the feed was created. - Number of Entries: The total entries in the feed. - List Name: The name of the list storing the entries. Clicking this opens the list in the Entries Manager. - Hashtag(s): The hashtags collecting entries for the feed. - Status: The feed's current status (Running or Ended). - Last Refreshed: The last time the feed was refreshed. - Updated X Days Ago shows when the campaign was last edited. Hovering your cursor over this text reveals the exact day the campaign was last updated. - The Campaign ID is visible when you hover your cursor over the campaign. Clicking the number automatically copies it to your clipboard. Hovering over a feed name displays an edit icon. Click this to rename the feed. After typing the new name, click the blue checkmark to save it. Clicking the feed icon on the right opens the feed in the Feed Editor. Next to it, a dropdown menu provides more feed management options. #### Additional feed options Click the arrow next to a feed to access these options: Add Entry: If a feed misses a post, you can manually add it. Select Add Entry, then enter the Instagram post URL and description. Specify if the post contains a video, then click Import Entry. Permissions (Available on Max Plan): Grant access to specific feeds for team members. Learn more about [ShortStack for Teams](https://www.shortstack.com/help/shortstack-for-teams/). Delete: Select Delete to remove a feed. This doesn't delete the entries or the list created by the feed—only the feed itself. > **Note:** Deleting feeds is permanent. Ensure you no longer need a feed before proceeding. ### Filtering, searching, and sorting #### Searching Use the Search field in the top-left to find feeds using keywords or phrases. The Tag field allows you to find feeds by tags associated with them. #### Filtering Filter feeds by their status: - Running - Ended - Error (Feeds in this category usually need the associated Facebook account reauthorized.) #### Sorting Click the Sort button near the feed count to organize feeds by: - Recently Edited - Status - Recently Refreshed - Newest - Oldest ### Bulk actions Click and drag your cursor across the screen to quickly select multiple Feeds. When selecting one or more Feeds, the top bar provides additional actions. Tag: Add tags to multiple feeds or view existing tags. Type tags separated by commas, press Enter, then click Save. Delete: Permanently delete selected feeds. You’ll be prompted to confirm by typing a short phrase. > **Note:** Deleting emails is irreversible. Always ensure you no longer need the email before deleting it. ### Related resources [The Ultimate Guide to Hashtag Contests (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/the-ultimate-guide-to-hashtag-contests/) [How to Run a Successful UGC Hashtag Contest (Blog Post)](https://www.shortstack.com/blog/how-to-run-ugc-hashtag-contests/) [Entries Manager (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entries-manager/) [Creating and Managing an Instagram Hashtag Feed (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/creating-and-managing-an-instagram-hashtag-feed/) [Troubleshooting Issues with Feeds and Facebook/Instagram Importer Tools (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-issues-with-feeds-and-facebook-instagram-importer-tools/) --- ## How long will it take to get help? URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-long-will-it-take-to-get-help/ Category: Getting help Last reviewed: 2026-08-18 At ShortStack, we strive to respond to support emails as quickly as possible—typically within a few hours of receiving them. However, complex requests requiring developer-level expertise may take longer to address. ### Support availability #### Response times Weekends and Holidays: Response times may be longer during these periods, but rest assured, our team is working hard to assist you. Email Support: Available 24/7. ### Live chat support Our Live Chat Support is generally available during the following hours: - Monday – Thursday: 8:45 AM – 4:00 PM (PST) - Friday: 8:45 AM – 12:00 PM (PST) > **Note:** Live chat hours are subject to change without notice. ### Phone support and training While we do not provide phone support, we’re happy to help new users with training or a demo. Schedule a call with our team using our [calendar](https://calendly.com/d/zzm-354-z68/shortstack-sales-call) for a personalized session. ### Additional support resources Explore our extensive library of self-service resources: Help Documentation: Step-by-step guides to get you started. Video Library: Available on [ShortStack's YouTube channel](https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCDpyTn3xHk6Ps_5kmTwfD6Q). ### Related resources [Frequently Asked Questions](https://www.shortstack.com/help/frequently-asked-questions/) [Additional Help Resources](https://www.shortstack.com/help/additional-help-resources/) [How to Access Your Browser's Console Log (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-access-your-browsers-console-log/) --- ## How to access your browser's console log URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-access-your-browsers-console-log/ Category: Getting help Last reviewed: 2026-08-18 When a bug or error occurs with your ShortStack campaign, Feed, or Comment Import, the support team might ask for a screenshot of your browser's console log. ### Overview A console log is a diagnostic tool built into your web browser that provides a real-time record of events, errors, and messages related to a website's internal operations. Below you will find instructions for each of the most common browsers. ### Google Chrome [image: chrome-console-image] #### Via settings menu 1. Click the three-dot menu (⋮) in the top-right corner. 2. Go to More Tools > Developer Tools. 3. Select the Console tab. #### Via inspect shortcut 1. Right-click anywhere on the page and select Inspect. 2. Switch to the Console tab at the top of the panel. ### Mozilla Firefox [image: firefox-console-image] #### Via settings menu 1. Click the hamburger menu (☰). 2. Select More Tools > Web Developer Tools, then select the Console tab. #### Via inspect shortcut 1. Right-click anywhere on the page and select Inspect. 2. Click on Console. ### Apple Safari [image: safari-console-image] 1. Go to Safari, then click on Settings (or Preferences). 2. Select the Advanced tab. 3. Check the box Show features for web developers (or "Show Develop menu in menu bar"). 4. Once enabled, go to Develop in the top menu bar and select Show JavaScript Console. ### Microsoft edge [image: Edge-console-image] 1. Click the three-dot menu (⋯). 2. Select More Tools > Developer Tools, then click the Console tab. ### Keyboard shortcuts | Browser | Windows/Linux | macOS | | Chrome | Ctrl + Shift + J | Cmd + Option + J | | Edge | Ctrl + Shift + J or F12 | Cmd + Option + J | | Firefox | Ctrl + Shift + K | Cmd + Option + K | | Safari | - | Cmd + Option + C | ### Related resources [Troubleshooting Embed Issues](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-embed-issues/) [Troubleshooting Issues with Feeds and Facebook/Instagram Importer Tools](https://www.shortstack.com/help/troubleshooting-issues-with-feeds-and-facebook-instagram-importer-tools/) --- ## How to add an age gate URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-add-an-age-gate/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-02-17 When running a contest involving age-sensitive content or offering age-restricted prizes, it's essential to verify visitors' ages before granting access. ### Overview ShortStack allows you to set up an age gate that permits entry to visitors of appropriate age while displaying a message or redirecting those who do not meet the age requirement. You can create your own Age Gate, or use our template:[Age Verification Gated Giveaway.](https://builder.shortstack.com/apps?templateId=55075) This guide will cover how to create your own Age Gate. ### Hiding your content To restrict access to specific content based on age, utilize widget visibility settings to hide the content behind an age verification form. #### Group content into a container widget 1. In the Edit Widgets Panel, hold down Shift and click each widget you wish to hide; selected widgets will be highlighted. 2. Click the Add to Container icon at the bottom of the panel to move the selected widgets into a single container. 3. (Optional) For better organization, rename the Container to something like "Verified Age Container." #### Set container visibility to hidden 1. Click the Edit icon on the new Container Widget. 2. In the pop-up, select Visibility on the left. 3. Enable the Starts Hidden option. 4. Click Save & Exit. ### Adding your underage message Provide a clear message to inform underage visitors that they do not qualify for your contest. 1. Add a Rich Text Widget. 2. In the Widget Settings, enter your message (e.g., "Sorry, you must be 21 to enter."). 3. In the Visibility section, enable the Starts Hidden option. 4. Click Save & Exit. 5. (Optional) For better organization, rename the widget to something like "Underage Text." ### Build your age form Create a form to collect visitors' birthdates and determine their eligibility. 1. Add a Form Container Widget. 2. Connect it to a new list to keep birthdate submissions separate from contest entries. 3. In the After Submit tab, ensure the Use other widgets... option is selected. 4. Rename the Form Container to "Age Verification" to avoid confusion with other forms in your campaign. 5. Click Save & Exit. 6. Add a Field Widget to the Form Container you created in step 1. 7. Choose the Custom Field type Date, then click Next. 8. Configure Date Field Settings, select the desired date layout, and add a field label. 9. In the Validation subsection, set a year range from the Early 1900s (to accommodate all potential submissions) to within the last year or two. 10. Click Save & Exit. ### Create of-age action Set up an action to display your campaign to visitors who meet the age requirement. 1. Add an Action Widget to your campaign. 2. Click the blue + button under WHEN. 3. Select the Age Verification Form Container, then, in the event section, select is successfully submitted. 4. Click Save. 5. Click the blue + button under AND IF. 6. Select the Date Field, and the event dropdown to is before the last. 7. Specify the number of years (e.g., 21 years for a 21+ age requirement). 8. Click Save. 9. Click blue + button under THEN. 10. In the Widget subsection, select the Container Widget housing your hidden campaign content. 11. In the Actions section on the right, choose Show. 12. Click Save. 13. Click the blue + button under THEN, again. 14. Select your Age Verification Form Container. 15. Choose Hide to conceal the form after submission, maintaining a clean campaign appearance. 16. Click Save. 17. Click Save & Exit. ### Create underage action Set up an action to display your campaign to visitors who meet the age requirement. 1. Add new Action Widget into your campaign. 2. Click the blue + button under WHEN. 3. Select the Age Verification Form Container, then, in the event section, select is successfully submitted. 4. Click Save. 5. Click the blue + button under AND IF. 6. Select the Date Field, and the event dropdown to is after the last. 7. Specify the number of years (e.g., 21 years for a 21+ age requirement). 8. Click Save. 9. Click the blue + button under THEN. 10. In the Widget subsection, select the Rich Text Widget housing your hidden underage message. 11. In the Actions section on the right, choose Show. 12. Click Save. 13. Click the blue + button under THEN, again. 14. Select your Age Verification Form Container. 15. Choose Hide to conceal the form after submission, maintaining a clean campaign appearance. 16. Click Save. 17. Click Save & Exit. 18. Switch to Preview mode in the Campaign Builder to test. ### Related resources [Restricting Entries Using reCaptcha (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/restricting-entries-using-recaptcha/) [Understanding Conditional Logic (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/understanding-conditional-logic/) [Entry Restrictions (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-restrictions/) --- ## How to collect voter data URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-collect-voter-data/ Category: Building a campaign Plan required: Launch plan Last reviewed: 2026-02-26 When running a campaign with public voting, you may want to collect voter information, such as emails and names, for future use. This guide explains how to set up your campaign to collect voter data effectively. ### Overview We have two templates that help collect voter data. - [Vote to Enter](https://m.lndg.page/D8VcmJ?embed=1) - This requires voters to vote first, then enter the form. - [Enter to Vote](https://m.lndg.page/dv3mnd?embed=1) - This requires voters to enter the form first, then they can access voting. > Need help setting up voting? Refer to our [Entry Display Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) and [How to Set Up Voting](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-set-up-voting/) help docs. ### Step 1: set up a form to collect voter data This form is only for collecting voter information and is not connected to the Entry Display Widget displaying voteable entries. 1. Add a Form Container to your campaign. 2. Create a New List for this form and name it something like "Voter Form". 3. Add Field Widgets for the data you want to collect (e.g., name, email). 4. Adjust Form Settings as needed. > For in-depth form help, please refer to our [Form Container](https://www.shortstack.com/help/form-container-widget/) and [Field Widget](https://www.shortstack.com/help/field-widget/) help docs. ### Step 2: adjust the Entry Display Widget vote button visibility 1. Open the Entry Display Widget settings. 2. Navigate to the Voting Tab. 3. Click on Advanced Settings and enable Start with vote button hidden. ### Step 3: add an Action Widget 1. Add an Action Widget to your campaign. 2. Set the WHEN condition to "Form is successfully submitted". 3. Set the THEN action to "Show vote button". Once set up, this process gates voting, ensuring that every voter provides an email address before casting a vote. ### What about Email Login? If you enable email login voting restriction, emails are not collected—they are only used for the verification process. ### Related resources [How to Set Up Voting (Video)](https://youtu.be/DhEqob1LQ-E) [Setting up Email Login for Voting (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/setting-up-email-login-for-voting/) [How to Set Up Voting (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-set-up-voting/) [Entry Display Widget (Help Doc)](https://www.shortstack.com/help/entry-display-widget/) --- ## How to create ADA-compliant campaigns URL: https://www.shortstack.com/help/how-to-create-ada-compliant-campaigns/ Category: Contest rules & compliance Plan required: All plans Last reviewed: 2026-03-05 Ensuring your campaign is accessible for individuals with disabilities is essential for its success. ShortStack's Campaign Builder offers various methods to help you create ADA-compliant campaigns. This guide outlines the steps to make your campaign more accessible. ### Use live text wherever possible #### What is live Text? Live text is any text that can be read by screen readers, typically entered in text fields in the following Widgets: - Rich Text Widget: Text typed directly into the widget. - Button Text: Labels and calls to action. - Field Widget Text: Labels and placeholder text. - Share Widget Prompt Text: Text encouraging users to share your campaign. #### Best practices Use live text wherever possible instead of embedding text in images. While images enhance visual impact, live text ensures accessibility for visually impaired users. ### Add alt image text #### Why alt image text is important Alt image text provides a description of images for screen readers, enabling visually impaired users to understand the content. #### How to add alt image text 1. Open the Image Widget settings. 2. Navigate to the Options section. 3. Add a descriptive Alt Image Text for your image. Note: Alt image text is not available for background images. To ensure accessibility, avoid placing text in background images. Instead, use a Rich Text Widget to add text over a simple background. ### Update main tags #### Why main tags matter By default, all widgets are assigned the
tag, which does not provide context to screen readers. Updating main tags helps screen readers understand the layout and structure of your campaign. #### How to update main tags 1. Open the widget’s settings (click the pencil icon). 2. Navigate to the Extras section. 3. Use the dropdown to select a more appropriate tag. #### Available tag types -
-
-
-
-